NEW YORK OLD i^ND NE W lEx Htbrtfi SEYMOUR DURST When you leave, please leave this hook Because it has heen said " Ever' thing comes t' him who waits Except a loaned hook. " OLD YORK LIBRARY - OLD YORK FOUNDATION Ave RY ARCHITECTURAL AND FlNi; ARTS LIBRARY Gift of Seymol r B. Di rst Old York Library 1 Ne w VorV CoTTimer cial A SOUVENIR OF NEW YORK CITY OLD AND NEW NEW YORK COMMERCIAL Twenty Vesey Street, New York Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2013 http://archive.org/details/souvenirofnewyorOOnewy_0 ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■liilBii i=====s=======s=iiiiiiiiiiiiiii||iiiiiiiiiiiiigi 1 he Imperial City of the World; the commercial and financial capital of the universe; a subject so stupendous that type and pen are at a loss to portray. A city of success built at the gateway of a land so marvelous that the world's history affords no country with which to compare. It is the dream city not only for those who owe allegiance to their own, but to the oppressed of every land. The story of this transcendent monarch of all municipalities is the most entranc- ing that the world has ever known. Nmevah and Babylon and Rome after centuries of vitality reached the apex of commercial importance and faded before the sun of a newer civilization. Twenty centuries ago London and Paris were known to the mer- chants of the world, while New York is measured by less than three. During the nearly one and one-quarter centuries of the life of the New York Commercial, New York has risen from a comfortable and thriving place of sixty thou- sand people to the position she occupies today, the unquestioned metropolis of the world. This growth, almost incomprehensible in its magnitude, forms a series of high-lights more fascinating than any fable ever conceived by the mind of man. The New York of a century ago lies buried beneath the waves of its own prosperity. The New York of but a score of years ago is unrecognizable in its present garb. To those of us who were born and bred within its confines the changes are more wonder- ful than to him who sees it for the first time. In the distracting race to keep abreast of the mad procession too little thought is given to the men and things that go to make up the solid base of our material prog- ress. The mind, stimulated by the modern press, thmks only of the passmg moment or of the morrow and pays little heed to the great underlying basic principles that make this wonder-city what it is. This work brought out by the staff of a newspaper which has devoted more than a hundred years to the upbuilding of the commercial side of the city and nation illus- trates for its readers the human side of the progress of which it has had the good fortune to form a part. It chronicles the development of the comparative into the superlative, and in the telling of it has undertaken to demonstrate the reasons why New York business of every character has come to lead the world in its endeavor. The changes are so swift that too much can never be said or written upon the subject. ■■■■liililiilillillllilillillilllllilllllsllillllglilllilllilllllllirtlliilliiillllliiiillllllil N?w iQrk Summary of Chapters NEW YORK-OLD AND NEW For Complete Index and Table of Contents See Back Pages oj Book. PAGES Chapter One New York in 1795 9 Chapi er Two Fhiee Constructive Decades 21 Chapter Three New York From 1825 to 1850 31 Chapter Four From 1850 to the Close of the Civil War. 41 Chapter Five A Quarter Century of Expansion 53 Chapter Six From 1891 to 1917 65 C hap PER Seven New York as a Financial Metropolis. ... 81 Chapter Eight Bench and Bar of New York 129 Chapter Nine Domestic Transportation In, From and To New York 153 PAGES Chapter Ten The Mining Interest 175 Chapter Eleven Crude and Manufactured Rubber 199 Chapter Thirteen As An Oil Center 208 Chapter Fourteen The Textile Interests 227 Chapter Fifteen Overseas Trade of New \ ork 249 Chapter Sixteen Chemical Manufacturers 267 Chapter Senenteein New York Harbor and Its Maritime Interests 288 Chapter Eighteen Important Lines of Industry and Commerce 319 CHAPTER ONE New York in 1 795 The Kind of City It Was When John Jay Became Governor — Social and Political Aspects — The Jay Treaty and Its Results. IN I 795 New York had emerged from its Colonial dependence, was no longer Dutch or English (though the descendants of the Dutch still held a prominent place in its citizenship), and had become distinctively American. New Amster- dam had long before seen the sunset of its brief and pioneering day. The royal Stuarts, who had long counted the New York "Colonials ' as among the most loyal and obedient of their subjects, had overdone their program of ruling those same Colonials as inferiors to be pressed and strait- jacketted into unmurmuring submission. New York had become American, crudely at first, but growing into consciousness of a govern- mental ideal broadly founded on the consent of the governed. George Washington was still President in I 795, with two more years to serve, but the Federal Capital had been removed to Philadelphia, there to remain until some location should be found where local affairs could be entirely under Federal control. New York remained the State Capital, and its people were largely concerned with the is- sues of State politics. New York in 1 795 was proud of its greatness as the home of something like forty thousand people. The exact figures are not known, for it was not a census year, but the figures of the decen- nial years preceding and following were 29,906 in 1 790 and 60,5 1 5 in 1 800, an increase for the decade of 30,609, or more than 100 per cent. In many aspects, social and political, the people and their ways were crude and unpolished. But there was also an upper stratum of people who from reasons of wealth, birth or education, com- ported themselves as being, at least socially, a select and in a measure a higher class. This had been especially manifest in New York in 1 789 and 1 790, when New York was the Capital of the United States and socially what came to be called, not inappropriately, "President Washington's Re- publican Court." The "Court" had been removed to Philadelphia but an important section of its social circle had remained in New York. Among its members were men who had distinguished them- selves in many fields, many of them tried and proved patriots whose services in the Revolution or in the Federal councils sufficiently attested their fealty to the United States. But their birth and training had taught them to regard themselves, and to act, as a class aloof and apart — fashionable, ele- gant, refined, and to a considerable degree punc- tilious. They had in fact brought over the tra- ditions of English aristocracy into a republican re- gime with which, it seemed to many, they were not quite congruous. Speaking of the "levees" of President Washington (or more correctly of Mrs. Washington), during the period when New York was the Federal Capital, one of our historians has said: "None were admitted to the levees but those who had either a right by official station to be there or were entitled to the privilege by established merit and character, and full dress was required of all." When the Capital was removed those New Yorkers who moved in high society still kept up their social intercourse. Mrs. John Jay, who was a daughter of William Livingston, governor of New Jersey, was the most prominent social leader. She had been with her husband during his resi- dence for four years and a half in Madrid and Paris. While there she had been a prominent figure in the gayeties of the French Court, and the friend of Marie Antoinette (to whom Mrs. Jay was said to bear a striking resemblance), and of many prominent ladies of the French nobility. In New York society her house became the rallying center of the socially notable. The people outside of the select circle which had surrounded the President exhibited great wrath at the formality and pomp of what they called the "royalist" court. The furor of French sympathy which took hold of the populace when news came 10 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW ol the success o! the French Revolution in 1793 accentuated this feeling. Partisans vied with each other in their ardor to honor and copy the French Revolutionists. When almost immediately follow- ing the Revolution, war broke out between France and England it had quick reflex action upon the social and political alignments in America. Pro- French and Anti-English became synonymous terms and the excesses and horrors of the Reign of Terror, with the activities of "Madame Guillo- tine," seemed to in nowise diminish the pro-French ardor of a large number of those who wore the tricolor, addressed each other as "Citizen" and sang "Ca Ira" in the streets. Some, however, lost their French sympathies when the excesses of the Terror came to light. This cleavage on the French Revolution found on one side the Federalists, led in New York by John Jay. Alexander Hamilton and Richard Var- ick. Mayor of New York. Local leaders on the other side were Edward Livingston, Aaron Burr, Governor George Clinton and his abler nephew De- Witt Clinton, men of influence in the Republican party (then so named but later officially adopting the title of "Democrats" used against them by the Federalists) . Controversy raged fiercely over the question of neutrality in the war between Britain and France. The French Revolution had fired the popular en- thusiasm and the radicals of the Republican party wore the tricolor in token of their entire sympathy and approval. They had lionized "Citizen" Genet, who had come in I 793 to represent the new French Republic, and belonged to the Giron- dist faction of the French revolutionists. Some of them supported the cantankerous "Citizen" in his insolent defiance of Washington which led to his recall in 1 794. But Genet did not go back to France. The Girondists, who had been in the ascendant when he was appointed minister, were at the lime he was recalled being guillotined by the party then in power in Paris, the Jacobins of the Mountain. So Genet came from Philadelphia to New York, courted and married the daughter of Governor George Clinton and became a citizen of New York until his death here in 1 836. Washington had declared neutrality in the war between England and France and at about the time of Genet's recall had taken John Jay, Chief Justice, away from the bench of the Supreme Court and sent him to England to negotiate a treaty of commerce. It was a difficult job, not only because negotiations with Britain at that time called for a most watchful and judicious mind but also because of the certainty that any treaty with England would be sure to bring down a storm of denunciation from the pro-French Republican par- tisans. The treaty with Great Britain that he ne- gotiated brought great advantages of trade and comity though it was predicated on a continuance ot neutrality in the Anglo-h rench war. Jay had not returned with the treaty when the election for Governor was held in April, 1 795, Jay being selected by the Federalists and Robert Yates by the Republicans as candidates for that office. Jay was elected by sixteen hundred votes. He arrived in the city on May 28, I 795, with his treaty and was inaugurated on July 6th. It was known that Jay had completed a treaty with Great Britain and that was enough to raise a hue and cry against him by the radical agitators of the opposing party. The outbreak of invective and vituperation was violent in the extreme. The verdict of history is that the United States has had no citizen of purer purpose and motive than John Jay, no more patriotic citizen and no more incorruptible man. But before the Senate had been given time or of>- portunity to pass upon it, mass meetings had been held in New York, Philadelphia and Boston which passed resolutions condemning the treaty and de- nouncing its author. The New York meeting was held in front of the City Hall at Wall and Broad Streets. Richard Varick, the Mayor, and Alex- ander Hamilton, who had resigned from the posi- tion of Secretary of the Treasury in January to resume the practice of law in New York, both used their efforts to keep the meeting within the bounds of calm consideration. Edward Living- ston, who was afterwards Mayor, was selected as Chairman. He had just entered Congress and was one of the foremost of the Republican op- ponents of the Jay treaty and of Federalist meas- ures in general. The audience was hostile and Hamilton, who had never before failed to gain the attention of those whom he addressed, was as- sailed with missiles. A stone struck him on the forehead but he said, without any apparent excite- ment, "If you use such striking arguments I must retire." As he suited the action to the word the mob hurried away to Bowling Green where they burned what purported to be copies of the treaty, unfurled the French flag and made demonstrations against the British. There were several anti-treaty meetings, at one of which Jay was hanged in effigy, as he was also at a similar gathering in Philadelphia, where Congress was in session. The treaty was ratified by the Senate and petitions poured in asking Washington not to sign it. But the merchants of the country, fully alive to the benefits of untrammeled commerce, were al- most unanimous in favor of the treaty. The Chamber of Commerce of the State of New York, from its first organization to the present time a representative of the best business and economic interests of the city, held a meeting with seventy members present and approved the treaty by a vote of 60 to 1 0. With some modifications the treaty was signed by President Washington and became valid. The New York of I 795. is not easily within NEW YORK-OLD AND NEW the range of mental vision of the New Yorker of 1917. In population it numbered between thirty- five thousand and forty thousand but the physical surroundings were vastly different from those that now prevail. There were practically no sidewalks. The first one was laid in the city in I 790, a very nar- row payment of brick "scarcely allowing two lean men to walk abreast, or one man alone," one chronicler tells us. It was laid on both sides of Broadway from Vesey Street to Murray Street. Broadway until I 760 extended only from Bowl- ing Green to what afterward became Vesey Street. Beyond that the Commons (occupying ground now covered by City Hall Park and the Post Office), was bounded on the west by the Church Farm. tion. He continued to conduct it for some years after the Revolution. In I 794 the city authorities decided to make Great George Street a part of Broadway and paved the street and planted trees from Vesey to Duane Street, and the same year Reade and Duane Streets were laid out and opened to the public. There had been for several years before that very little public improvement but after this beginning much more was undertaken. The Commons had lost that character with the fencing in of the property with a post and rail fence because the extension of residences and business south of the park had made it a matter of public inconvenience to allow cattle and other animals to run at large upon the green. So while the older residents still spoke of it as "the Com- The Government House, "Whitehall," Erected in 1786 on Site of Old Fort Facing Bowling Green Where the Custom House Now Stands. — This House Was Originally Designed for President Washington, but Was Used Later for New York Governors. In I 760 a continuation of Broadway from Vesey to Barley (Duane) Street and facing the Com- mons, was surveyed under the name of Great George Street but was not paved or improved un- til after the Revolution. There was an old house on the corner of the Church Farm at Vesey Street, originally the farm house of the Church Farm, and on the site until recently occupied by the Astor House. In its last days it was known as the Drovers' Inn. Near the corner of Murray Street and Great George Street was a public garden and tavern conducted by Abraham de la Montagne, which had been the first headquarters of the Liberty Boys before the Revolution, until the land- lord, who evidently did not let politics interfere with business, let the place for a Royalist celebra- mons" it began to be called by its later name "the Fields." Before I 795 the post and rail enclosure had been succeeded by the more sightly wooden palings which continued to be used until 1816, iron railings then being substituted. The completion of the change was commemorated by a public celebration. Inside the enclosure there stood in 1 795 the Almshouse, built to take care of the city's poor in I 736 and occupying almost the identical site of the present City Hall. West of the Almshouse was the City Prison, completed in 1 764, and east of the Almsl louse was the Bridewell, built in I 775 with the proceeds of a public lottery and continued in use until I 839, when it was taken down. Its stones were used in the construction of the Tombs. Both the jail and Bridewell were used as prisons 12 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW lor patriots bj- Cunningliani, the brutal Provost Marshal, during the British occupation. A little north of these structures was the negro burial ground, set apart in New Amsterdam days for the burial of negroes, slave or free. This m 1 796 was taken over by the city in exchange for other property in order that Chambers Street, which up to that time had been laid out only west of Broad- way, should be extended east of that thoroughfare to Chatham Street (now Park Row). In 1 795 Bowling Green was as now a fenced enclosure. Previous to 1 732 it was called "the Plain before the Fort," the Fort under various names occupying the site of the present Custom House from the earliest settlement of New Amster- dam. In 1 732 "the Plain" was leased to John Chambers, Peter Bayard and Peter Jay "in order to be enclosed to make a Bowling Green thereof, with walks therein, for the beauty and adornment of said street, as well as for the recreation and de- light of the inhabitants of the city." This lease was for eleven years at a rental of a peppercorn a year and was renewed on its expiration for another eleven years for a rental of twenty shillings per annum. When the bowling feature was discontin- ued is not recorded but it was made the site for an equestrian statue of George III in 1 770, or- dered erected by the Provincial Assembly as a popular tribute to that obstinate monarch in grat- itude for the repeal of the Stamp Act. It was in the year following that the Green was ordered fenced in to make a more fitting setting for the royal statue. The statue was of lead and when, on July 9, 1 776, the Declaration of Independence was ratified by the Provincial Congress of New York, the Liberty Boys, led by Isaac Sears, marched down Broadway to Bowling Green, top- pled His Leaden Majesty from his pedestal and chopped him up into convenient chunks which were shipped to Litchfield, Conn. There Governor Oliver Wolcott's patriot wife and daughters molded the royal lead into bullets which were put into ball cartridges in order that the royal troops might, as a cynical patriot observed, "have melted majesty fired at them." After the British occupa- tion the Green was leased to Chancellor Livingston for two years from 1 786, conditioned that he should at his own expense "manure the ground, sow it with grass and have it well laid down as a green." The Fort which faced Bowling Green to the south was demolished in 1 790 in order to make roam for the Government House, provision for which had been made with the idea that New York was to remain the Federal Capital and the house was to be dedicated to the President's use. But the capital was removed before the house was ready for occupancy and was diverted to the use of the Governor as a residence mansion. It was so occupied by Governors Clinton and Jay and in order to further minister to gubcnicitonai conven- ience it was ordered in 1 793 that Bowling Green should be appropriated to the use of the Governor for the time being, an arrangement that continued until 1798. Lower Broadway in 1 795 contained numer- ous residences of prominent New Yorkers. Alex- ander Hamilton had removed from Wall Street to No. 23 Broadway; Nicholas Low, prominent merchant and capitalist who had been a leader in the New York convention that adapted the United States Constitution, lived at No. 24; Judge Lawrence at No. 52; Josiah Ogden Hoffman, Grand Sachem of the Tammany Society, at No. 68; Cadwallader D. Colden, eminent lawyer, at No. 70, and a new large stone mansion newly erected by Governor Jay stood on the east side of Broadway below Wall Street. A few years later, when the State Capital had been moved to Albany, the character of Lower Broadway greatly deteriorated and these houses and others which had been the homes of notable people had in twenty years passed into the posses- sion of boarding-house keepers. Pearl Street from John Street to Hanover Square was a fashionable region in I 795. Gov- ernor George Clinton (whose term expired that year), Lieutenant-Governor Broome, and Richard Varick, then Mayor, lived there; Isaac Roosevelt, president of the Bank of New York, fhe city's first bank, lived in a comfortable mansion at 333 Pearl Street at Franklin Square, and just across the way was the Walton House, which had been built forty years before by William Walton, a wealthy merchant. It was the architectural won- der of Provincial days and was referred to in a debate in Parliament as "an example of Colonial extravagance and a proof of the ability of the people to pay the royal taxes." It became the first home of the Bank of New York from 1 784 to I 787 and afterward passed through several stages of descent until it became a dilapidated tenement and was torn down in 1881. Pearl Street had many more distinguished occupants, in- cluding the Brinckerhoffs, the Jays, the Wadding- tons, the Radcliffes and other socially prominent families. In another and not fashionable section of Pearl Street was located a genius who was destined to become one of the most famous citi- zens of the United States. In an unpretentious store or shop on Pearl Street, between Cherry and Monroe Streets, John Jacob Astor paid cash for skins of muskrats, beavers and raccoons, sold furs and also acted as agent for the sale of pianos made by Astor & Braidwood in London, of which firm his brother was the senior member. He had come from his native town of Waldorf in Germany, near Heidelberg, and built up in legitimate mercantile adventure a great fortune which, invested with rare judgment in New York NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 13 real estate, created the famous Astor fortune. The fur trade was the vehicle of his first great success. He had himself incorporated as the American Fur Company, bought out the Macki- naw Company and all its forts, established a line of trading posts across Oregon to Astoria — which was named for him — and developed a rich China trade. Some mteresting remmiscences of this period were published in The Talisman of 1829 and 1 830 under the pen-name of Francis Herbert by Gulian C. Verplanck, a substantial merchant who, returning after several years' absence from New York, recalled many notable scenes, incidents and personalities of New York in the last years of city in I 795. Volney, distinguished philosoph- ical writer who was saved from execution by the fall of Robespierre, came here that year; Andre Michaux and his son Francois, famous French botanists, first interpreters of our American sylva to the scientists of Europe, were among many others. Wall Street had in earlier years been the home of many prominent people. Alexander Hamilton had only recently removed from his home in Wall Street to his new Broadway residence. General Lamb, distinguished patriot and Revolutionary soldier, had an imposing residence in Wall Street near William Street and held the office of Col- lector of the Port. When the City Hall was Broad Street and Exchange the Eighteenth Century. Among those in New York in I 795 was the famous Duke de Talley- rand-Perigord, unfrocked bishop and skeptic, va- riously estimated as the good angel or evil genius of France according to the point of view, whose "Memoires" are replete with caustic epigrams and cynical analyses. He left France for England before the Terror, adroitly evaded the omnivor- ous appetite of "Madame Guillotine" by visiting the United States in I 794 and remaining until it was safe to return to Paris in March. 1 796, to become for a long period the most influential statesman of the Napoleonic era in France. While in New York he frequented the houses of Hamil- ton and Noah Webster. Many other distinguished visitors came to the turned over to the United States and became the Federal Building, in which the sessions of Con- gress were held. Wall Street became a great shopping thoroughfare and a fashionable afternoon promenade. After the capital was removed to Philadelphia the attraction of Wall Street as a shopping cen- ter diminished and its career as the focus of finan- cial activities began. In I 795 the merchants and traders of New York made their principal meet- ing place the Tontine Building at Wall and Water Streets. In I 792 there had been a meet- ing of twenty-four brokers of New York under a Cottonwood tree opposite the building at 60 Wall Street where an agreement had been made and signed regulating rates of commission. These 14 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW brokers used tlie 1 online Building lor their some- what irregular meetings for several years but kept their organization intact and developed it until it finally became the New York Stock Exchange. An organization which had at this time al- ready attained considerable prominence, having its headquarters in 1 795 at Harden s Tavern, also called the City Tavern, in Broadway, corner of Murray Street, was the Tammany Society or Columbian Order which had been organized on May 12, 1789, about two weeks after General Washington had taken the oath of office as the first President of the United States. The Order of the Cincinnati, made up exclusively of officers in the Patriot Army and their descendants, had been previously organized. 7 here was consider- able criticism of that society, chiefly because of its hereditary feature. The new society was or- ganized as an association of like patriotic pur- poses without the aristocratic and hereditary re- strictions of the Cincinnati. It was named after Tamanend or Tammany, a Delaware brave who had been especially friendly with the European settlers in Pennsylvania. It was first called the "St. Tammany Society," the "St." being real- ly an ironical mimicry of a number of organiza- tions referring to British or other descent such as the St. George, St. Andrew and St. Patrick So- cieties. Tammany chose for itself a good Ameri- can saint or something near it: for legend had built around that friendly redskin a record of good deeds that almost had the stamp of sanctity. For the first few years the Tammany leaders and the Cincinnati fraternized on patriotic celebra- tions and politics had not taken definite shape. But the Cincinnati were largely Federalists and the Tammany people, at first by no means politically solid, became more and more imbued with the ideas of the Republican (Democratic) party, op- posed Federalist policies, backed up Citizen Genet and made vigorous protest against the Jay treaty. It was its opposition to Jay that crystallized the political views of Tammany as anti-Federal. Il had some very able men in its ranks. Josiah Ogden Hoffman, Chief Sachem of the society, was one of the city's most prominent lawyers. De Witt Clinton, nephew of Governor George Clin- ton, who was a young man of brilliant gifts, was clerk of the society at that time but was later to become Tammany's most dreaded opponent. According to David T. Valentine, long clerk of the Common Council cf New York and a valuable contributor in his various editions of the Corpora- tion Manual to the fund of knowledge of local history — and chronicler also of Tammany, of which he was an influential member — the dcmoc racy of Tammany was practicallv crystallized in 1795. He tells us that in that year, "at the time of excitement about the lay treaty. , the mi- nority of the United States Senate, who voted against il, were to:isted by the Society; so it would appear that Federalism in it, at that time, was not remarkably strong." This is very true and by the date of 1800, when the Jefferson candidacy brought about the practical extinction of the Fed eral party, Tammany to a man backed the Sage of Monticello. Yet there was no single measure of government during the first two administrations which did more for the material prosperity of the United States than the Jay treaty. It brought about a new birth of commercial freedom and with it a large and immediate accession of commerce to New York. General Frederick Dent Grant in an ad- dress on the centennial anniversary of the treaty m 1895, said: "The results of the treaty were immediate and salutary. War was averted and confidence re- stored. Foreign trade jumped from $67,643,725 in 1794 to $11 7,746,140 m 1795; and in 1796 it reached $140,010,789 in amount. Shipbuild- ing in America received its first great impetus. Though foreign trade more than doubled from I 794 to 1 796 the proportion of trade in American- built ships was only 86 per cent, of the whole in 1 794 and in I 796 it was 90 per cent, of the whole. Up to 1810 the steady growth continued with some slight fluctuations." Grant Thorburn, who in New York founded a pioneer seed house, came to the city from Scotland in 1 794 and engaged at first as a nailmaker, forg- ing the nails by hand. His experience coincides with general accounts of the prevalence of those of Dutch ancestry in the population of New York. When he arrived, he said in his reminiscences, he saw all things in the Dutch character: "Dutch houses, goods and manners, also Dutch words, Dutch m.en, and Dutch lasses. The great m.a- jority of vessels were then advertised as bound foi Amsterdam and Rotterdam, and but few at thai time for Liverpool and London. The Bear (now Washington) Market was supplied principally from Haverstraw, Hackensack, Bergen, and Com- munipaw and unless you could talk a good portion of Dutch it was of little use to go there to traffic." The Paas (Easter) and Pinxter (Whitsuntide) holidays were then of universal observance. Mr. Thorburn told ruefully how he had saved a little sum for the purpose of joyfully observing the Paas festivities but, having heard that out-of-town lots located where Leonard Street now runs into Broad- way were selling at fifteen dollars a lot, he made up his mind to buy one, believing it would increase in value, but a companion argued him out of his resolution and he spent the money enjoying the season's amusements. He recalled forty years later thai his lot, if he had bought it. would then be worth three hundred dollars. Mr. Thorburn's reminiscences contain many interesting statements of social conditions in 1 795, one item concerning the NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW 15 medical profession of that day being that Dr. Charlton was the only doctor then in New York who "kept a gig, " which seems to reveal con- ditions as woefully primitive in comparison with these present days of motoring medicos. Dr Charlton was, however, a very notable practitioner, an Englishman who began his practice in New York in I 762, married into the prominent DePey- ster family, lived on Long Island during five years of the war and returned to the city in t 781. He had a fashionable clientele and became a wealthy man. Dr. Samuel Bard, professor of theory and practice of physic m Columbia College and one of the founders in I 769 of the New York Hos- pital ; Dr. John Cochrane, who had been director- general of United States hospitals in the Revolu- icine. They and the other physicians of 1 795 were all busy that year because of a visitation of yellow fever said to have been brought to the port by a British frigate which visited the harbor. Yellow fever had visited New York before, first in 1702. In 1791 it had appeared in late autumn but was soon stopped by frost. In I 795, however, it manifested its presence early in August. The disease spread rapidly and though great num- bers of the citizens fled in terror to country places there were seven hundred and thirty-two deaths from that disease. The New York Journal of October 1 7, I 795, declared that the visitation was practically over and that of those who had the dis- ease not more than one in twenty died and that its victims were for the greater part new residents. View of Federal Hall and Part of Broad Street. 1796. tion ; Dr. Richard Bayley, who was appointed health officer of the port in I 793, and known as "father of the Quarantine Act of 1799"; Dr. Samuel Latham Mitchill who, besides eminence in medicine gained distinction as a scientist (often referred to as the "Nestor of American Science"), as a classical scholar and linguist, as a philosopher and a scholar of widest learning, and as a public man, serving in the New York Legislature, and in Congress as Representative and Senator; Dr. Nich- olas Romaine, lecturer on many branches of medicine; Dr. George Christian Anthon, authority on yellow fever; Dr. Wright Post, professor of anatomy in Columbia College and the most ad- vanced American surgeon of that period; these are names historical in the annals of American med- The cessation of the epidemic in I 795 was made the occasion for the initiation by Governor Jay of the practice of proclaiming a Thanksgiving Day for the State. He named November 26th for the day and asked that all should render thanks for the ending of the visitation. It is a peculiar illus- tration of the acrimony of political contention of that period that this act of Jay was made the target of bitter censure. He was accused of aris- tocratic or federalist assumption in attempting to dictate to the people anything about their religious conduct. As many of those thus criticizing Jay were at the time carried into the whirlpool of atheism by Thomas 'Paine's "Age of Reason," any favorable reference to the Almighty would naturally be distasteful to them, but the public 16 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW generally approved the proclamation and observed it faithfully. Public education has reason to look back with interest to I 795 because that year saw the first State recognition of common schools as subjects of its solicitude. Prior to this liberal provisions had been made for colleges and institutions of higher education but none for the common schools. Gov- ernor George Clinton, who had been ex-officio Regent and Chancellor of the University of the State of New York, recommended in his last an- nual message that there should be an .endowment for the common schools of the State. As a result a bill was passed in April, I 795, appropriating fifty thousand dollars annually for five years for the maintenance of common schools in the various towns of the State. Another important event of an educational char- acter was the completicm in I 795 of the first build- ing for the accommodation of the New York So- ciety Library, the earliest loan library in America. The new building was located in Nassau Street at the corner of Cedar Street. Slavery still existed in New York in I 795. All of the prominent families of the city owned hooise- hold and other servants. The newspapers of the period carried advertisements of sale of slaves, and of runaw-ay slaves for whose apprehension and return rewards were offered. As early as 1 785 a society had been formed with the title of The Society for Promoting the Manumission of Slaves and for Protecting Such of Them as Have Been or May Be Liberated. John Jay was president of this society though he himself owned slaves. He explained that it was his policy to purchase slaves and to manumit them at proper ages and when their faithful services afforded a reasonable recompense. As Governor he adopted the policy of recommending legislation for the gradual abo- lition of slavery in New York State, but the fruition of this in legislation did not come until four years later, during Jay's second term, the first bill for gradual emancipation, introduced in 1 795, be- ing defeated in the Legislature by a tie vote in January, I 796. Little had been done toward grading the thoroughfares and roads of the city. The Bowery Road, being part of the Boston iPost Road, had houses as far as Grand Street, on both sides, but otherwise on the East Side north of Division Street and east of Montgomery Street was very sparsely settled. On the site now occupied by the Tombs Prison and several nearby blocks was a large body of water, the Collect Pond, or Fresh Water Pond, once a translucent lake fed by springs and forming the chief source of water supply for the city. In the early days the murder of an Indian on its banks was the cause of a serious uprising and in the city's history the name of this pond is always recurring. In 1781 during the British oc- cupation It was visited by Prince William Henry, Duke of Clarence (afterward King William IV. of England), who was then a midshipman in Ad- miral Digby's squadron. He went to the Collect to skate, piloted by a young man from Duchess County named Halleck. While he was skating the ice broke and the young prince slipped through into the frigid waters, from which he was rescued by young Halleck, who later became father of Fitz-Greene Halleck, the poet. West of the Col- lect, stretching away to the neighborhood of the Hudson Shore, was a tract of low swampy land known as Lispenard's Meadows, through which later a canal was dug in the center of what is now Canal Street. Further northwest was an- other considerable tract of swampy ground bound- ing the southern end of Greenwich Village. At the junction of Greenwich and Albany roads the Potter's Field had been removed the year before from a location downtown, but did not remain there very long, being again located in 1801 in what is now Washington Square. The ferry to Brooklyn started from the Fly Market slip at the foot of Maiden Lane and was by sail-boat, the fare being ten cents. When the wind was contrary the passenger was given a good long voyage for his money. The ferry to Staten Island was also accomplished by sail boat and in stormy weather was a fairly formidable undertak- ing. The ferries to Paulus Hook, Pavonia, which later became Jersey City, and to other places on the New Jersey side of the river were in rowboats and barges propelled by oars or occasion- ally by sailboats when the wind set fair. Art as a profession had not progressed very far in New York. There were a few American ar- tists who had obtained distinction in portraiture, but at this date they were principally located in Philadelphia where the "Republican Court" was situated and followed the capital, later, to Wash- ington. In I 795 the professional artists of New York were miniaturists, including Walter Robert- son, John Ramage, Joseph Wood and others. The sole sculptor of New York at that time who had made any reputation was John Dixey, who came from Ireland in 1 789. The only important public monument in the city was the statue of General Richard Montgomery, which still adorns the eastern portal of St. Paul's Church in Broadway. It was the work of Caffieri, a Parisian sculptor. In architecture the city had some very attractive exteriors to its credit. The ornate quality of the Walton House in Franklin Square has already been referred to and the new residence of Governor John Jay in Broadway. The Kennedy House at No. i Broadway was also a fine residence, built in 1 760 by Captain Kennedy, who afterward be- came the Earl of Cassilis. At 39 Broadway was the Bunker Mansion House, which had been the NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 17 residence of Washington during the second session of Congress. In buildings of a more pubhc character some ot the most notable were the City Hall in Wall Street, occupying the site of the present Sub- Treasury ; Government House, then used as the official residence of the Governor on the site of the old Fort and the present Custom House; the Mer- chants' Exchange, at the intersection of Broad and Bridge Streets; St. Paul's Church, built in 1766, substantially as it exists today; the Middle Dutch Church in Nassau Street, which had been used as a jail for military prisoners during the British occupation but restored after the war; The North Dutch Church in William Street, a substantial dential districts of the city. The church became an independent parish in 1812, but remained at that location until 1 843. The Lutherans were represented by Christ Church, a stone building at the corner of William and Nassau Streets; and there was a German Reformed Church in Nassau Street near John Street. The Presbyterians had an old stone church in Wall Street, erected in 1719 and enlarged in 1748. and the Brick Church in Beekman Street, which carried its name with it when it moved to Fifth Avenue and Thirty- seventh Street in 1857. There was also the Scotch Presbyterian Church in Cedar Street. Methodism, which had its American birth in I 766, had in 1795 three New York churches: Wesley brown-stone building with a tiled roof; Trinity Church, built to take the place of the building which had been destroyed in the fire which con- sumed a large section of the city on September 25, I 776, ten days after the British forces established themselves in New York. This second building was started in 1 708 and finished in I 790, and dedicated March 25, 1791. It was an imposing Gothic structure surmounted with a tall spire and furnished with a chime of bells which was one of the prized attractions of the city. Trinity also had a chapel, St. George's, at the corner of Cliff and Beekman Streets, erected in I 752 when that locality was the center of one of the best resi- Chapel, the mother church, in John Street; the second church, built in Forsyth Street in 1 790, and a third which was erected in Duane Street in 1 795. The only Roman Catholic Church in the city was St. Peter's Church in Barclay Street, built in I 786 on the site of the present building which succeeded it in 1836. The Friends had meeting houses in Liberty Street and Pearl Street ; the Moravians had a Church in Partition (now Fulton) Street, near William Street, and the Jews had a neat stone synagogue in Mill Street. The Baptists had two churches, one in Gold Street near Fulton, built in I 790, and a new one built in I 795 in Oliver Street. Not all these buildings 18 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW liad aichitcclural piftensions bul tlicii eiiuiiieration serves to illustrate the fact that there was ample provision made to care for the religious needs of the New Yorkers of that day. It is safe to say that these churches drew a much larger percentage of the population to their services than is the case in our times, notwithstanding the fact that a large number were carried away by the wave of skep- ticism set in motion by Paine's "Age of Reason. " Higher educatiom was represented by Columbia College, which had been established as King's College in I 755, was used first as a barracks and later as a military hospital during the British oc- cupation, was rechartered by the New York Leg- islature in 1 787 as Columbia College, and entered upon a prosperous and influential career. In I 793 it had about one hundred students attending its classical course and fifty students in medicine. In connection with it was the Columbia Grammar School, probably the most thorough and complete of the secondary schools of New York. Another good educational institution was Old Dutch Col- legiate Church School which prepared its pupils for college. Because of its denominational con- nection most of the students from this school who continued by entering college chose Rutgers, which had formerly been the Queen's College. At the time of the establishing of King's College by royal charter it was as were all other royally chartered colleges closely connected with the church establish- ment. As a measure of conciliation the authorities in England had adopted the plan of helping the Dutch Reformed Church and its auxiliary institu- tions and had therefore established Queen's College in New Jersey in alignment with that church. The only bank in New York in I 795 was the Bank of New York, of which Isaac Roosevelt was president. The bank was established in 1 784, the prime movers in its organization being William Duer and General Alexander McDougal of Revo- lutionary fame. The latter was president of the bank from the time it was chartered until his death, two years later. There were various newspapers published in New York at that time, some daily, some weekly. Among those that had been going longest (although none dated further back than the evacuation of New York by the British) were the New York Journal, the Daily Advertiser, and the Daily Ga- zette. Perusal of these papers shows that few of them published leading articles. To this, however, there was an exception in a then recently estab- lished newspaper first called Minerva, and after- ward the Commercial Advertiser. Its projector and then editor was Noah Webster, who made it the vehicle of much and earnest criticism and ar- gument on matters of public welfare. Topics of political and other interest are in those papers largely discussed by contributors who use pen- names, as Alexander Hamilton signed Camillus or PuIjIius and other names less classic. Many of these critics had little regard for the words used if only they were sufficiently biting. Besides newspaper contributors there were numerous pamphleteers no less virulent. The Jay Treaty, which is the outstanding event that makes 1 795 a red-letter year in American commerce, was in effect a charter of American commercial liberty, bringing to this country a sub- stantial share in that "freedom of the seas" of which we have heard so much in the past few war-wracked years. In securing for our vessels immunity from Great Britain's privateers the treaty opened up commercial inlets and outlets which have since been (except for a few years of later misunderstanding and conflict with Britain) very significant factors in the commercial prosperity of our great Republic. At first this new commercial life was voiceless. The newspapers of the day were immersed and saturated with politics and par- tisan venom. So far as tone is concerned Chauncey M. Depew was not far wrong when in a speech made a hundred years later he declared that the newspapers of 1 795 were a disgrace to the period "which in their fullness of epithet and foulness of slander surpassed any of the present day. ^'ou take the worst papers we have today," continued Mr. Depew, "and they are of Addison- ian cleanliness compared with the newspapers of Washington's generation." These papers paid little or no attention to busi- ness news and furnished no means of communica- tion for merchants and business men in different parts of the country. The opening for such a medium appealed to Mr. James Oram, an enter- prising New York printer, and on December 19. 1795, he issued a little paper the size of a letter sheet under the title of New York Prices Current. The office was at 33 Liberty Street, the name of which had been recently changed from Crown Street, and it was published every Monday. It was a mere list of prices but it grew with the years, other publications being combined with it, a continuous line of publications now consolidated in the New York Commercial, which is thus the oldest commercial paper in America and like its earliest progenitor is purely and absolutely a paper devoted to business interests. John Street Theatre, which was opened in 1 767, was the only theatre in New York in 1 795. It had an interesting career in pre-Revolution days and during the British occupation was renamed the Royal Theatre and was the center of dramatic attraction for the officers of the British Army and the Tory belles and beaux. After the British left it resumed its old and more Republican name and, while other theatres were opened and closed, was the only one that persisted. Lewis Hallam was the manager of the theatre during the years when Congress was in New York and there was a NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 19 special stage box in which on several occasions President Washington and Vice-President Adams viewed the performance together. The building, which was near Broadway, was large but by no means elegant and had become considerably di- lapidated by I 795. The yellow fever caused it to be closed in the fall after a prosperous winter and spring season. Ricketts, a skilful equestrian who had made quite a professional success in Philadelphia, came to New York in 1 795 and opened his New Am- phitheatre, which he conducted for two years, after which Wignell & Reinaglo of Philadelphia be- came lessees of the house and reopened it as the Greenwich Street Summer Theatre. mous backer of the Jay treaty and the relief it brought to American commercial interests. Com- fort Sands, who was its President in 1 795, was a native of New York, born in I 748 and died at a ripe old age in 1834. He was a prominent and successful merchant in New York City and an active patriot throughout the Revolutionary war, served as a member of the New York Congress and auditor of public accounts from I 776 to I 88 1 . He was a public-spirited citizen and was identified with all the movements for mercantile progress. Among the evidences of trade progress may be given the relative totals of tonnage as reported by the Secretary of the Treasury, by which the rel- The beginning of one of the greatest of the his- toric dramatic enterprises of New York occurred in 1 795 in the laying of the cornerstone of the Park Theatre in Park Row, facing the lower end of the Common (now City Hall Park), upon which the Post Office now stands and extending back to Theatre Alley. It was not ready for occupancy until 1 798, when it entered upon a career of great brilliancy. Of commercial organizations the Chamber of Commerce of the State of New "^'ork was the most prominent. It had been incorporated under royal charter in the pre-Revolutionary period and had its charter renewed by the State after peace was declared. It was then as it has always been a very efficient representative of the interests of the business community and was a sturdy and unani- ative volume of the foreign trade in 1 79 1 put Massachusetts first, Pennsylvania second, Virginia third. New York fourth and Maryland fifth. In 1 800 the order ^vas reversed. New York be- ing first with a third more business tfian Phila- delphia, which was next, Baltimore third, Boston lourth and the Southern ports far behind. New "\ ork has ever since held its forward place, in- creasing both in actual and relative volume of commerce. The year 1 795 was a turning point though its condition in every way contrasts strangely with the changes which have brought to the New York of today the claim to be the world's largest and most prosperous business and commercial center. When we think of that period we have to think about a city without gas, without anything we could call 20 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW water supply, without railways, omnibuses or any public transportation service, without free schools, lecture courses, public libraries, without museums except a small collection of historical relics which had been collected in a room under I ammany aus- pices; yet a place where there were many men of talent and earnestness working toward better things; men who in that unkempt day were laying founda- tions for the developments ol which we now enjoy the fruition. The steps of this development will be the theme of the subsequent chapters which will attempt to briefly outline the evolution from the New York of I 795 to the city of today, in all its important avenues of municipal, social and com- mercial advancement, and the unfolding of its international prestige. The Dutch "Stadt Huys"— First City Hall. CHAPTER TWO Three Constructive Decades Politics and Progress — Hamilton, Burr, the Clintons and the Livingstons — De Witt Clinton and the Canal — Town Laid Out. THE twenty years between 1 795 and the end of the second war with England were crowded with change and progress in the City of New- York. John Jay, elected 1795, was re-elected in 1 798, and thus held the executive office for six years, ending in I SOL In 1797 the capital was removed to Albany so that the doings of the Leg- islature were no longer local to New York City. Among the important legislation was a revision of the Penal Code, which greatly reduced the num- ber of offenses punishable with death. A bill was introduced into the Legislature of 1 799 in Jay's second term for the gradual emancipation of the slaves in the State. A similar bill had been de- feated in the Legislature of I 796 by a tie vote in Committee of the Whole, the chairman giving the casting vote against it. But this second attempt was much more successful, providing a very easy way of "tapering off" on slavery and it met with very little opposition. By its provisions all negroes born after July 4, 1 799, were to be free. They were, however, required to serve an apprenticeship until they were twenty-eight years old if males, or twenty-five years old if females. The exportation provision was a very necessary one because the farmer tie-vote in 1 796 had led slave-owners in New York to a belief that abolition was certain to come and a large number of negroes had been sent South to be sold and thus save the owners from loss. A State penitentiary was built in New York in 1 796, located in Greenwich Village near the Hud- son River bank, and in the same year a measure of great sanitary value was the establishing on Bed- loe's Island of a retreat where sufferers from con- tagious diseases could be segregated and thus re- tard the spread of contagion and where they could also secure the best treatment for the alleviation and cure of such disease. The end of Washington's term and the election of John Adams as President and Thomas Jeffer- son as Vice-President accentuated partisan acri- mony. Such a bi-partisan result was highly prob- able under the original mode of elections for Presi- dent and Vice-President, a result that failed to satisfy either set of partisans. It brought Aaron Burr, brilliant and magnetic, into great prominence on the Republican-Democratic side of politics in New York, while Alexander Hamilton was the unquestioned leader an the Federal side. The per- sonal aspect of local journalism was more and more emphasized. Some of the anti-Federalist news- papers and individuals had such a high personal regard for George Washington that they refrained from attacking him although Bache's "Aurora" in Philadelphia and some writers in New York and elsewhere played no favorites and hit a Federalist head, even George Washington's, when it came within range. But when he retired from the Presidency, at the end of his second term, he went with such universal regard of the people that his political enemies refrained from further adverse comment. But John Adams was no such popular hero. He was the embodiment of Federalism and therefore an anathema to all the Republican scribes. The death of George Washington on December 14, 1 799, came suddenly. The fact that it took five days for the news to come from Mount Ver- non, Virginia, to New York is one of the facts of history which illuminate the vast distance be- tween the methods of the dying Eighteenth and the opening Twentieth Centuries. When the news came, on December 1 9, arrangements were made for a public funeral procession and an appropriate service at St. Paul's Church, where Washington had a pew during his residence, as President, in New York. In the procession an urn mounted upon a bier represented the corpse and the mem- bers of the Society of the City appeared as chief mourners, followed by other officers of the War of NEW YORK^OED AND NEW Independence, civil olliceis ol the C ity, State and Federal governments, consular representatives of Great Britain and Spain and members of all so- cieties and lodges in the city. Bishop Prevoost read appropriate prayers at St. Paul's and Gouv- erneur Morris delivered an oration. President Adams, by proclamation, set apart Washington's birthday, February 22. 1800, as a day of national devotion and prayer in memorium of the great commander and President. All business was sus- pended on that day and the city officials and the Cincinnati attended services in the Dutch Reformed Church where Rev. Dr. William Linn, reputed to have been the greatest pulpit orator of his day, de- livered a most eloquent eulogy on the life and character of Washington. In the presidential election of 1800 the consti- tutional provision that each presidential elector should have two voles which must not be cast for two residents of any one State led to a result which greatly affected political history in New York City. The two Republican-Democratic can- didates, Thomas Jefferson and Aaron Burr, re- ceived seventy-three votes each while the Federal- ist candidates received: John Adams, sixty-five votes; Charles Cotes Pinckney, sixty-four votes; and John Jay, one vote. In the campaign Burr had been assumed to be the Republican candidate for Vice-President, and Jefferson for President. But from a constitutional point of view, the tie (hrowing the election into the House of Representa- tives, it would be as legal to make Burr President and Jefferson Vice-President as to make a choice the other way about. Burr, who had no superior as a campaigner and was intensely popular with politicians, especially in the Northern States, went after the higher prize with all the power of intrigue and finesse of which he was master. Thirty-six ballots in the House were ineffectual, the votes of the Federalists being so split as between Jefferson and Burr as to retain a tie. Alexander Hamilton, while personally on friendly terms with Burr, far more so than with Jefferson, nevertheless regarded Burr as an especially unsafe man for President. He therefore used his personal in- fluence with James Addison Bayard, a Federalist of Delaware, who had been voting for Burr, to change his vote to Jefferson on the thirty-seventh ballot, thereby making him President and Burr au- tomatically, Vice-President. The danger of such a situation so impressed itself upon the country that before the next Presidential election the method of electing the President and Vice-President had been changed to the present plan. George Clinton, who had been Jay's predecessor, was re-elected Governor in April, 1802. Burr had lost his position of popularity in the Republican-Democratic party and was not men- tioned for Vice-President in 1 804, Governor George C linton being the nominee lor that olfice and, the Clinton and Livingston families being in active control of the machinery of the party, met his efforts to secure the nomination for governor with active opposition, securing that nomination for Chief Justice Morgan Lewis, who was a brother- in-law of ex-Chancellor Robert R. Livingston. Burr then tried to get the Federalist Party to nom- inate him but Hamilton was all-powerful there and his opinion of Aaron Burr's dependability had in nowise improved. Chancellor Lansing was nomi- nated by the Federalists but declined to make the race for Governor. Burr thereupon announced himself as an independent candidate, believing that the desire to defeat the regular Republican-Demo- cratic candidate would lead the Federalists, who had no nominee, to support him and calculating that there was among those Republicans who had been his stanch supporters a number who would still support him as an independent candidate. But Hamilton again put his influence against Burr's ambition and advised the Federalists in choosing between two candidates who had always been antagonists to select Judge Lewis, about whose personal integrity there could be no question what- ever. His words had great weight and Lewis was elected by a large majority. Burr, beaten in his ambition for both Federal and State preferment, laid his misfortunes at Hamilton's door and sought a pretext to pick a quarrel with him. The result was a challenge which, as the foolish law of the duello still held general acceptance, Hamilton felt in honor bound to accept. The story of the duel across the river, in which Hamilton fired in the air and Burr shot to kill, with the consequence of the death of one of America's greatest constructive statesmen, is very familiar and need not be de- tailed here. On July 12, 1804, the day after the duel, Hamilton died at the home of his friend, William Bayard. Burr continued as Vice-President until March 4, 1805. He was indicted for murder but was never brought to trial, was engaged in several schemes, some of which caused indictments to be preferred against him for treason, and other crimes. His life and the career of his daughter Theodosia, his wanderings and adventures in Europe; his strange courtship and marriage in 1833, when he was seventy-seven years old, to Madame Jamel, a widow who owned the man- sion on Washington Heights which Washington had used for his headquarters, made his course until his death in 1 836 one of the strangest in American history. Hamilton is buried in Trinity Churchyard. His productive service to city, state and nation place him high in the list of the greatest Americans. He was the foremost protagonist of the idea of NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 23 City Hall in Wall Street as Enlarged for Capitol. 24 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW tenlralized and iiiheiciil stiengtli and pouer lor the Federal governmenl and did good service in that direction. While his views were never adopted in their uUimate extreme of State sub- serviency to Federal domination they sufficiently impressed themselves on our form of government to prevent reversion to the other scheme of a loose and nerveless federation of States bound to- t^'fthcr with ropes of sand. In the attrition of the lonUKting schools of political thought a happy medium ol Federal control in National affairs and State freedom to secure home rule in home affairs was arrived at, making the people of the United States the freest to govern themselves and pursue their own happiness in the world. Following the British evacuation of New York the Mayor of New York continued to be ap- pointed by the Gofvernor, James Duane being the first to hold that office under American auspices. He was succeeded by Colonel Richard Varick who had served through the Revolution, had been aide to General Benedict Arnold before his trea- son and later had been recording and confidential secretary to General Washington. After the Americans took possession of New York he was recorder of New York until I 789 when he be- came Mayor, which office he held until 1801. He was a successful lawyer, a man of imposing presence, being more than six feet in height, and lived in a house in Broadway which in 1 799 was valued at three thousand pounds. He had served as attorney-general of the State of New York from 1 778 to I 786, and was speaker of the Assembly of the Slate in 1787 and 1788. He was appointed by Governor George Clinton and also served during John Jay's two terms as Governor, and so far as identified with politics he was in harmony with the Federalists, and espe- cially with Alexander Hamilton and Governor John Jay. During his term as Mayor many important events affecting the city occurred. One of the first was the tercentenary celebration on October 12, 1792, of the discovery of America by Columbus. Correctional and charitable activities were better organized and more humane. Toward The I, -St of his service as Mayor revisions of the i iminal C ode were made which made the way of justice easier by the abolition of the death pen- alty in all cases except those of murder and trea- son. There were three yellow fever years during his administration, the first in 1791. That of I 795 has already been described, and another came in 1 798 which was much heavier as fifteen hundred and twenty-four persons died from the disease. Epidemics of small-pox were also fre- quent and though not so generally fatal were an item in the mortality tables that reflected how much the medical world had to learn concerning the pathology of zymotic diseases. After the yellow li'ver visitation of 1793 a system of under- ground sewerage was prepared and carried out. Early in Mayor Varick's administration a deal was effected that was of considerable value to the city, in the purchase of the Collect Pond and ad- joining lands. In 1 733 Captain Anthony Rut- gers had sent a petition to the King representing the "Kolk" or Collect Pond as a morass sur- rounded by low marshy acres. He drew a pic- lure of it as a place which was a menace to the health of the island unless it should be fenced and drained, and told how the tides from bath rivers flowed over the land and how straying cattle be- came bogged in it. Captain Rutgers received the grant as requested and improved the land to some extent but while the pond had been deepened and the surrounding lands partly drained it was deemed important that the city should acquire them. Therefore, in 1791, the title of Captain Rutgers' heirs to the pond and about seventy acres of land adjoining was bought for the sum of one hundred and fifty pounds. The swampy land that stretched across the island nearly from river to river retarded its uptown growth. The Collect Pond which at one lime was a clear lake- let had gathered impure seepages which led many people and nearly all physicians to doubt its fit- ness for human consumption. At the intersection of Chatham and Pearl Streets there was a pond reputed to be of spring water over which a pump had been built which became a prominent institu- tion of the city as its chief source of potable water under the name of the "Tea Water Pump." There were many private wells in the lower part of the city as well as public wells and pumps in Broadway and other thoroughfares but the quality of the water was execrable and the water from the "Tea Water Pump," very palatable in com- parison with that of the other sources of supply, was carted about the city and sold for drinking purposes. There were very early in the history of New York under American organization con- stantly recurring endeavors to secure privately owned charters for water supply, but public opin- ion has always been strongly against monopolies of this kind in New York. Aaron Burr, how- ever, managed to get a bill through the Assembly for a system of water supply. The Bank of New York had been chartered by the Legislature and was under Federalist auspices which would have been glad to retain a monopoly of banking privileges. As politics tinctured everything in those days. Burr wished to get banking privileges which could be kept under Republican (Demo- cratic) auspices but he had no idea that the Fed- eralist Assembly would let any such charier go into Republican hands. He therefore devised a charter for a water company to lay pipes and supply the downtown districts with water. This charter went through the Legislature in 1 799, 26 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW granting these functions to the Manhattan Com- pany. The charter besides what were ostensibly its principal provisions had an ingenious clause which permitted the company to use its surplus capital in any enterprise not inconsistent with the laws of the State or of the United States, a pro- vision which was sufliciently broad to enable the company to engage in the banking business, which it did and still continues to do. The provisions of the water supply feature of the business gave the company a wide latitude as to the source of sup- ply, though it was expected that the company would tap the Bronx River and thereby, in the opinion of those who were regarded as authority, insure a supply sufficient for all lime. But The Manhattan Company never went as far as the Bronx for its supply. It built a pump near the Collect Pond and laid wooden pipes made of hol- low logs in the streets of the city, with town pumps at nearly every block. This was the principal water supply of lower Manhattan until the introduction of the Croton Water System. The ground around the Collect was filled up and graded, and durino Varick's term was begun a system of drainage calculated to drain the swampy ground between the Bowery Road and the Hud- son River. The wettest part of that region, most of it included in what was called Lispenard's Meadows, was at about the intersection of Canal Street and Broadway, where several small and sluggish brooks ran, sometimes overflowing into a wide marsh. It was difficult to get the city au- thorities and the landowners together, but the one that met with most favor was that of a canal from east to west which would carry away the surplus waters. The matter was finally settled with many other mooted questions of city develop- ment by the appointment of a commission which laid out an open canal along the line of the pres- ent Canal Street, with a broad roadway on each side, crossed at Broadway by a stone bridge. Shade trees were planted on each side of the canal. It remained thus for several years but finally the trees were cut down, the canal arched over with brick as a part of the sewer system of the city and the present wide street created. At about the same time the Collect Pond, which had ceased being a source of water supply and into which the surplus material from the grading of streets and lots had been dumped, was finally filled up and graded. When George Clinton was again elected Gov- ernor in April, 1801, as successor to Governor Jay, it was a victory for the Republican parly. Politics had by this lime become closely organized, and the distribution of offices to victorious par- tisans had become the rule, seldom broken, among all parties. DeWitt Clinton, nephew of the Governor, who had been elected to the State Senate in I 798, had caused a change to be made in the method of making appointments so that in- stead of being exclusively in the Governor's hands they were made by a Council of Appointment, composed of a Senator from each of the four dis- tricts of the State, with the Governor as Chairman of the Council. The authorship of this plan, in- tended to solidify the power of the Republican (Democratic) party, earned for DeWitt Clinton the designation, "Father of the Spoils System." This council appointed Edward Livingston Mayor of New York. He was a member of the famous Livingston family which gave many states- men and officials to New York, New Jersey and the nation. He was a leading opponent of the Jay Treaty in Congress, was appointed United States attorney for the district of New York, by President Jefferson, in March, 1801, and chosen Mayor of New York in August following and held both offices, there being then no law against such duality. He laid the cornerstone of the present City Hall in 1803 and later in the year when a new visitation of yellow fever came to the city he took charge of the methods of relief of poor patients, visiting hospitals and infected homes until he himself was taken down by the disease, escaping by a very narrow chance. While he was lying ill a confidential subordinate embezzled a large fund which he held in trust as district attorney. Livingston resigned as district attorney and as Mayor, turning over all his property and finally paying every cent of the loss to the Govern- ment, with interest. He held the office of Mayor until his successor was chosen, the Council of Ap- pointment selecting DeWitt Clinton for the May- oralty. Edward Livingston went to New Or- leans, which had just come into the United .States by the purchase of Louisiana negotiated for Jeffer- son by Edward's brother. Chancellor Robert R. Livingston. He became the foremost member of the bar of Louisiana, codifier of the Laws of the State, aide to Andrew Jackson in the War of 1812, Congressman and later Senator from Louisiana, Secretary of State in the Jackson Cabinet and Minister to France. Appointive power in the selection of the mayors of New York, whether by the Governor or by Governor and Council, certainly succeeded in giv- ing the city a high grade of executives. Duane, Varick and Edward Livingston were all high grade men, and the fourth was fully the equal of either and has never been excelled in ability or efficiency by any of those who have administered that important office. DeWitt Clinton began his connection with politics in 1 790, when he was only twenty-one years old, as private secretary to his uncle, then Governor of New York, and was a stanch supporter of George Clinton's ambitions and policies. Member of the State Assembly in 1797, and of the State Senate from 1798 to 1802, he was elected to the United States Senate 28 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW in 1802 and resigned in 1803 to accept appoint- ment as Mayor of New York, which had become a more important office by the addition to its duties of those of President of the Council and Chief Judge of the Court of Common Pleas. He was Mayor from 1803 to 1806 and again from 1807 to 1809 and after another year out of office was again Mayor from 1810 to 1815. During the same period he held state elective offices in addition to the Mayoralty, being State Senator from 1805 to 1811 and Lieutenant-Governor from 1811 to 1813. During a brief accession of the Federalists to power in the Council of Appointment Marinus Willett was Mayor for a year, and then DeWitt Clinton was appointed again. The Federalists were no longer a power in Federal politics and their influence was waning in State politics. The Republican (Democratic) party succeeded when it harmonized, but its very strength was its weakness by dividing it into fac- tions — the Clintonians, the Livingston faction, and Tammany. In 1809 the FederalisU carried the Scale, and the new Council of ApooiiUment made Jacob Ratcliff Mayor, but in the following year the Clinton and Livingston ^dijions united and won, and DeWitt Clinton became Mayor again. Me was essentially a Democr.it and a paily man but had a strong streak uf independence in his nature. He had been a strong assailant of President John Adams and Gove. n )r Jay on the ground of their hostility to France. Yet, when a French break was looked for as a s';quence of the Jay treaty, he raised, equipped and com- manded a company of artinerv for service in the event of war with that country. When a young man, in 1791, he had been a member of the 1 ammany Society and scribe to its Council during the period when Josiah Ogde.T Hoffman was Grand Sachem. But Tammany was then prin- cipally prominent as a patriotic society and a social organization and not definitely aligned on any one side of party politics. It soon became definitely Republican (Democratic) in national politics, but factional in local contests, lining up at this period chiefly with the Livingston wing of the party. DeWitt Clinton, though a New York Democratic leader, opposed Madison's policies. DeWitt Clinton, after his uncle became Vice- President of the United States in Jefferson's sec- ond term, was looked upon by many as available Presidential timber. He had shown no special favor to Tammany, and that society had opposed him, fruitlessly, in his candidacy for Lieutenant-Gov- ernor in 1811; he also had the opposition of Tammany in his candidacy for (President in 1812, but the Society did not prevent him from securing the vote of New York. Clinton also had the Federalist nomination, but Madison was re-elected without the vote of New York, the electoral vote being 128 for Madison to 89 for Clinton. The present City Hall was finished and oc- cupied during the mayoral administration of De- Witt Clinton. The material chosen for the walls of this building was white marble from quarries in Slockbridge, Massachusetts, although from m.o- tives of economy the suggestion of a member of the Council that red sandstone be used for the rear wall because it was not likely that many houses would ever be built north of the structure, was accepted. The building has continued to be occupied by the Mayor and other important city officials and is much admired. It is little changed though the back wall has been rebuilt in harmony with the other sides of the building. The tower has been rebuilt and was recently gutted by a fire that destroyed the clock by which thousands regulated their conduct. The fire occurred from defective insulation of wires or some such cause, a few days after the illumination of the building in honor of Marshal Joffre and Minister Balfour and the French and British commissions in the spring of 1917. In the annals of the City and State of New York there is no more constructive name than that of DeWitt Clinton. His interest in progressive movements made him a power in the promotion of good causes. In the two houses of the State Legislature he had been a leader in the successful movements for the abolition of slavery, and of imprisonment for debt. He was the pioneer in the successive steps which sought universal educa- tion and culminated in the present public school system. His conduct during the war with Great Britain, 1812-1815, was eminently patriotic. He had been opposed to the war and as the leader of the peace section of the Republican party had been taken up as their candidate by the Federalists, who were also opposed to the war, against Mad- ison for President in 1812. But when war was begun he threw all his great prestige and ability on the side of his country and led in organization work by which several companies of militia were organized and drilled and effective measures were taken to prepare the city against attack by land or sea. In 1816 DeWitt Clinton was elected Governor of New York by the unanimous vote of all parties in the field and he made a record as Governor which added to his laurels as a constructive states- man. The Federalist party died as a national organization in the election of 1816, when its candidates were Rufus King of New York for President, who received 34 electoral votes, and John Eager Howard of Maryland for Vice- President, with 22 electoral votes. James Mon- roe of Virginia for President, and Daniel D. Tompkins of New York for Vice-President were elected on the Republican ticket with 183 votes each. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 29 The Republican party, with the weakening of its ancient foe, broke into two strongly opposed factions. A certain section of Tammany which had been especially hostile to Clinton and which had ticketed itself as being composed of "Mad- isonian" Republicans, wore a bucktail ornament as a campaign emblem and became popularly known as "Bucktails," the other Republican fac- tion being designated "Clintonians." Clinton was re-elected in 1 820 and served until the end of 1822, the Constitution of 1821 having changed the beginning of the gubernatorial term to January 1 from April 1. The "Bucktails" having gained a majority in the State, Clinton declined to be a candidate in 1822. The question involved in the Bucktail-Clintonian cleavage was one that deeply affected New York City. While Clinton was Mayor he had been appointed a member of the Erie Canal Commis- sion, the creation of which was in the first place the result of his own advocacy. He had made internal improvements a subject of deep study and while in the Senate of New York had been ap- pointed to lay before Congress a petition for Fed- eral aid for a canal to connect the Great Lakes with the Hudson at tidewater. As the waterway would be entirely within a single State the request was not favorably considered. Clinton then be- gan to agitate that the State should itself take up the matter, and his long study of the subject en- abled him to put the benefits of the plan in such a light that many popular gatherings endorsed the project. On that issue he was elected Governor in 1817 and he broke ground for the canal with his own hand on July 4, 1817. He prosecuted the work in spite of much opposition. The "Al- bany Regency," as a little group of leading Demo- crats who were most influential in State affairs (with Martin Van Buren at their head) was called, was hostile to Clinton during his second term because he was too independent to fit in with their plans. In the early years of his administra- tion the canal project was jeered at and derided as a fatuous hobby with neither merit nor hope, only good to fritter away the money ot the tax- payers. "Clinton's Folly" the canal was called. These sneers reduced Clinton's vote in 1820 and when he refused to be a candidate in 1822 the opposition in its vindictive glee at having forced him to retreat thought to humiliate him, now that he was no longer formidable, by removing him from membership in the Erie Canal Commission, which they did early in 1824. The attacks that had been made upon him had caused him to be identified so closely with the canal as to be en- titled to practically all the credit for it and as its success was by this time assured his removal from the commission raised a storm of protest that swept him into the Governor's chair again in 1 824 by a majority of 1 6,000 votes larger than any candi- date for Governor had ever received before, and he was re-elected again in 1 826. His vindication was complete. The canal was opened with great ceremony in October, 1825, and Governor Clinton was carried on a barge from Lake Erie to New York in a triumphant progress which included a great ovation at each town along the route and a naval fete, military and civic pro- cessions, night illuminations and a grand ball at the Lafayette Theatre in Laurens Street, making November 4, 1825, a day thereafter referred to by all of its survivors as the greatest New York ever saw. It was probably never equalled as a celebration until the Hudson-Fulton pageants took place in 1909 and that great celebration had no such personal hero to receive the plaudits of the populace as DeWitt Clinton. He was the human embodiment of the great enterprise which meant more to New York in a commercial way than any other event that had happened since Henry Hud- son had poked the prow of his "Half-Moon" into the North River two hundred and sixteen years before. Governor Clinton continued his good work, in- augurating several valuable branches of the Erie Canal and by his example becoming the inspira- tion of other important canal enterprises in other states. He died suddenly in Albany on February 11, 1 828, leaving a name that still shines in the list of those who have wrought bravely and well for the United States. His more than thirty years of public service covered many more beneficial acts for the good of the city and state than have been enumerated here. Many things had happened in New York City while Clinton was Mayor, one of the most notable being the introduction of steam navigation into practical use through the launching of the "Cler- mont" on the Hudson by Robert Fulton m 1807, a great event which will be dealt with more in de- tail elsewhere. There intervened during Clinton's term as mayor a period of great depression caused by various conditions and made stringent by the embargoes laid upon commerce by Jefferson and Madison and by the partial blockades that accompanied the hostilities of 1812-1815. An interesting and essentially prophetic piece of constructive municipal planning was another feature of this period. Gouverneur Morris, Simeon DeWitt, John Rutherford and S. Guel were ap- pointed as commissioners to lay out that part of the city north of North Street (Houston Street). The earlier commission which in 1 797 had laid out the town on paper to the street which they called "North Street" — no doubt with the idea that that would eventually prove to be the Ultima Thule of possible urban extension — earned the reputation of being sufficiently cheerful optimists but this new commission which took pen in hand 30 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW and mapped out the city very nearly as it exists to-day up to One Hundred and Fifty-fifth Street, went far beyond what anyone then considered a possibihty. That they knew they were making themselves a source of innocent merriment is suffi- ciently indicated by the report which accompanied their printed "plan" for they said as much but they explained that while it would be very many years before there would be any city buildings south of Harlem, and centuries before there would be any houses built north of Harlem Flats, they thought there would in time be a considerable population at Harlem itself. Therefore, in order to present a connected plan they had laid out the larger part of Manhattan Island so as to number the streets in the Harlem section in harmony with a system adopted for the portion adjacent to North Street. They therefore begged to be ex- cused for laying out a plan providing "space for a population greater than is collected at any spot this side of China." But while these unconscious prophets felt it necessary to break the force of the jesters who, as expected, made many a quip at their visionary planning, the years have confirmed their wisdom. They could have added as many more miles to their plan and still be fully justi- fied. Events ol the period which deserve passing mention include removal in 1818, from Quebec, of the remains of Major General Richard Mont- gomery, of the Continental Army, who was killed in the assault on Quebec, December 31, 1775. I he body was brought to this city and interred with military honors and impressive ceremonies in St. Paul's Church, where for years before there had existed the beautiful cenotaph placed in the east wall of the church, pursuant to a vote of the Con- tinental Congress in I 776. The visit of General de Lafayette to New York ill 1824 was made a great festivity. He had ar- rived on Staten Island on Sunday, August 15, and was entertained there until next day by Daniel D. Tompkins, then Vice-President of the United Slates. He was given a great naval, military and civic reception. He was escorted through the city and to Harlem by the Seventh Regiment, then as now the crack regiment of New York, though it was then known as the Twenty-Seventh, and has just now (October, 1917) been renumbered as the One Hundred and Seventh Regiment, United States Army as mobilized for the World War. Very appropriately the same organization was the escort of that other great and friendly Frenchman, Marshal Joffre, upon his heading a mission to this country in 1917. Another event of importance was the passage of a law fathered by Governor Daniel D. Tomp- kins when resigning in January, 1817, to take office as Vice-President of the United States. In a message he asked the Legislature to pass a law declaring that ail slaves in the State should become free on and after July 4, 1827, thus fixing a limit to the uncertainties of the gradual emancipation law of I 798. £ ;i - "1. : J- Reception of General Lafayette, 1824. CHAPTER THREE New York From 1825 to 1850 Era of Transportation Improvement, Stages, Railroads, Street Cars, Clipper Ships and the Telegraph. Currency Troubles, Riots, and Immigration. IN the period covered by the incidents in the preceding chapter important physical changes had been made in New \ ork. The population was 60,515 in 1800. increased to 96,373 m 1810. had grown to 123,706 in 1820 and to 166,089 in 1825. When the century opened New York, with its more than sixty thousand inhabitants, was rai overgrown village with none of the things we regard as city conveniences. For water transporta- tion there were sail-boats and row-boats; on land, unless one owned his own horse, he walked: for there was no public means of urban transportation until 1 804, when hackney coaches were first licensed. The demonstration of the application of steam power to vessel propulsion by Fulton in 1807 was the beginning of a new commercial epoch for the world at large but especially a benefit to New York. It was somewhat restricted at first by an act of the Legislature giving exclusive privileges to Fulton and Livingston for steam navigation of the Hudson for five years for each vessel built, not to exceed thirty years in all. Besides the Clermont, 1 60 tons, the original vessel, the Car of Neptune, 295 tons measurement, built in 1808, the Paragon, built in 1811, and other vessels were added to the New York-Albany fleet and in 1812 Fulton introduced two steam ferryboats for the North River and a little later two others for the Fast River, and also invented the floating dock «nd the method by which the boats were navi- gated into them without shock. After I 824 other steam ventures were introduced, the United States Supreme Court deciding in that year that the mo- nopoly granted to Fulton and Livingston was il- legal. The embargoes of Jefferson and Madison, the second war with England in 1812 to 1814, the suspension of specie payments from 1814 to 1817 and other events severely hampered for- eign and coastwise trade from New York, es- pecially as the British maintained from 1812 to 1814 a fairly effective blockade of the port. Visitations of yellow fever appeared again in 1819, 1822 and 1823 and after that, for years, there were only sporadic cases of that disease. But in 1 832 New York was visited for the first time by Asiatic cholera. It first appeared at a house in Cherry Street, near James Street, on June 25. Several more cases followed and on July 3 the Board of Health called a special medical council composed of Dr. Alexander H. Stevens, president; Drs. Joseph Bayley, Gilbert Smith, John Neilson. William J. McNeven, Hugh McLean. Richard K. Hoffman, and Anthony L. Anderson. These men, eminent in their profession, soon had four large public hospitals organized and so efficiently conducted that in the nine weeks from July to October I there were treated 2,030 patients, of whom 852 died. A second visitation ill 1 834 had appreciably fewer victims. When the paucity of the water-supply of New- York in the early decades of the Nineteenth Cen- tury is considered it may be regarded as remark- able that the city had so few fires of disastrous proportions. The worst visitation of that kind previous to 1835 was in 1811, which destroyed nearly one hundred houses. The event lived in n;emory of the New Yorkers for many years as "the Great Fire" and at the time it was regarded as little less than miraculous that the whole city was not destroyed. It broke out in a building on Chatham Street, near Duane. and spread rapidly with the aid of a strong wind. But neither fire. war. nor pestilence had power to check, more than temporarily, the marvelous growth of New York. At the end of the first quarter of the Nineteenth Century the water sup- ply was still insufficient and of poor quality. The lighting facilities had consisted of candles (tallow, wax and spermaceti), and of smelly lamps 32 NEM^ YORK— OLD AND NEW charged with fish oils. But in this respect reliel was in sight through the organization in 1823 of the New York Gas Light Company. In 1825 tlie house of Samuel Leggett, the first president of that company, which was at 7 Cherry Street, was lighted with g.is, the fust in the city to be so lighted. Gas, as an iIIuiiuimhI. i^'hw m favor, the first gas pipes being L.id m limadway from Canal Street lo the Battery. I his was followed by a general laying of pipes and in I 830 a new company was organized, incorporated with a capital amounting to the then prodigious total of $500,000 to sup- ply gas to the upper part of the Island. In 1 830 came the forerunner of our street transportation systems in the establishing of a regu- lar stage line in Broadway from Bowling Green to Bleecker Street. The Broadway stages con- tinued to be a prominent feature of public con- ^tnience for many years. The first horse railroad in the world, that of the New York and Harlem Railroad, was built in 1 832 and put in operation from Prince Street to Murray Hill, the length of the trips being ex- tended from time to time as the building of the road progressed. The population of the city had increased by 1830 to 202,589. The office of Mayor so far as the selection of the incumbent was affected con- tinued to be the football of State politics and chiefly between the two factions of the Republican (Democratic) party. The Federalists, who had temporarily gained a majority of the Council of Appoi.itment in 1814, removed DeWitt Clinton from the office of Mayor and appointed John Fer- guson in his stead but as Ferguson was also at that lime naval officer of customs of the port of New York he was held to be ineligible to hold a Fed- eial and a State office simultaneously. Therefore he resigned as Mayor. Following this Jacob Radcliff was appointed Mayor. He served until DeWitt Clinton became Governor and, with a casting vote in the Council of Appointment, re- moved Radcliff in 1818 frcrm the office, appoint- ing Cadwallader D. Colden, grandson of the former Lieutenant-Governor of the Province of New York, to succeed him. The Council of Ap- pointment had a "Bucktail" majority in 1820, making Stephen Allen Mayor. In the same year a bill was passed in the interest of home rule, tak- ing the power of appointment of Mayor from the Council of Appointment and vesting it in the Board of Aldermen. Under this arrangement the Mayors were Stephen Allen until the end of 1822; Gen. WiMiam Paulding, 1823 and 1824; Philip Hone, 1825; Gen. Paulding again 1826 and 1827; Walter Bowne, 1828 to 1833, and Gideon Lee, appointed in the latter part of 1833. The election of Mayor by popular vote had been provided for when the municipal election of April 10, 1834, came on and Tammany took a \try prominent part in the contest. Its candidate was Cornelius VanWyck Lawrence, who had served in Congress. The Whig Party had just then begun to be active in Federal politics, more especially in antagonism to President Jackson, who had vetoed the bill for the renewal of the charter of the United States Bank, and the members of that party with conservative Democrats (some of whom agreed with them on the bank question and all of them in opposition to Tammany) united on the candidacy of Gulian C. Verplanck. There were few polling places and the polls were open for three successive days and the contest was very warm. It was red-hot in the Sixth Ward where disturbance on election day was the rule rather than the exception. A mob of Jackson Democrats attacked the polling place there, destroying all the ballots and everything else in the polling room. Raids were also made by the rioters on the gun- sh.ops in Broadway. A report being circulated that the mob would attack the State Arsenal, \\ hich occupied the block bounded by Centre, Elm, Franklin, and White Streets, some of the better class of citizens joined in a request to the Mayoi to call the militia to aid in the suppression of dis- order. In the evening there was a Whig meeting in Masonic Hall, which from four to five thousand men were estimated to have attended, and it was icsolved to attend the Sixth Ward poll, and to keep it open to all voters until such time as the official authorities should procure a sufficient num- ber of special constables to keep the peace. The next day the rioters created various disturbances along Broadway in one of which the Mayor, en- deavoring to quiet the mob, was injured and as the Whigs were organizing to take defensive measures the Mayor called on the United States authorities in the fort. They declined to interfere and the Mayor then secured the aid of the city militia. This was the first time the militia of the city had ever been called out to combat a riot in New York and the Twenty-seventh Regiment (the number of which was later changed to the famous Seventh), made such a showing of preparedness as slopped further disorder. This regiment took pos- session of the Arsenal and relieved the group of citizens who had volunteered for its temporary de- fence. The polls of the city closed with a small majority for Mr. Lawrence for Mayor, but the Whigs had elected the Common Council by a comfortable majority. The riot tendency seemed to be especially strong in those days. The Abolitionists were i small but valiant body of agitators who had con- vinced themselves that human slavery was wrong and set out to convince the world of the fact. A meeting in October, 1 833. of a few friends of William Lloyd Garrison, was broken up by a hostile mob and was quickly dispersed. No place NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 33 in the country was more intolerant of abolition oratory than New York. There were many busi- ness men who had extensive dealings with the Southern States, and a large majority of the peo- ple, some of whom were by no means friendly to slavery as an institution, were saturated with the State sovereignty idea and held that each State should settle the question for itself. Then there was a rowdy element always keen for any kind of dis- turbance. A gang of such people started to break up a negro gathering in a chapel in Chatham Street at which a colored preacher was to preach. A crowd which gathered ordered the negroes to leave the building, but they said they had paid their rent and would not leave. Thereupon the cl police arriving on the scene, the mob left that building and started out to molest those known to b'- abolitionists. First they went to Rose Street, broke into and sacked the home of Nathan Tappan, brother of Lewis, and made a bonfire of the furni- ture. They fought the city watchmen who tried to stop their depredations and then visited the houses of other abolitionists with similar acts of destruction. Mayor Lawrence issued a proclama- tion calling on all good citizens to aid in maintain- ing the peace. Large bodies of troops gathered at the Arsenal, the City Hall and other public buildings. On the night of July 1 1 the mob made attacks upon the churches of Rev. Dr. Samuel H. Cox, in Laight Street and of Rev. Henry Ludlow, Park Row and Broadway, 1825. crowd broke in and ejected the colored people from the building. Lewis Tappan, the philan- thropist, had also attended the meeting. He was one of the leaders in the anti-slavery gathering which had been broken up by the mob in the pre- vious autumn. The crowd, recognizing him, fol- lowed him with hooting and threats to his house in Rose Street and after he had entered it bom- barded the place with stones. The next evening the pro-slavery mob started out to hunt down prominent abolitionists. Someone suggested that the stage manager of the Bowery Theatre, who was an Englishman, had been heard to make derog- atory remarks about the United States as a slave- holding country. Thereupon the mob went to the theatre and took possession but, a detachment in Spring Street, the mounted police failing to dis- perse the mob. The Twenty-seventh (later Sev- enth) Regiment of the National Guard, under Colonel Stevens, which had previously done such excellent work in the election riots, marched upon the rioters who had intrenched themselves behind double barricades, stormed and carried them, and then as the militia moved upon the order, in solid column, the mob broke in wild disorder. While this was being done another mob was busy at the Five Points working general destruction and burn- ing several buildings. It was reported that dur- iiig the night plans were laid for other outbreaks to occur simultaneously at various points and in the morning Mayor Lawrence issued a second procla- mation to citizens to report to him for organiza- 34 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW lion into companies to aid the police. In response, volunteer military companies and fire companies tendered their services and the riot was broken up with one hundred and fifty of the ringleaders in jail. Another riot occurred a month later which is known as "The Stone-Cutters' Riot." State pris- oners had been brought Irom Sing Sing to hew marble for the construction of the University. The mob was very sullen, and the services of the gal- lant Twenty-seventh Regiment were enlisted and order restored, but the regiment lay under arms in Washington parade-ground, now Washington Square. The Five Points Riot, which broke out in the summer of 1835, was a tumult of factional poli- tics. A split in the local Democrats had occurred, the cleavage being largely on racial lines, between Irish and American. It was a period when there was a strong nativistic excitement manifest not only in New York but all over the country. 1 herefore, when it was announced that an Irish regiment, to be known as the O'Connell Guards, was being or- ganized, the Native American element was highly incensed. The riot broke out in the turbulent Sixth Ward, the chief encounter being at the in- tersection of Pearl and Chatham Streets. Private citizens, including some notable people, suffered severe injuries for their endeavors to keep the peace, but the police arrived on the scene and after stren uous efforts succeeded in restoring order. There was no further riotous outbreak until February 10, 1837. The closing of the United States Bank, currency troubles, a short crop and wild speculation had brought about a period of extreme stringency, with high prices. Flour went up from seven to twelve dollars per barrel. The price of meat was very high and coal was ten dollars per ton. It was the period of "hard times." The common people, or at least the labor- ing classes, had conceived the idea that the spec- ulator and the middleman were the causes of their troubles and had heard that the commission houses on Washington Street were responsible for the hold- ing back of the necessary supplies and had their warehouses stocked in preparation for further rise in the price of staples. Some of the leaders there- fore issued a placard calling a meeting for 4 P. M. in City Hall Park to demand reduction in the prices of bread, meat, rent and fuel. When they assenr^.bled, one of the leading agitators addressed the gathering and one of the first statements was to the effect that Eli Hart, one of the city's lead- ing merchants, had three thousand barrels of flour in his store. 1 his dispersed the City Hall assembly in the direction of Hart's store. The Mayor at- tempted to stop the crowd but was stoned for his pains. The crowd broke into Hart's premises and :.orn were rolling barrels of flour from the upper windows and dashing them to the ground. About five hundred barrels had been smashed in this way when the approach of troops caused the mob to dispersf . Some other warehouses were at- li'.ckcd with less damage but the riot was soon over. Although this riot record of the 'Thirties sounds discouraging there is another story which coun- terbalances it. Trade had greatly improved after a ten-year slump following the second war with Britain and in 1825 the imports for New York were $50,024,973, of which over $48,000,000 came in American vessels and the value of exports the same year was $34,032,279, of which over $19,000,000 was carried in American bottoms. A question long agitated was that of a suf- ficient water supply. The wooden pipes and pumps in the streets which the Manhattan Com- pany had put in were at first supplied from the Collect Pond and afterward from various meager sources on Manhattan Island. Samuel Stevens, who for years represented the Second Ward as alderman and assistant alderman, had made the question of adequate water supply his hobby. His proposition was to bring the water supply fo.- New York from the Croton River, forty miles dis- tant. At first many regarded his plan with amuse- ment and its author as a well meaning but not too well balanced optimist. But Stevens earned a place of prominence in the board, and war. its first president under the amended charter of 1 830 lor the years 1831 and 1832. He kept ham- mering at his idea and formulated a proposition for its accomplishment which he induced the Board of Aldermen to submit to a popular vote at the spring election of 1 835 and it carried by an em- phatic approval. The work was soon begun and or, December 1 6, 1 835, a very pointed object les- son in the need for this new enterprise was fur- nished by the breaking out of what proved to be the rrost disastrous fire that has ever visited the city, the utmost efforts failing to get it under con- trol until the 18th. It burned along Wall Street from East River to Exchange Place, to Beaver Street, Hanover Square, Coenties Slip, and back to the river, covering an irregularly triangular piece of ground thirteen acres in extent, destroying 693 houses and stores as follows: Wall Street, 26; South Street, 76; Front Street, 80; Water Street, 76; Pearl Street, 79; Exchange Place, 62; Gouverneur's Lane, 20; Jones's Lane, 10; Ex- change Alley, 31 ; William Street. 44; Old Slip 33; Stone Street, 40; Mill (now South William) Street, 38; Beaver Street, 23; Hanover Street, 16; Coenties Slip, 16; Hanover Square, 3; Cuy- ler's Alley, 20. The propert/ loss exceeded eighteen million dollars. The South Dutch Church in Garden Street, and the fine Merchants' Exchange Building, completed in 1827 and after 36 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW that becoming the meeting place of the merchants of the city and of the Chamber of Commerce of New York, were destroyed. The Merchants' Ex- change was a fine marble building occupying the site now taken up by the City National Bank. Most of the losses fell upon the owners, the total being so great that nearly all of the companies carrying the risks were unable to meet them and failed. The supply of water would not have been anywhere near adequate at the best but the freez- ing weather ihade it difficult to use what there was. Their losses loaded many of the merchants and house-owners with heavy burdens but nearly all of them managed to rebuild within a short time and uniformly with structures that were of a much improved quality. The struggle of Jackson with the United States Bank is a sufficiently well known chapter of Amer- ican history to excuse a repetition here; but it was very unpopular with most of the business com- munities of the large cities. At the present dis- tance from the event it seems very evident that the strenuous action taken by "Old Hickory" to stop wild speculation, wild-cat banking, unsound finan- ciering, and irresponsible issues of paper money were fully justified even at the cost of the serious times precipitated by the panic of 1837. Some of the results to the business community will be dis- cussed in another chapter devoted to the financial history of the city but it will be appropriate to refer here to the plan originated by Levi Wood- bury, then Secretary of the Treasury, and submit- ted to a special session by President Van Buren by which an independent United States Treasury was established as a depositary of Government funds, with branches in a few principal commer- cial centers, of which that in New York has al- ways been of great benefit to the city's financial life. In the first place it was found to be a great aid to the measures taken by the bankers of New York and other cities, under the leadership of Albert Gallatin, to resume specie payments and to rehabilitate the business of the banks which had been compelled to suspend in the heat of the panic. New York in the present day always impress- es the stranger who visits if as an unfinished city. New houses are constantly being erected, some of the principal streets are always being torn up for subways or repaving or service wires and pipes. The rapidity of its growth pushes its resi- dence districts farther afield, converts slums into business centers and fine residence districts into slums as the various strata of condition and race ebb and flow on a sea of change in this cosmo- politan and polyglot metropolis. Back at the be- ginning of the Nineteenth Century there was not much of this admixture. The great majority of the people of New York were of the racial strains which had first settled the Island — Dutch, Walloon, Huguenot and British. A few Jews, not many Germans, some Irish, a hundred or so French emigre's who had fled from the Terror, or French Republicans of a faction which had become un- popular, made exceptions to the rule that the popu- laton was in the main native-born to American soil. But there were constant physical changes even then. Gulian C. Verplanck, in letters pub- lished in the Talisman in 1829 under the pen- name of Francis Herbert, writes upon returning after a long absence of the impression of change the city gave him. He notices Pine Street as typical. Thirty years before there were, he re- calls, "low, cheerful-looking two-story buildings of light-colored brick or wood, painted white or yellow, and which scarcely seemed a hindrance to the air or sunshine." But by 1829 Pine Street was so full of blocks of tall massive buildings as to "overshadow the narrow passage between and make it one of the gloomiest streets of New York." But that interesting observer never dreamed of a Pine Street with buildings ten times higher than the "tall, massive buildings" of 1829. In 1 830 there had been a considerable settle- ment built up along the Bowery Road and some fine residences were over on Second Avenue but the really fashionable people still lived on streets farther downtown. The northern limit of the higher strata of fashionable society was Warren Street, which at that time contained the homes of some of the most select people. Two families who had built marble houses on Chambers Street were considered as very extravagant to place such buildings so far out of town. By 1837 some fine people like the Albert Gallatin family had built mansions far uptown (his house was on Bleecker Street), but the houses in that neighbor- hood were mostly cottages owned by respectable thrifty folk for whose benefit a Presbyterian Church had been erected in Bleecker Street. There was a colony of high class families around St. John's Park and in the neighborhood of Varick and Laight Streets was a respectable settlement ; and there were other localities both on the East and West Sides of the city in which thriving com- munities of home-loving folk lived in their own cottages in typically American fashion. Washing- ton Square, then a parade ground, had just been converted to that use from its former one as a Potter's Field. The population of New York by the Govern- ment Census of 1830 was 202,589 and the enum- eration by the Mayor's marshals in 1 835 totaled 270,068. In the late months of 1837 the town was being torn up for improvements. In the lower part of the city there was still much building going on to repair the damage done by the fire of 1835. But then, and for several years after, building was NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 37 actively being prosecuted in all parts of the city, principally in substituting structures of brick and iron in place of the wooden buildings that had out- lived their beauty as well as their usefulness. Park Place, Murray Street and Warren Street, with parts of Broadway, had for some years been the abodes of fashion, and the fashion center was ex- panding into Chambers, Franklin and White Streets and East Broadway. A few of the wealthy people, desiring larger grounds, had built man- sions in lower Fifth Avenue and around University Square. There were few parks. Bowling Green and St. John's Park being private enclosures, kept green for the exclusive benefit of those who lived around them. Vauxhall Gardens was a favorite resort of the populace, occupying most of the block bounded by Fourth Avenue, Fourth Street, Laf- r.yette Place and Astor Place, the site of the Astor Library being part of it. The Battery was open and free. Washington Square was the pa- rade and review ground of the militia. Union Square was in a region still sparsely settled and looked upon as out of town. Gramercy Park had been given for public use by the late Samuel B. Fxuggles but was not improved or even laid out until 1840. After that, with a fountain, which was installed at a cost of $3,000, it was one of the great attractions of the town. The halls of the city were Washington Hall, which had been built by the Federalists early in the century and continued until taken down in 1845 to make room for A. T. Stewart's store. It was located on Broadway at Chambers Street. The Masonic Hall on Broadway and Pearl Street was considered, next to the Merchants' Exchange which was burned in 1835, New York's finest building. Clinton Hall was at the southwest corner of Nassau and Beekman Streets. It con- tained the picture exhibit of the National Academy of Design, which had been organized with Samuel F. B. Morse (inventor of the telegraph), as pres- ident, in 1826. Another art gallery, with a larger exhibit of pictures, was that of the American Art Union, at 497 Broadway, which included foreign as well as American art. The City Hotel, at Broadway and Thames Street, occupying the site of the former mansion of the loyalist Lieutenant-Governor Delancey and which was the first house in America to have a slate roof, was notable as the best hotel in the United States. The Astor House was a strong rival and soon took the primacy, to retain it for many years until fashion moved uptown. In no respect had the change worked in New York been greater than in the mixture of its popu- lation. New York had even in the old days been in a sense a cosmopolitan city because sailors and \isitors of all nations could be seen in its streets, but as the century opened it was so preponderantly native-born and Protestant that the foreign visitors were only an incident of its floating population. But after steam navigation began and the Amer- ican "clipper" was evolved as the world's marvel of speed for sailing vessels, the immigration from Europe set in. America was recognized in the old countries as the asylum of the oppressed and as the improvement in shipping brought fares down tn that the discontented of Europe could by a little saving secure enough to pay their passage, immigrants began to arrive in increasing volume. The aliens coming to the United States for the decade 1822-1831 numbered 156.943, but this Old Dutch Church, WiUiam and Fulton Streets. included visitors as well as immigrants, the records then making no distinction between the two classes. The numbers coming were under 1 0.000 per year until 1828. under 20,000 until 1828, when 27,- 382 arrived, then for three years were below 24,- 000. In 1831 there were 22,633 arrivals, sudden- ly increasing to 60,482 in 1832, and in the dec- ade from 1832 to 1841, inclusive, there were 657,077 arrivals of alien passengers in the United States or more than four times as many as those who came in the previous decade. From the first, the bulk of the immigration came through the port of New York and all the time a considerable per- centage of those coming found New York suffici- ently attractive to settle within its bounds. Immigration was adversely affected by the panic 38 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW of 1837 but not loi long. J liere arrived 79,340 alien passengers in 1837 but the number dropped to 38,914 or more than fifty per cent, in 1838. But the number rose to 68,069 in 1839 and to 84.000 in 1840. The potato famine in Ireland in I 846 gave a great impetus to Irish immigration, the total number of alien passengers bemg I 54.4 I 6 in that year and 234,968 in 1 847. large- ly Irish. The political troubles in Europe in 1848 started a great immigration from the Con- tinent, chiefly Germany, the Germans soon out- numbcrmg the Irish m the eagerness with which they sought these hospitable shores. The gold dis- coveries in California in 1849 and 1850 greatly increased the immigration from all sources. The immigration to New York finally affected its p.oiiiics. The number of city wards was in- creased to sixteen in 1835 and to seventeen in 1836 T lu Whigs were successful in the elections of 1837 and 1 838. electing Aaron Clark as Mayor, being the second Mayor of the city elected by popular vote, and also securing majorities of both boards of the Common Council. The Democrats won in 1839, electing Isaac L. Varian as Mayor and re-electing him in 1840. Robert Morris, of the well-known Revolutionary family, was Tammany's selection for Mayor in 1841, 1842 and 1843. As the naturalization laws made the immigrant eligible to citizenship within five years Tammany saw a way to greatly increase its power by cater- ing to the foreign element. It was strengthened in adding to the potential strength of the new comers by the law of New York passed in 1842, eliminating the property qualification for voters. It was not long before, under Tammany domi- nance, the recent immigrants were holding office as well as voting, the political rewards being par- celled out to members of different nationalities who could control votes in their wards. In these foreign born office-holders the Irish predominated, the members of that race evincing a positive gen- ius for ward politics. The Democrats and Whigs had for some years been the opposing factors in city elections but there was a feeling that a Mayor should be selected who would not follow this Tammany plan of giving the offices to recent aliens and so in 1 844 the party of Native Americans, which practically took over three-fourths of the Whigs, recruited by anti-Tammany Democrats, elected James Harper of the famous publishing house as its candidate for Mayor, with 24,510 votes against 20,538 votes for Jonathan L. Cod- dingtan, the Democratic candidate, and 5,297 for Dudley Selden, the Whig candidate. One of the greatest celebrations which New York ever witnessed was that which occurred on June 27. 1842, in connection with the letting in of the water to the receiving reservoir at Yorkville (Eighty-sixth Street and Sixth Avenue), in which ceremony the Mayor and C ouncil. Governor and judges participated, and on July 4 following there was a similar celebration when the water was let in to the distributing reservoir at Forty-second Street and Fifth Avenue, on the site now occu- pied by our present magnificent Public Library. The great celebration, however, was on October 14, which approached in magnificence that which had attended the celebration of the completion of the Erie Canal. These two events held the record for effective display until the Hudson-Fulton cele- bration of 1 909. An important act under Mayor Harper was the first inauguration of a uniformed police force. Before that the city ordinance had provided for three forces, the watch, the municipal police, and the police proper, but had not very carefully de- fined their separate duties. Mayor Harper ap- pointed the first uniformed Municipal Police, about two hundred, but left the old night watch numbering about one thousand. The only uniform of the latter was the hat, which was like a fire- man's hat without its front helmet piece, and gained for the watchmen the popular designation of "Leatherheads." In the election of 1 845 Harper was defeat- ed for re-election, receiving only I 7,485 votes against 7,032 votes for Dudley Selden, the Whig candidate, and 24.307 votes for William Fred- erick Havemeyer. the Democratic candidate. The year 1 845 brought the completion of the magnetic telegraph, the New York. Philadelphia and Washington Line being the second telegraph line ever constructed; the first, between Washing- ton and Baltimore, having been completed in the previous year. Connections with Albany and Boston followed in 1846. There was another disastrous fire which brought losses variously estimated at from six millions to ten millions of dollars. It completely wiped out the houses on Exchange Place and on Beaver Street, from Broadway almost to William Street, Broad Street (both sides) from above Exchange Place and the east side of Broadway south of Exchange Place. Whitehall Street was also burned out. Several houses on the east side of Broadway were also consumed. The Police Department was systematically or- ganized and increased to eight hundred men under Mayor Havemeyer in 1845 and this force was ctjriMnued under a chief of police appointed by the Mavor, until the new Metropolitan Police Act of 1 856. The Democrats elected Andrew H. Mickle Mayor in 1846. The Whigs were successful, with WiUiam V. Brady in 1847. and William F. Havemeyer was given another term in 1848. The Astor Place riot of 1849. which was ba'ed upon the professional jealousy between those two eminent tragedians. Edwin Forrest, American, NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 39 40 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW ..I'd William C. Macready, llnj^lish. occurred in May. 1849. The falling out of these two actors brought nothing more serious than an epistolary battle in the newspapers and Macready hajl en- joyed a successful season on his third visit to New \'ork in 1 848. Forrest had stirred up some feel- ing by ascribing to Macready an unfriendly re- ception which had met him in 1-ondon shortly be- fore: a charge which Macready stoutly and, it is believed, truthfully denied, but when he came in 1849, Macready was made the victim of nativistic resentment growing out of these charges and rumors. Caleb S. Woodhull had just been elected Mayoi as a Whig with the native American endorsement, and the feeling against aliens which was engendered in the election was still potent. Monday night Forrest's adherents packed the theatre and broke up the performance by coarse epithets hurled at Mrs. spite ol the ijiealest possible precautions there were several disturbers in the Macready audience and they made a rush to the stage to seize Ma- cready but were stopped by the police and eject- ed. A mob outside assaulted the police and were overpowering them when a troop of horse pre- ceding the Seventh Regiment came on the scene. The horsemen were overpowered by the mob when the Seventh Regiment appeared. The Mayor adjured the crowd to retire but they paid no heed. The Sheriff, Westervelt, after consulting with General Charles W. Sandford ordered that a volley be fired over the heads of the crowd at the dead wall of the house opposite. This order was obeyed but only brought jeers and a shower of missiles. Then the soldiers were ordered to reload, aim low and fire. Many of the crowd were killed and wounded, and the oth- Old Union Square. Pope as Lady Macbeth, and the same emphasized with foul eggs and heavy missiles at Macready. The play was stopped and the disturbers went triumphantly home. Macready proposed to throw up the engagement. But the manager, backed by the written request of more than forty of the lead- ing citizens of New York promising protection from any repetition of the outrage of the opening night, induced Macready to agree to appear on Thursday. Handbills denouncing foreign- ers and threatening all Americans who should appear at the "English aristocratic opera house" were stuck up everywhere and bills announcing a performance by Edwin Forrest of the same play at Wallack's Broadway Theatre were posted along- side the Macready announcements. When the curtain went up it was found that in ers dispersed, but, being pursued into Third Ave- nue, gathered missiles and made another rally but were finally dispersed with another fatal volley. Generals Sandford and Hall and Lieutenant- Colonel Brinckerhoff were injured by the rioters as well as one hundred and forty- one members of the Seventh Regiment includ- ing Colonel Duryee and Captains Henry C. Shum- way and William A. Pond. Thirty-four of the mob were killed and many injured. Macready finished his performance and went to Boston and thence soon after to England. During vomen and children who came in their way; they drove off the small detachments of police sent to quell them, wounding some, and they built up bar- ricades m the streets as offensive screens and de- fensive bulwarks and while there was a lull late at night, trouble began again in the morning. The Seventh Regiment, still in Boston, was asked by telegraph to come home and the militia in the city was called into action. When the riot was finally quelled in the afternoon it was found that six men had been killed and more than one hundred wounded. The next day in the afternoon another disturbance occurred at Centre and Anthony Streets and was quelled by the militia. The regi- ments remamed under arms but the trouble seemed to be over. The Municipal Police were severely criticized for inefficiency and by some were ac- cused of having encouraged the rioters. The work of organizing the Metropolitan Police went vigorously on but there were signs of unrest which called for vigilance and there was another outbreak on July 1 3 and 1 4. The previous troubles had been in districts principally Irish but this new out- break was in the Seventeenth Ward, a German stronghold. It was finally put down by the police and after that quiet reigned again. The disturb- ances of this series are known in history as the "Police Riot." The period of monetary stringency which pre- \ ailed from the late summer of 1857 to the spring cf 1858, following the suspension of the Ohio Life & Trust Company with debts of seven mil- lion dollars on August 24, 1857, was followed by tiiC suspension of banks in Philadelphia and later through Pennsylvania, Maryland, the District of Columbia and Rhode Island. Many failures fol- lowed. A run on the banks in New York be- came so severe that the State Legislature on October 1 4th passed a law providing for sus- pension of specie payments for one year. The banks, however, voluntarily resumed specie pay- ments on December I 4. The cessation of indus- try followed the stoppage of credits and there was great distress among the city's poor, food riots, soon suppressed, public soup houses established at various points, public work in Central Park and elsewhere as relief for the unemployed and a slow recovery due to the excessive caution which always fellows such a period, rather than to any lack of means. The charter election in December, 1857, re- sulted in the defeat of Fernando Wood by Daniel F. Tiemann, a prominent merchant, who was in- stalled as Mayor on January I, 1858. The agitations and disturbances of politics which The Oldest Merchants' Exchange (Later Custom House)— Now City National Bank. 48 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW resulted in the War occupied public discussion very fully during the period between the panic of 1857 and the election of Lincoln but these were matters of national rather than local history. The discussions of that time were, however, carried on with more vigor by the New York newspapers than by any others. The period was one in which the press of this city dominated public opinion: more so than at any other period. There were editorial giants in those days and the utterances of Greeley of the Tribune, Raymond of the Times, Bennett of the Herald, Bryant of the Evening Post and Webb of the Courier and Enquirer had more influence than any others. The New York newspapers have not deteriorated. They are in fact better than ever, but other great centers have journals equally able and editorials equally influ- ential. The personal element has practically dis- appeared from journalism and the Greeleys, Danas, Raymonds and others who sway public opinion in these days are for the most part personally un- known to the great mass of their readers even by name. From Colonial days measures of quarantine have been maintained in New York Harbor and these have been amplified to such an extent that they now defend not only the port of New York but the entire country against the entrance of dangerous and pestilential diseases. Bedloe's Island was long used as the quarantine station and later it was placed on Governor's Island. But in 1 80 1 the people of New York City, alarmed at the idea of having a colony of pest houses within one thou- sand feet of its front door at the Battery, pe- titioned for Its removal and it was located at Tomp- kinsville, Staten Island. It remained there for sixty years but as the population around Tompkins- ville increased there came a desire for its removal again. The State Legislature in 185 7 ordered the selection of another site. Sandy Hook was selected but that was New Jersey soil and that State would have none of it so it was transferred to Sequin's Point, at the lower end of Staten Island, but after some buildings had been erected the neighboring residents attacked it by night and set fire to the buildings. The citizens of Tomp- kinsville regarded that event as a lesson in how to rid themselves of their own nuisance and in July there was an uprising there, since characterized as the Quarantine Riot, in which the quarantine establishment was utterly destroyed in a night raid. Richmond County was compelled to pay the dam- age for the destruction wrought in these two raids, but secured action which took the pest houses from Staten Island soil. A commission was appointed which moved the Quarantine to a floating hospital for which the old steamship "Falcon" was secured, with an anchorage in the Narrows. Afterward, from 1866 to 1870, a sandbar known as West Bank in the Lower Bay was filled in and became known as Swinburne's Island, upon which many hospital and other buildings have been ere::ted. Hoffman Island, similarly built from 1868 to 1873, was created and is used for an observation and isolation establishment for immigrants who have been exposed to dangerous epidemics. The excellence of the plant and work of the Quaran- tine has been examined and proclaimed by many great sanitarians from all parts of the world as the best in existence. In 1858 the famous Cooper Institute was built by Peter Cooper and was completed and equipped at a cost of $600,000. It has given opportun- ities for art and technical instruction to many who have adorned their profession here and elsewhere and who would have been shut out from oppor- tunity if It had not been for the free lectures and instruction afforded by this great foundation. The New York School of Applied Design for Women was at first located in Cooper Institute until its present excellent building was completed. The cornerstone of the new Roman Catholic Cathedral of St. Patrick was laid by Archbishop Hughes at Fifth Avenue and Fiftieth Street on August 15, 1858, in the presence of a great con- course of people. It was consecrated May 25, 1879. James Monroe, fifth President of the United States, after his second term retired to private life, dividing his time between his Virginia estate and New York. He died in this city, July 4, 1831, and was buried in the Marble Cemetery on Second Street, between First and Second Avenues. In 1 858 the remains of President Monroe were disinterred and removed to Richmond, Virginia, es- corted by the Seventh Regiment, and reinterred there. The regiment returned bearing the corpse of their comrade. Lieutenant Hamilton, a descend- ant of Alexander Hamilton, who had died on the way, and he was buried in Trinity churchyard. The event of 1855 which created the greatest excitement and interest in New York was the com- pletion of the first Atlantic telegraph cable. Cyrus West Field, a New York merchant, was the genius whose indomitable energy and patience brought to fruition the marvel of overseas com- munication. Son of Rev. David Dudley Field, an eminent Congregationalist divine, he and three dis- tinguished brothers, David Dudley Field, noted as a jurist, Stephen Johnson Field, Justice of the United States Supreme Court, and Rev. Henry Martin Field, Presbyterian clergyman, author and editor of The Evangelist, were all men of great prominence. Cyrus W. Field, interesting Peter Cooper, Marshall O. Roberts, Moses Taylor, and Chandler White, arranged a conference with these gentlemen at the house of his brother, David Dud- ley Field, in Gramercy Park and in half an hour these five gentlemen had on May 8, 1854, or- ganized a company and subscribed a million and a half of dollars to its capital stock to connect England and America by telegraph cable. The NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 49 story of the successes and the disappointments connected with the laying of the cable has often been told but the first cable was laid and on August 16, 1858, messages of congratulation were exchanged between Queen Victoria and President James Buchanan. For several days there was great public rejoicing. Messages were exchanged and September I st was set apart for special honors to Mr. Field and the officers of the cable expedition. There was a morning Thanksgiving service at Trinity Church in which two hundred clergy participated. At noon Mr. Field and the officers of the ships of the expe- dition landed at Castle Garden and were received with a national salute. A procession was formed, extending from the Battery to the Crystal Palace, where the Mayor presented Mr. Field the freedom of the city in a gold box with the thanks of the community. At night the firemen paraded in a torchlight procession to do honor to the man whom everyone was acclaiming a popular hero. But on that day the cable was suddenly hushed. A great achievement seemingly became a joke; many declared it to be a hoax; some denounced it as a fraudulent stock speculation, denying thai ony message had passed over it though four hundred messages had been transmitted in the interval, as the mails proved, for events occurring in America had been printed in English papers within forty-eight hours from their occurrence. Mr. Field was spoken of currently as a visionary or an adven- turer. But his associates knew him, and he was not the man to give up. The war came on and made further progress for a time impossible. The "Great Eastern" in 1865 was set to work to lay another cable but after it had laid twelve hundred miles the cable parted. It had to be done all over again in 1 866 but this time with success. Honors came again and in fuller measure and this New York merchant had earned a sure place in the roll of those who deserve fame. John Bright aptly characterized him as "the Columbus of modern times who, by his cable, had moored the New- World alongside of the Old." At the election in December, 1859, Fernando Wood was again elected Mayor of New York for the term beginning January 1 , 1 860. Al- though the country was in a state of political tur- moil the year I860 was notable in New York as one especially full of visits of friendship and cere- mony by many distinguished foreign visitors. Much interest was evoked by the visit of the Japanese Embassy which reached New York on June 1 6. The policy of isolation which had characterized the Japanese nation had only been relaxed for a few years, and this official visit to the United States was the first essay of that country toward the establishment of close commercial and diplomatic relations. They were made the guests of the city during their stay, were shown every courtesy, the city was illuminated in their honor and lavish hospitality greeted them everywhere. The Prince of Wales (afterward to become Edward VII, of England) who came here travel- ing under the title of Baron Renfrew, was greeted by parades, receptions and other festivities. Al- though there had been forty-five years of unin- terrupted peace between the United States and Great Britain there still remained a considerable amount of prejudice against England, which had largely been made permanent by the war of 1812-1815. But Queen Victoria's reign had im- pressed the American people favorably and she had won general esteem among them. The mod- est demeanor of the Prince, then a young man, made his visit a long remembered occasion. Horace Greeley The fate of Sir John Franklin, the Arctic ex- plorer who left England in May, 1845, and was lost in the Arctic, had enlisted the interest of Americans and particularly some of our leading merchants and citizens. Lady Franklin had sent out expeditions to rescue him and the crews of his two vessels the Terror and the Erebus but they returned without finding any trace of the Franklin party. Henry Grinnell, a New York merchant and ship owner, offered to equip two of his vessels and turn them over to the United States Govern- ment to serve as a rescue expedition. The offer was accepted and the two vessels, the Advance and the Rescue, were placed under command of Lieu- tenant Edwin J. DeHaven, U. S. N., and manned through the Navy Department. The expedition 30 NEW YORK- OLD AND NEW left New York. May 22. I83U, and returned September 30, 1851. Though it failed to find any trace of the Franklin party it discovered new territory which it named Grmncll Land and made other important contributions to our knowledge of the Polar Regions. A second expedition financed and equipped by Henry Grinnell and George Pea- body went north in 1853 in charge of Dr. Elisha Kent Kane, in the Advance. This expedition also failed to find the Franklin party or any trace ol It but made still further discoveries, determined the existence of the circumpolar sea and mapped much of its coast line. These researches deepened the interest of the people in geographical knowledge and led to the organization of the American Geo- graphical Society, which has since been a great encourager of research, polar and other. Lady Franklin, widow of Sir John Franklin, was much interested in these American efforts to discover the lost party and in 1 860 came to New York to thank the citizens and officers who had spent such costly efforts in the endeavor to find the lost heroes of the Erebus and the Terror. The Prince dt Joinville was also a distinguished visitor to New- York that year. He was the third son of Louis Philippe, King of the French, but had lived in England after the Revolution of 1 846 had sent all the Orleanist princes into exile. He remained in the United States until 1 862 and for a time with his son, the Due de Penthicve, and his neph- ews the Comte de Paris and the Due de Chartres, served on the staff of General McClellan in the Army of the Potomac. He was a capable mili- tary and naval officer and a writer of ability on naval and army topics and on our Civil War. These distinguished foreign visitors, received with open arms and feted with prodigal hospitality, came to New York in a year that was full of anxiety to those who were really in touch with the situation as it was developing. The matter of slavery was only one phase of the question which from the first organization of the Union had divided the country into two schools of thought concerning the authority of the individual States. The question of the right of secession had been often discussed. Josiah Quincy had declared the right of States to secede "amicably if they might, forcibly if they must," as a protest against the admission of Louisiana to statehood in 1811. So that in 1860 even in the New York newspapers the question was still being discussed as if it were an academic one. The pro and con of John Brown's raid into Virginia, of the "bleeding Kan- sas" controversy and cognate themes were hotly discussed in the papers and on the platform but the concensus of opinion in New York was that it would be worked out in Congress and there would be no war. Even after the election of Lincoln many of those who had been sympathetic with the Southern contention in Congress held a meeting in Pine Street and adopted resolutions ex- pressing sympathy with the political attitude of the southern leaders but implored them to keep in the Union and fight their battles in the political arena. There were others who, contemplating the disruption of the Union as quite within the range of possibility, argued that in that case New York should become a free city, entirely independent. Mayor Wood, in his annual message to the Com- mon Council, January 7, 1861, advocated that course. The news of the attack on Fort Sumter brought the debaters up standing. Many of the prom- inent men who had been active in the Pine Street meeting in January were vice-presidents of the "Union mass-meeting," one hundred thousand strong, which assembled at Union Square on April 20. John A. Dix, who had been active in the Pine Street meeting, presided in Union Square. Fernando Wood, the Mayor, on April 1 5 had issued his proclamation calling upon all, "whatever their individual positions or opinions may have been on questions of public policy," to "ignore the past, rising superior to partisan considerations, and rally to the restoration of the Constitution and the Union as they existed in the days and in the spirit of our fathers." Now the papers became full of martial news of marching hosts, the "gallant Seventh," the "steady Twelfth." the "gay Seventy-first," the "rollicking Sixty-ninth," then "boys in blue," units which we have recently seen in similar array in olive-drab. Major-General Sandford, commanding the First Division, N. G. S. N. Y., received on April 1 7. orders "to detail one regiment of eight hundred men, or two regiments amounting to the same number, for immediate service." He detailed the Seventh Regiment (Col. Lefferts) for duty and on Friday. April I 9, at 3 P. M. the regiment started down Broadway en route for Washington. Such an ovation as cheered the Seventh on its way had never before been seen on this continent. The street was crowded on both sides with a cheering mass. Every window was filled with specta- tors, every jutting parapet had its occupant. The Seventh was the vanguard of a stream that kept up for months. It went to Washington via An- napolis and at the National capital joined the Massachusetts regiment which had arrived the day before. These two regiments had been rushed to the front to defend Washington against an ex- pected attack. The Sixth, Twelfth and Seventy- first regiments of the militia embarked for Fortress Monroe on April 20 and. the Eighth, Thirteenth. Twenty-eighth and Sixty-ninth left for Washington on the 23d. All received ovations as they started for the front. Then followed regiment after regi- ment of volunteers as the fierce demands of war called for ever increasing forces. It is not intended to write here a detailed his- tory of the part of New York in the War for the Union but it may be briefly said that in whole- NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 51 hearted work for the Union cause the metropolis rose gloriously to its duties and opportunities. The Union Defense Committee was an organization of citizens that did great things in encouraging en- listments and stimulating efforts in behalf of the forces in the field. The women of New York worked constantly and strenuously along such lines as they could best follow for the good of the men at the front. The United States Sanitary Com- mission was organized under the advice of Rev. Dr. Bellows by a committee representing the Woman's Central Association for the Relief of the Sick and Wounded of the Army, the advisory committee of the Boards of Physicians and Sur- geons of the Hospitals of New York and the New York Medical Association for Furnishing Hospital Supplies in Aid of the Army. The Sanitary Com- mission did great and noble work along lines now fortunately more thoroughly organized, undertak- en by the Red Cross. The story of the Draft Riots comes as the dark side of the story of New York in the War. The Enrollment Act of March 31, 1863, was very unpopular in certain sections of the city. A pro- vision in it that any drafted man could procure ■exemption by paying $300 was regarded as favor- ing the rich at the expense of the poor. Mur- murings were common and disapproval openly ex- pressed. July I 1 was the day fixed for the draft to begin in the city. The militia had left the city late in June, when Pennsylvania was threatened by Lee's Army, to strengthen the force needed to repel invasion. July 1 1 was a Saturday and the draft began promptly. No disturbance of importance occurred at any of the enrollment places. The officials felt encour- aged that the disturbances which had been threat- ened would not take place. With the militia away the police had no backing in case of a riot except a few regulars in the garrison and the disabled men of the Invalid Corps. Sunday, July 12, proved to be a day of con- spiracy. Some working men who had been drafted, backed up by political agitators, planned forcible opposition to further enrollment under a system which, they claimed, put all the burden on the poor. When the Third Avenue enrollment office opened, Monday, July 13, a crowd rushed into the room and after a score or more names were drawn a big paving-stone came crashing through the window. This was the signal for a general assault. The enrollment officials beat a hasty retreat; except Marshal Vanderpoel, who was bru- tally assaulted and carried out for dead. The mob destroyed the records, drafting apparatus and furniture of the office and then set fire to the building. The firemen who promptly came to the scene were driven off and the entire block was burned. Many thousands were in the mob. Agitators visited factories and threatened their destruction unless they were closed to give the workmen an opportunity to join the rioters. From Cooper In- stitute to Forty-sixth Street the crowd filled Third Avenue and overflowed into many side streets. Superintendent Kennedy, of the Police who went out in plain clothes to size up the situation, was recognized and assaulted, receiving injuries thai laid him up for several days. President Acton of the Police Board stayed at the office in Mulberry Street and directed the movements of the police by telegraph. The crowd was especially incensed against ne- groes and any unfortunate member of that race who appeared was at once assaulted and several were hanged from lampposts. The Colored Or- phan Asylum on Fifth Avenue from Forty-third to Forty-fourth Street was attacked. Fortunately the children were hurried out at the rear door and were safely spirited away when the mob broke in at the front door, set the place on fire and soon had it consumed by the flames. The police were powerless to do anything with the main mob on Third Avenue but dispersed smaller detachments at various points. Stores on Third Avenue were looted and two private resi- dences on Lexington Avenue after being despoiled were burned to the ground. A mob of about five thousand made a mass attack on the Central Office of the Police, in Mulberry Street, but Ser- geant (afterward Inspector) Daniel Carpenter handled his force of two hundred policemen so cleverly that they attacked the invading column at many points and drove them away. Forty of the Invalid Corps, sent to aid in restoring order, were attacked in Forty-third Street. At the order of their commanding officer. Lieutenant Reed, they fired blank cartridges at the mob. This so in- furiated the rioters that they made a mass attack on the soldiers, wrenched their guns from their hands and beat them severely. Several were killed and the others were badly injured. Many houses were looted and several burned. 1 roops were gathered, about seven hundred militiamen temporarily absent from their commands were or- ganized into a force and were sent from place to place dispersing crowds. Troops fired into a mob that showed resistance at Grand and Pitt Streets, killing twelve. Colonel O'Brien, of the Eleventh New York Volunteers, was in New- York, detached temporarily from his regiment for recruiting duty, and had with him a detachment of soldiers and two field pieces. Asked by Ser- geant Carpenter to help disperse a mob assembled to burn houses in Thirty-fourth Street, he dis- persed them. But they soon returned in large numbers and assaulted the soldiers with sticks and stones. He ordered a volley to be fired at the mob and several were killed, including a woman and two children. Later the mob looted O'Brien's own house, and when he went there the mob set 52 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW upon liim and beat lum to death. Other outrages occurred on Wednesday but the Seventh Regiment, which had been recalled from Pennsylvania, ar- rived and took active part in quelling the riots. For a few days sporadic outbreaks occurred but the presence of troops fully in earnest soon re- stored quiet. The draft was resumed and com- pleted. During the not over one thousand people were killed, chiefly rioters and their negro victims. Exact figures could not be given as the rioters moved and disposed of many of their own dead. The city afterward paid approximately $1,500,- 000 as indemnity for losses sustained through the noting. The Seventh and other regiments did guard duty during the drafting in July and again in August when the conscription was taken up again and finished. While the riot was inexcusable and the murder and assaults upon the negroes a disgrace there was a feeling that the pro\'ision of exemption for those who paid three hundred dollars, or any sum of money, was a wanton departure from American principles of equality before the law. In recog- nition of that fact the City Council passed an ap- propriation of $2,500,000 toward paying substi- tutes for drafted poor persons who had dependent families. The Union League Club, formed in 1863, took a very active part in sustaining the Union cause, among other things raising three negro regiments for the war in December, 1863, and January, 1 864. The United States Sanitary Commission in the spring of 1 864 conducted a series of fairs in all the large cities to raise funds for the work it was doing. There was one in Brooklyn in February which raised $500,000; but the great- est was the Metropolitan Fair held in April for which two specially erected buildings, one in Fourteenth Street near Sixth Avenue and the other in Seventeenth Street near Union Square, were utilized. This fair reaHzed $1,100,000. In the December election in 1861, George Opdyke, a prominent m.erchant, had been elected Mayor. He was very active during his entire term in all ways possible to give municipal aid to the Union cause. During the Draft Riot the mob made a demonstration in front of his house but was driven off. In the December election ot 1863 C. Godfrey Gunther, a fur merchant, was elected Mayor on the Democratic ticket. I he Union successes which came in 1 865 cheered New York with the feeling that the end of the war was near and when the fall of Rich- mond and the surrender of General Lee at Ap- pomattox on April 9 confirmed this forecast the joy of the people was unbounded. 1 he expres- sions of this rejoicing continued until six days later when they were turned into profound sorrow when the news came of the assassination of the great Abraham Lincoln. When the remains of the martyred President were carried from Washington to their place of interment at Springfield, Illinois, they took prac- tically the same route reversed, which the Presi- dent himsell had traversed over four years before when on the way to his inauguration he had passed through New York and had addressed the people in Cooper Union. On April 24-25, 1865, the body lay in state in City Hall for twenty-four hours during which, day and night, a ceaseless stream filed by to take a parting look at the dead face of the Great Emancipator. The procession that followed the funeral cortege from the City Hall to the railroad station on the 25th was five miles long. In the afternoon a great assembly met in Union Square and listened to the speeches of eulogy by George Bancroft, historian and dip- lomat, and by the gifted poet, William Cullen Bryant, editor of the Evening Post. The close of the war found vacant chairs in many homes. From the beginning of the conflict until October 1 , 1 864, when the last contingent left the city for active service, the city had fur- nished 126,310 men to the Union Army. The casualties of war had killed and crippled many and disease and exposure, with which the sanitar- ians were then not nearly so able to cope as at the present day, carried off many more. But New York turned from its sorrows to man- fully face the future which held so much in store for it, and to make municipal and civic improve- ments and gains which the urgency of the war problems had much retarded. CHAPTER FIVE A Quarter Century of Expansion Social and Commercial Adx ance With Doubled Population — The Tweed Ring AND Its Work — Better Days Follow. THE war period did not bring much of physical growth to New York. The population of the city by Federal census had been 814,254 in 1 860 ; and by the State census of 1 865 was 726,386. This decrease in actual residents was not because the city was in any way decadent but because there had been practically no building done in the years of the war. The annual con- struction of dwellings during the years of war had amounted to about ten per cent, of that which had prevailed during the previous decade. Building materials were scarce and dear; the cost of labor was so high as to be prohibitive; there was very little demand for vacant lots because the cost of improving them was so heavy and rents within the city, especially of houses convenient to the few horse-car lines, had been going up by leaps and bounds. But in comparison Brooklyn. Wil- liamsburg (which had become the East Dis- trict of Brooklyn in 1855), and other Long Is- land places accessible by ferry were much more reasonable; and the same was true of Jersey City, Hoboken, Weehawken and other nearby New Jersey suburbs of New York. Except one or two roads through to the Harlem River and connecting with routes into Westchester County there was very little public improvement north of Forty-second Street, the streets being unpaved and ungraded and much of the ground covered by the primitive rocks, upon some of which squatters had settled in rough shanties. There were 25,261 vacant lots in New York south of Eighty-sixth Street in 1865. Yorkville was still a sequestered village occupying the territory from Eighty-third to Eighty-ninth Streets and from Fourth to Second Avenue. Bloomingdale was another village in what is now known as the Cathedral Heights region of the West Side and gave the name of Bloomingdale Road to that meandering part of the present Broadway which extends from Fifty-ninth Street north to the city limits. Harlem had grown but little out of its pre-war condition of a quiet country town which with surrounding truck gardens cov- ered the ground bounded by the East and Harlem Rivers, Eighth Avenue and One Hundred and Sixth Street. The horse railroads included the Sixth Avenue Railroad from the Astor House at Vesey Street and Broadway to Central Park; the Eighth Av- enue Railroad from the Astor House to One Hun- dred and Twenty-fifth Street; Third Avenue Rail- road from Astor House to Harlem Bridge; Second Avenue Railroad from Peck Slip to Harlem; Ninth Avenue Railroad from Fifty-first Street to Astor House; Central Park, North and East R.iver Railroad from Central Park to South Ferry ; Dry Dock, East Broadway & Battery Railroad from Fourteenth Street and Avenue B to Astor House; Bleecker and Fulton Ferry Railroad from Four- teenth Street and Tenth Avenue to Fulton Ferry ; Broadway and Seventh Avenue Railroad from Fifty-first Street and Seventh Avenue to Barclay Street at Broadway; and the Forty-second Street and Grand Street Ferry Railroad between the Forty-first Street Ferry at Eleventh Avenue and the Grand Street Ferry at East River. The total rolling-stock of all these railroads numbered six hundred and fifty horse-cars or an average of one small horse-car to each 1,230 of the population. The congestion of city streets had become a problem in 1867, and to relieve it Alderman Charles E. Loew offered an ordinance, which was passed, to build a bridge with stairs on each end across Broadway at Fulton Street. The bridge was built, but people preferred dodging car- riages and carts to climbing so many stairs and the bridge was torn down. This sparsity of houses, of transportation and of other conveniences hampered a city which at this period was prospering greatly in commercial and financial activities. The situation was well sum- marized in an address delivered in 1 866 before 54 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW ihe New ^ ork 1 listorical Society by Dr. Samuel Osgood, who said: "The city is distressed by pros- perity and is Hke an overgrown boy whose clothes are too small for his limbs and who waits in half- nakedness for his fitting garments. . . . The scarc- ity of houses and the costs of rent, living and tax- ation are grievous and driving a large portion of our middling class into the country." With the return of peace came a marked realign- ment of activities, a boom in building and a fever of speculation. Some fortunes which had been made in government contracts were now turning to lines of investment which seemed to promise quick returns. With the great activity in building which followed fast on the end of the war came a demand for public improvements and transporta- tion facilities. The grading of new streets, paving and water supply work was actively taken up by the city, not always or even often (unfortunately) with an eye single to the public good. The dec- ade which followed the Civil War was also the one revealed in history as most prolific of scandals arising from politician-contractor combinations. The grading of Madison Avenue was in progress in 1865 and soon other public works were launched, the Boulevard (now Broadway) being laid out along Bloomingdale Road from the intersection of Eighth Avenue and Fifty-ninth Street to Tubby Hook. St. Nicholas Avenue was laid out and graded. Broadway from Thirty-fourth Street to Fifty-ninth Street was broadened and Seventh Avenue was also made wider while many of the numbered streets were graded and paved. This kind of work was done in increasing volume every year until 1869 and after that in decreasing quan- tity until arrested by the panic of 1873. Rapid transit began to be talked about but along the lines of surface movement there was little chance to increase speed. Cable railways were more than a decade away and electric trac- tion still more distant. More streets could be and were gradually brought into use for horse railways, It was an apparent fact that more houses, more streets, more light, and more of all the conven- iences which were then thought to be desirable and are now considered indispensable to a modern city were badly needed at that time. Unfortu- nately there was at that period in office the most rapacious and unscrupulous ring of municipal grafters that has ever disgraced New York. Streets were paved at enormous expense that had to be renewed shortly after. Many had reached a state of unsightly dilapidation and burdened the neighboring property-owners because of corrupt un- derstandings between venal officials and corrupt contractors. While these evils existed there ran parallel with them an active demand for public improvement'^ which had its fruition in several of the most val- uable enterprises for the material welfare of the city. One of the greatest of these was the East River Suspension Bridge, first provided for by an act incorporating the New York Bridge Com- pany. There were many problems to be met of a mechanical character and many political snags encountered in bringing the bridge project to com- pletion. John A. Roebling, the original projector and designer of the bridge, died suddenly in 1 869 but he had drawn the original plans and specifications and his son, Washington A. Roebling, assistant engineer, carried the work of building the bridge to completion and it was duly dedicated in May, 1 884, with memorable ceremonies. This linking of New York and Brooklyn by vastly im- proved transportation facilities was the first of the bolder steps toward the organic union that was to follow. A matter of more interest to the majority of Manhattan dwellers was that of elevated railways. The first, the Greenwich Street Elevated Road, was begun in I 866 and was put in operation July 2, 1867. It was a one-track railroad from Bat- tery Place through Greenwich Street and Ninth Avenue to Thirtieth Street. It was first operated by a cable, which was constantly out of order; and when a steam locomotive was substituted its serv- ice was still very unsatisfactory. It was sold by the sheriff in 1871 and the new purchasers who tried to secure authority to extend the road north- ward found their efforts holly opposed by abutting property owners and the horse railroads. Other roads were projected and all, present and pros- pective, were hampered at every turn by obstruc- tive litigation, but in 1875 a bill known as the Husted Act was passed appointing a Rapid Tran- sit Commission, which made arrangements for the building of elevated railways on Ninth, Sixth, Third and Second Avenues, which were built. There were at first two companies but in 1879 they were consolidated under the name of the Manhattan Railway Company and by 1 880 all of the lines had been completed to Harlem. Another rapid transit development of impor- tance was that consolidating the terminals of the va- rious steam railroads entering the city. The Hud- son River Railroad had possessed a terminal at Thirtieth Street and Ninth Avenue while the Har- lem Railroad and the New York & New Haven Road had a station occupying the square bounded by Madison and Fourth Avenues and Twenty- sixth and Twenty-seventh Streets. These terminals had been approached at street grade with low speed and numerous accidents. In 1871 the three roads were brought into the Grand Central Ter- minal in Forty-second Street and four years more saw the street and railway grades completely sep- arated, the trains running through open cuts or tun- nels, or rising to viaducts above the street levels. One of the important changes which followed close upon the end of the Civil War was that which substituted a paid for a volunteer fire depart- ment. In the early days of the city every young 56 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW man was proud to be admilted to one of the fire companies. They were social organizations in which the members made strong friendships and friendly rivalry existed among the se\eral compa- nies to see which would reach a fire first and be of the most efficient service when there. But as the city grew those of the better class found the calls too numerous to attend to without neglect of business. The membership of the companies came to be filled with idle and dissolute people and each company became to a large degree the working center of some ward politician. So far as fire- fighting was concerned the volunteer fire companies balked at progress and would not agree to the in- troduction of horses. They had always "run with the machine" and they continued to drag them by man-power to every fire though horses did the work in all other important cities. The passage by the State Legislature on March 30. 1865, of the bill providing for a board of four fire ccrm- missioners, to have control of the new Fire De- partment of the City of New York, met strenuous opposition and the law was attacked as unconsti- tutional. The Court of Appeals quickly decided the case, however, affirming the validity of the law under which an efficient paid force was soon organized. The first big fire to command the at- tention of the department was that which destroyed Barnum's Museum at the southeast corner of Broadway and Ann Street. The site was pur- chased by James Gordon Bennett for his New York Herald and the building there erected was the home of the paper until the building of its new and unique plant in 1892. In November, 1865, the steamship Atlanta, from Europe with immigrants, came into New York with several cases of Asiatic cholera on board. Since the destruction of the quarantine buildings on Staten Island there had been no pro- vision for the care of such cases. The patients were therefore taken down the bay and placed on a floating hulk which had been utilized in the previous summer for a segregation of yellow fever patients. There were in spite of this precaution several deaths from the disease a few weeks later an Ward's Island, but with cold weather the fur- ther progress of the disease was halted. There was general expectation that the disease would return with warm weather and the Legisla- ure, to further efficiency in fighting epidemics, on February 26, 1 866, passed a bill providing for a Metropolitan Board of Health, in charge of four health commissioners, the first appointees being Doctors James Crane, Willard Parker, Jackson S. Shultz, and John O. Stone. The board made many preparations to prevent and combat any visi- tation that might appear. The matter of a quar- antine station, however, baffled the commissioners, who could find no place around the harbor that would consent to the establishing of a station in its neighborhood. 1 he steamship Virginia, from Liverpool, ar- rived April 1 8, 1 866, with several cases of Asiatic cholera on board. Those affected were transferred to a hospital ship and a specially fitted steamer was used as a detention place for those who were well. On May I a case broke out in a tenement at Ninety-third Street and Third Av- enue and on May 2 there was another case in a tenement at 1 5 Mulberry Street. Many cases followed, increasing until August and then dim- inishing. I he cases were treated in several hos- pitals but there were 460 deaths in the city and 752 in the hospitals and penal institutions on the islands, a total of 1,212 for New York, but the nun:ber dying in Brooklyn was larger, and the rate of mortality was much higher in the Western cities, where many thousands died. Fhe Tweed Ring and its devious ways brought to the City of New York the greatest political dis- grace it has ever known. William M. Tweed, chairmaker by trade, who preferred gang politics to work, won his way by joining the "Big Six" Volunteer Fire Company and becoming its fore- man. He was the kind of man popularly desig- nated as "a mixer," having the faculty to attach to himself and his fortunes a host of pliable fol- lowers, some by the sheer force of his personal magnetism and others by his demonstrated power as a "boss" to repay service by a division of the spoils. He was elected as alderman from the Seventh Ward in 1852 and 1853; was a mem- ber of Congress from 1853 to 1855; then mem- ber of the Board of Supervisors and its chairman for four terms. That Board, under a law passed m 1857, was the governing body of New York County, and Fweed made the position exceedingly lucrative. John T. Hoffman, who was elected Mayor in 1 866, was chosen for Governor in 1 868, his nomination having been gained by the united sup- port of Tammany, of which Tweed was then Grand Sachem. Leaving the Mayoralty in De- cember, Mayor Hoffman %\as succeeded by Thomas Coman, as Acting Mayor. Mr. Coman, who was a printer by trade, had previously served as member of the Board of Aldermen. At the November election (1868) A. Oakey Hall, who had acceptably filled the office of dis- trict attorney, was put up for Mayor at Tweed's suggestion. The selection was one to appeal fa- vorably to respectable voters. A. Oakey Hall was a fine lawyer, a finished scholar, a writer and lec- turer of attractive power and of cultured manner. Although he was tried with the others there was no evidence whatever that he had participated m or profited by the movements of the "gang" and he was acquitted. As chairman of the Board of Supervisors Tweed found many opportunities to put into ef- fect the grafter's formula of "addition, division and silence. ' As Grind Sachem of Tammany Hall NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 57 he had great pohtical power. But he wished to make himself absolutely impregnable. He there- fore secured the passage through the Legislature of a nev\ city charter which abolished the power of the Board of Supervisors over contracts, greatly increased the Home Rule features of the city gorv- ernment and vested the entire executive power in the hands of the Mayor and eleven departments, all of the heads of which were to be appointed by the Mayor. The bill met with marked favor be- cause it carried so large a measure of home rule. The "joker" in this bill was a provision for the abolition of the offices of Street Commissioner and the Croton Department, and concentrating their powers in a new official, the Commissioner of yer, son of a saloon-keeper; Richard D. Connolly, born in Ireland, but resident in New York from boyhood, who had been county clerk and later State Senator. There were also many connections which gave Tweed absolute control of many or practically all the city departments, but the strongest fortifications of his mastery were his absolute control of three judges: George G. Barnard, John H. McCunn, and Albert Cardozo. The two first of these who were justices of the Supreme Court, were men of little legal knowledge and were merely ward poli- ticians. Cardozo, who was judge of the Court of Common Pleas, was of entirely different calibre, being an able lawyer, a man of culture and refined Third New York Building Devoted to Post Office Purposes— The Mutual Life Building Now Occupies the Site. Public Works, in whom was vested all the con- tractual powers which had before been possessed by the Board of Supervisors. Mayor Hall, who had been re-elected in 1870, appointed Tweed to this position which, by law, had a four-year term, which was twice as long as that of the Mayor ap- pointing him. He thus fortified himself against the possibility of removal if the succeeding Mayor should be one he could not control. Tweed had built up a system of rings within rings which gave him complete control of all phases of public affairs of the city and a division of all the political spoils. But his intimate asso- ciates, comprising the ruling gang in all city cor- ruption, were Peter B. Sweeney, a mediocre law- manner and therefore the most dangerous of the three. Sweeney was proved to be the creative genius of the gang. He planned the methods of peculation while Tweed manipulated the activities which landed the loot. In 1868 to 1870 the operations of the gang were carried on by Tweed, chairman of the Board of Supervisors; Peter B. Sweeney, City Chamberlain, and Richard B. Con- nolly, Comptroller. This was a very successful combination but nothing so powerful as that in 1870 when Tweed was appointed Commissioner of Public Works; Peter B. Sweeney, head of the Park Department and Richard B. Connolly, Comptroller. The Audit Board was composed of the Mayor, Comptroller, and Commissioner of 58 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW Public Works (Hall, Connolly and Tweed). There was a divide on all bills, and fat pickings came from every direction. But the fattest producer was the New York City Courthouse. It was limited in cost in the original contract to $250,000 but cost the taxpayers more than $14,- 000,000, of which more than half was diverted into the pockets of the "gang" and its satellites. The Board of Audit held one five-minute session and ordered all outstanding bills to be paid. Be- yond that the auditing powers of the Board were delegated to James Watson, the County Auditor, who afterward audited all the bills, sometimes carrying them around to the members of the Board for their signatures, and at other times overlooking that procedure. Within less than four months from James O'Brien, came across this secret list while looking up some records in the office. As it seemed to be a suspicious list he made an exact copy of it and carried it to his patron. Sheriff O'Brien. The significance of it was at once seen by O'Brien, who had made up his mind to use it as a lever to compel the payment of a claim he had against the City. By advice of Sweeney payment of O'Brien's claim was refused and O'Brien left, threatening to publish the list in The New York Times. After he had left the members of the ring decided to try to square O'Brien and sent Watson over to Berlholf's Hotel, a sporting head- quarters in Harlem Lane which the Sheriff fre- quented. But as the Sheriff was detained, Wat- son started for home. His carriage got into col- ^^^^ "^^iteT View of the North Side of Wall Street, 1866. the one meeting of the Board of Audit, $6,312,- 000 were paid out of the City Treasury, of which amount the sum of $5,710,130 was paid for fit- ting up and furnishing the new Courthouse. There was a memorandum privately kept in the office of Watson, the County Auditor, which was headed "County Liabilities" and contained the details of bills paid, the percentage taken out for the "gang" and the division among the gangsters. In the early days of the Court House construction fifteen per cent, was added to each bill to be returned to the ring, but as it went on and the control of the ring became more absolute the percentage of graft was steadily raised until, toward the last, it amounted to 65 per cent. William S. Copeland, who had secured a position as clerk in the County Auditor's office through the influence of Sheriff lision with another vehicle and Watson was thrown out, receiving such injuries that he never regained consciousness and died a few hours later. Around his bedside the members of the ring anxiously gathered, partly to head off any possible confes- sion and partly in hope of securing a transfer of a large amount of property belonging to the gang and held in Watson's name. But as he died with- out any recognition his widow inherited the prop- erty. O'Brien continued his endeavor to have his claim settled but, receiving no satisfaction, took his list to George Jones, proprietor of the Times, to use as he pleased. The subsequent proceedings resulted in the arrest and conviction of Tweed, the flight of Connolly, Sweeney and other gangsters to Europe. Tweed escaped from jail and went to NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 59 Spain but was returned to New York and died in jail. Samuel J. Tilden and Andrew H. Green were leaders in securing the breaking up of the Ring, both legally and politically, with able back- ing from the Times and Tribune and the incisive pencil of Thomas Nast of Harper's Weekly. It is estimated that the five years of Tweed domi- nation brought an addition of $100,000,000 to the bonded debt of the city, doubled its annual ex- penditure and cost the taxpayers $160,000,000. The need of reform in the city administration was recognized by the election in December, 1872, of William F. Havemeyer for another term as Mayor. He had filled the office for two previous terms, having been elected in 1845 and 1848. He had been active, as vice-president of the Com- mittee of Seventy, in the work of overthrowing the Tweed Ring. He died November 30, 1874, a month before the expiration of his term of office. S. B. H. Vance became acting Mayor until Jan- uary 1, 1875, when William H. Wickham, who had been elected in November under a new law making the city coincident with the State elec- tion, was inaugurated. A revision of the city charter passed June 13, 1873, abolished the Board of Assistant Aldermen which had been re- vived in 1 869 and in place of it created a new Common Council of twenty-one aldermen. There were several outbreaks of mob disturb- ances in 1870 and 1871 but none that the police were unable to handle without great effort except the so-called Orange Riot of July 12, 1871. It was one of those disagreeable reminders that many classes of our adopted citizens bring with them not only their traditions and social habits but also their feuds and enmities. The Orangemen of New- York in 1870 determined to celebrate the anniver- sary of the Battle of the Boyne with a picnic at Elm Park on Eighth Avenue near Ninety-second Street. As they marched up the avenue playing some of the tunes that celebrate the victory of the forces of William of Orange over those of his father-in-law, James II, near Drogheda, on the banks of the Boyne in I 690, they passed a gang of laborers (Catholic Irish) who vented their op- position by throwing stones. Soon there was a pitched battle between the two factions and shots were fired on both sides, killing three persons and wounding several others, of whom some afterward died. A strong police body arrived and restored order. There was much feeling engendered by the af- fair and the Orangemen determined to parade the next year. The other faction, which paraded in full force on March I 7, had Mayor A. Oakey Hall to head their parade, wearing the insignia of the Ribbonmen. But they determined to pre- vent the Orange partisans from parading. James J. Kelso, who was then Superintendent of Police, issued an order on July II, 1871, prohibit- ing the Orangemen from parading, this order being approved by the Mayor. Governor Hoff- man, informed of this police order by telegraph, came post-haste from Albany, looked into the situation and countermanded the order. He de- clared that the equality of right between the two parties must be upheld and issued a proclamation calling on all citizens to keep the peace and de- claring that the civil and military power of the State would protect the paraders. This notice came so late that many Orangemen, acting in the belief that there would be no parade, had ar- ranged to celebrate the day outside of the city ; so that only the Gideon Lodge of Orangemen, numbering fewer than one hundred men, were in the line, protected by the Ninth, Eighty-fourth, Sixth, Seventh and Twenty-second Regiments, which marched in the parade. Crowds of spec- tators lined the sidewalks on the line of march and quietly looked on until from a tenement on Eighth Avenue between Twenty-fourth and Twenty-fifth Streets a shot was fired into the pro- cession. This was the signal for a general as- sault from nearby houses and from the sidewalks. Volleys from the Ninth and Eighty-fourth regi- ments responded and ended the contest, in which fifty-four persons (some of them unfortunately in- nocent onlookers) were killed. The shooting by the two regiments was not authorized, the Colonel of the Ninth Regiment, who was the notorious James Fisk, partner of Jay Gould, having de- serted his regiment as soon as the shooting from the crowd began. But although there was some condemnation of the regiments for firing, the gen- eral ojDinion of those unconnected with either of the Irish factions was that it was justified as the only means to end the outbreak where it began. There was general approval of the course of the Governor in upholding equal rights of organiza- tions of citizens without distinction of politics or religion to peacefully use the public streets. In 1872 there occurred the most extensive strike that had up to that time ever occurred in New York. It was one of the earliest of the efforts made in the movement, which has since been successful in many trades, to reduce to eight the normal working hours of labor. The strike of 1872 began with the attempt of the union house painters of the city to secure the eight-hour day and the demand was soon after joined in by the bricklayers, carpenters and various other build- ing trades until more than forty thousand work- men were idle. The workmen were not successful in realizing their demand but returned to work after wages estimated at more than five and a half millions of dollars had been lost in their ef- fort. It was tried at an unfortunate period when events tended to a season of panic and stringency. The year 1873 saw the beginning of such a season. After the Civil War there had been a great era of railway development, land booms and speculative enterprises stimulated by a con- 60 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW sideiable inllation ol the curieiicy. Many large corporations had greatly increased their bonded and floating debts. Gold had kept at a consid- erable premium. In May, 1873, it was found impossible to place an issue of American bonds in Europe and that set in motion the panic and strin- gency which brought bank failures, railroad bank- ruptcies and a season of business depression which was severe for months, followed by years of dull- ness and slow recovery. In the election of William F. Havemeyer it had been hoped that there would be an era of reform in the city government of New York but the administration was not vigorous, there were several unfortunate appointments made and there was more wrangling than anything else in the Board of Aldermen. There was no question about the personal character or integrity of Mr. Havemeyer but his administration brought little that was constructive. As for public improve- ments the condition of general business was such that all but necessary repair work was suspended. The administration of his successor, William H. Wickham, was much more successful. Like Mr. Havemeyer he had been a prominent member of the Committee of Seventy that brought about the downfall of the Tweed Ring and of the Tilden group of Democrats that became prominent in re- form work. Mr. Wickham placed high class men at the head of the city departments. Wil- liam C. Whitney was appointed corporation coun- sel and saved the city several millions of dollars by defeating improper claims against the city treasury. Among the other heads of depart- ments were Allen Campbell, General William F. Smith, General Fitz-John Porter, Charles J. Can- da, Joel B. Erhardt, Stephen A. Waller, and Dr. Edward G. Janeway. At the close of his term iMayor Wickham was tendered a banquet, given by leading citizens regardless of party in ap- preciation of his excellent administration — a com- pliment no previous Mayor had ever received. Succeeding Mr. Wickham were several mayors of high character and successful administrative ability: Smith EIv, 1877-1878; Edward Cooper, 1879-1880; William R. Grace, 1881-1882; Franklin Edson, 1883-1884; William R. Grace again, 1885-1886; and Abram S. Hewitt, 1887-1889, the term of Mayor having been lengthened. The most prominent political per- sonality of the 'Seventies in New York was Samuel J. Tilden, who led the forces that over- threw the Tweed Ring. He was elected Gov- ernor of New York in 1874 and was the Demo- cratic candidate for the Presidency in 1876, re- ceiving a majority of the popular vote of the country but failing of a majority of the electoral vote, according to the decision of the Electoral Commission. The centennial year, 1876, brought an influx of foreign visitors who came to the Centennial Ex- position at Philadelijhia, but also look in the sights and attractions of the metropolis of the Western World. The Emperor and Empress of Brazil were royal visitors who came that year. 1 hat same year witnessed the removal of a great obstruction to the navigation of the East River by the successful engineering feat of General John Newton, in the blowing up of the Hallet's Point Rocks, at Hell Gate, on September 24th. There had been pessimistic forebodings of great destruc- tion to occur from the explosion, which had been prepared for by ten years of hard work; but one touch of a button by General Newton's little daughter set off the great mine of fifty-two thousand pounds of explosives, and the thing was accomplished without in any degree fulfilling the prophecies of destruction. The early progress of the rapid transit enter- prises of the city were much hampered by the experimental character of much of the work for which there was no previous experience to serve as guide, but still more by the large amount of litigation which sought to nullify these efforts for municipal improvement, with injunctions to make the interruption as thorough as possible. But af- ter the decision of the courts in 1 878 that the charters of the elevated companies were constitu- tional, rapid progress was made in completing all the four elevated lines and with the organizing genius of Cyrus W. Field, who had secured a controlling interest in the Ninth Avenue road, and a consolidation of the two proprietary companies in 1879, all four lines on Ninth, Eighth. Third and Second Avenues were completed to Harlem and united under one system. The clearing away of the impediments to rapid transit had a remarkable effect in the extension of the area available for the use of the urban pop- ulation. The political extension of the city limits preceded by several years the means for making its northern territory useful for homes. In 1873 an increase of the area of the city from approxi- mately fourteen thousand acres to twenty-seven thousand acres was effected by an act of the General Assembly of New York adding to New- York City a liberal slice of Westchester County, including the villages of Kingsbridge, Morrisania and West Farms, making the northern boundary of the city on its west side identical with the south line of the City of h onkers. This practical doub- ling of the city area seemed folly to that section of the people which enjoys looking on the dark side of things through an inverted lens but at no time in the past century has optimism about the future of New York been dishonored by the facts. And that is why we have here the world's great- est city. By a large majority its people are op- timists and especially are those who are doing big things optimistic about the city. As is faith so is strength; and the people who plan their work on the hypothesis that the town is big and NEM^ YORK— OLD AND NEW 61 Former Structures on Site of Singer Building. Hotel Belmont. 62 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW IS going to l)t" bigger are those who are making it bigger. A most unique and attractive addition to the special features of Central Park was made on January 22. 1881, when the Egyptian obelisk, which had been presented to the City of New York in 1877 by the late Khedive Ismail Pasha, was finally and successfully raised on a slight em- inence near the Metropolitan Museum of Art. The total expense of removal and erection of this monolith, which amounted to nearly one hundred and four thousand dollars, was borne by William H. Vanderbilt. The obelisk has a history dating back to the time of the Pharaohs, or, to be exact as possible, to a date between 1591 and 1565 B. C. It was first erected at Heliopolis. and was thence removed to Alexandria in the year 22 B. C. Its height is ninety feet, the shaft itself being sixty-nine feet high and weighing 443,000 pounds. The Republican National Convention in 1 880 developed two factions, one known as the "Stal- warts," who were for a third Presidential term for General Grant, and the others led by James G. Blaine whom their opponents stigmatized as "Half-breeds." The Stalwarts had one hundred and six votes which stuck without change to Gen- eral Grant from the first to the last ballot, the majority vote and the nomination for President going to James A. Garfield of Ohio. To pla- cate the Stalwart faction the offer was made for it to designate its own candidate for Vice-President, and Senator Roscoe Conkling, who was the lead- er of the faction, named Chester A. Arthur of New York. As it turned out that gentleman, who had been up to the time of his election as Vice-President the Collector of Customs of New- York, was President of the United States less than a year later, in place of the President who had been laid low by the assassin's hand. The population of New York City was 942,292 in 1870 and in 1880 had increased to 1,206,299. James Lenox, bachelor philanthropist, died in New York in his eightieth year on February 1 7, 1 880. He was the son of Robert Lenox, a wealthy New York merchant, and after gradua- tion from Columbia studied law and was admitted to the bar but never practiced. Being very wealthy and a lover of literature and art, he spent his life chiefly as a collector of books. He collected them too fast to keep them catalogued, but he became possessed of many literary treasures ; would admit no one to see his collections, even authors of the highest repute, and even refused to let Prescott consult his Mexican manuscripts. He also collected pictures of the masters. But in 1 870 he concluded to make his collection free to the public and he appointed nine trustees, includ- ing himself, to carry out his plan, gave the land, built a most attractive library building on Fifth Avenue between Seventieth and Seventy-first Street ' New York Custom House of the Hudson and Manhattan or so-called "Mc- Adoo" tunnels between New York and New Jer- sey were put into commission. Another important link in transportation was the opening up on March I 3, 1 909, of the Queensborough Bridge connect- ing New York, at Fifty-ninth Street, with Long Island City. The claim of Dr. Frederick E. Cook to have been the discoverer of the North Pole created a sensation. He had telegraphed the news from the Orkneys on September I and on September 6 Commander Peary telegraphed from Indian Har bor. Labrador, that he had discovered the North Pole. Dr. Cook had landed in Copenhagen and lyn was the Democratic candidate; Otto H. Ban- nard. President of the New York Trust Company, was the Fusion nominee, and William Randolph Hearst ran on the Independence League ticket. Judge Gaynor received over 250,000 votes, Ban- nard more than 177,000 and Hearst over 104,- 000. Judge Gaynor was elected Mayor, but the Fusion candidates for the other city offices were successful. The Hudson-Fulton celebration from Septem- ber 25 to October 9, 1909, was one of the most wonderful scenes of pageantry that the world ever witnessed. The opening display of vessels was the most diversified ever gathered together in the 78 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW world. fclxact reproductions ol Hudson's Hall- Moon and of Fullon's Clermont led the line. The American fleet under command of Rear Admiral Seaton Schroeder; the British Inflexible, Drake. Duke of Edinburgh and Black Prince; the Ger- man Bertha, Bremen, Dresden, and Viktoria Luise; and warships of France, Italy, Holland, Mexico and Argentina were anchored at regular intervals from Forty-second Street to Spuyten Duy- \il and above. More than a thousand other ves- sels took part in the parade on the Hudson, which formed at about one o'clock and continued until dark on Saturday, September 25. Various pa- rades and pageants filled the entire time, making a series of spectacles rarely if ever equalled. The illumination, the decorations and all the activities were upon a scale adequate to the celebration of three hundred years of New York and one hun- dred years of steam navigation. A public reception of Colonel Roosevelt was the most stirring event of 1910 and was one of the most enthusiastic of the ovations which have been crowded into the life of this popular Amer- ican. The dedication of St. Patrick's Cathedral by Archbishop Farley, with Cardinals Vanutelli and Satolli and many other dignitaries in attend ance, crowded the great structure on October 5, 1910. On August 9, 1910, Mayor Gaynor was in Hoboken and had gone on board a vessel to leave for a vacation, when he was shot at by a dis- charged dock employe who had trailed him there. The Mayor was probably saved from a second shot by William H. Edwards, Street Cleaning Commissioner, who had accompanied him to the vessel and who promptly knocked down the as- sailant. The Mayor had his wound attended to and spent some weeks in a hospital in Hoboken. His assailant went to the New Jersey penitentiary. The appalling Titanic disaster, which occurred on Sunday, April 14, 1912, horrified the people of New York. The vessel, the largest then afloat, was on her maiden voyage from Liverpool to New York when she collided with an iceberg and 1,503 of the 2,206 persons on board the vessel perished. Many of the victims were New Yorkers, including among the most prominent Colonel John Jacob Astor, Henry B. Harris, theatrical manager, Francis D. Millet, the artist, and Isidor Straus, merchant. Efficient work was done for the re- lief of survivors when ihey arrived. One of the city's largest fires occurred on Jan- uary 3, 1912, when the Equitable Life Building at 1 20 Broadway was totally destroyed. The election of President in 1912 was one of the most exciting in history. The Progressive Party was organized to give Colonel Roosevelt an- other term as President. He made a vigorous campaign and so thoroughly dfsmembered the Re- publican Party for the time being that Governor Woodrow W ilson ol Ncu Jersey was elected president by a very substantial plurality. On March 31 John Pierpont Morgan, the fore- most banker and financier of this country, died. His had been the most potent voice in the finan- cial councils of the nation. The four-year term of Mayor Gaynor having expired the question of a successor became of great importance. Many progressive things had been done during his term but not chiefly by Mayor Gaynor. In the contest of 1 909 there had been three candidates for Mayor, but only two for the other elective offices. As to them it was a straight fight between Tammany and Fusion, and Fusion won. Under the present organization of the government of New York the majority of the Board of Estimate and Apportionment is the chief factor in many important policies. Fusion leaders wished to continue the other officials but to put some one else in place of Gaynor. So Gaynor re- ceived the nomination of Tammany for Mayor, and Fusion sought to put the office in the hands of one of the other members of the Board of Es- timate, and the choice fell on John Purroy Mit- chel who had been President of the Board of Aldermen. Mayor Gaynor sailed for Europe on the Baltic on September 4. On September 10 he died on the steamer. Later his body was brought back to New York and laid in state in the City Hall for a day before being buried. John A. McCall, who had been a judge of the Su- preme Court, was Gaynor's successor as Tammany candidate and after a fierce campaign was beaten by Mitchel. The death of Benjamin Altman, one of the great merchants of New York, occurred on Oc- tober 14, 1913. His will left his art treasures valued at fifteen million dollars to the Metropolitan Museum of Art. In the late winter of 1913-1914 a band of dis- turbers led by Frank Tannenbaum and claiming membership in the Industrial Workers of the World took to visiting churches and demanding food and lodging. They did not want work ex- cept at union wages and they did not want to work in clearing the snow which then cluttered the streets. Finally they went to St. Alphonsus Church (Catholic) on March 4. 1914, and raised a disturbance. They were arrested and some of them received minor punishments, but Tannenbaum was sentenced to a year in prison. On May 19 Colonel Roosevelt returned from a tour of exploration in Brazil and was given a cor- dial reception. The American liner Vaderland arrived in New York from Germany on her maiden voyage. She had made only two more voyages before she was interned in New York by the war. With the be- ginning of war in Europe the Stock Exchange, Cotton Exchange and Produce Exchange closed on July 30. 1914. The Stock Exchange re- NEIV YORK— OLD AND NEW 79 80 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW mained closed until November 28. 1 o prevent aliens from making withdrawals from savings banks, private banking institutions and savings and loan associations, the State Superintendent of Banks of New York ordered the banks to require sixty days' notice of withdrawal. The Clearing House voted for using Clearing House certificates to pre- vent a raid upon the gold supply of the United States. The fact of the passage of the Federal Reserve Bank law stabilized business conditions so that there was no panic at the time strenuous moves were taken to prevent disastrous dumping of securities. An interesting event which occurred January 1 5, 1915, illustrates the great progress that has been made in telephony. On that day Alexander Gra- ham Bell in New York entered into the first con- versation across the continent, talking through the telephone to 1 homas W. Watson in San Fran- cisco. The events of the past two years are too recent to be collated as history. The outstanding trend IS concentration on the problems of war; rising prices on the markets; movements in State and Nation to halt extortions in prices of necessaries; strikes in various industries, notably two or there among carmen in 1916. Progress is still being made. The rapid transit problem will make a great stride toward settle- ment with the vast additions to subway and eleva- ted lines, covering all boroughs, now rapidly ap- proaching completion. The water supply problem which was so press- ing a few years ago is now near a solution so ade- quate that it will take several decades of New York's growth before the city will be compelled to go farther afield for its drinking water. The great Catskill project, far transcending in its mag- nitude as an engineering feat the building of the Panama Canal, is near its final and complete util- ization. The old reservoir in Central Park is to be converted to use as a place of beauty, probably a sunken garden with a replica in bronze of that beautiful fountain by MacMonnies, which stood in the Lagoon at the World's Columbian Exposition in Chicago in 1 893 and was the artistic gem of that famous "White City." An audience place for the popular band concerts in keeping with these artistic surroundings is also in the plans for this improvement. The old Tweed Court-House, outgrown and unsanitary, is to be replaced by one in keeping with the dignity and grandeur of the world me- tropolis that New York is so soon to be. It is a far cry from the squat little Liberty 1 avern at Broadway and Park Place that was one of the city's chief attractions in 1795, to the towering Woolworth Building, most skyscraping of the world's structures and combining in a unique way colossal height with architectural beauty. It is a long distance from the dirt roads, except for a few yards of exceptional cobbles, which rep- resented all the street paving of I 795, to clean and well-surfaced streets (except for occasional lapses to accommodate the subway-building ty- rants) which represent the New York of today. It is centuries rather than decades which would normally represent the advance from the Collect Pond and Tea-water Pump of a century ago to the great Catskill Water System of the present year. We have our problems and demerits, but they are such as represent a growth and advancement such as no other city has had to be responsible for. It is a great and wonderful city and its w^el- fare calls for the preserving care of citizens who love it and are proud of it. CHAPTER SEVEN New York as a Financial Metropolis Early Coins and Currencies — The Banks, Exchanges and Activities of the Financial District — The Insurance Companies of New York. NEW YORK has long established pre-eminence among American cities as the financial capital and money market of the United States. This precedence did not always exist. Until the Nine- teenth Century dawned, Philadelphia and Boston were strong rivals for financial mastery. Under the Colonial regime financial and com- mercial transactions were hampered by lack of a stable currency. The Netherlands first, and Britain later, exhibited great jealousy of the coin- ing privilege which was steadily denied to New York. The current money in the Colonies con- sisted of various foreign coins of which the value in terms of sterling was fixed by statute, which might have worked well enough if the various colonies had come to the same conclusion in re- gard to their value. An act of Parliament passed in 1 704 provided that in the royal provinces, after January I, 1705, no "Seville, Pillar or Mexican" dollar should pass for over six shillings, current money, and that 'Peru pieces, dollars or other for- eign silver coin of whatever weight or alloy should be regulated according to weight and fineness in proportion to the rate fixed for the Seville pieces. As this law did not apply to the proprietary Col- onies, Pennsylvania, which rated the Seville dol- lar at seven shillings sixpence, and lighter money in proportion, soon drained New York of its coins. Lord Cornbury's statements in regard to this con- dition reaching London, the act was suspended and trade revived. Various attempts at regulating the exchange value of the great variety of coins used in New York, by Act of the Parliament in London, were made but they were rarely found workable without loss and were often violated. The clipping and filing of foreign coins was a practice very common in the Colonies so that it became necessary to weigh the silver money. Of small change there was none during the, earliest years of the city's history, the Spanish real (one- eighth of a dollar nominally but made current in the royal provinces at a value of fourpence half- penny English), was the smallest current coin. There was much complaint among the poorer peo- ple and the smaller merchants about the lack of copper coin, until in I 722 William Wood, hav- ing bribed the Duchess of Kendal, one of the mistresses of George \, secured a license to make copper coins to circulate in Ireland and in the American Colonies. He made pence, halfpence and two-penny pieces for Ireland with the obverse of a harp, but they created such a disturbance in the Green Isle that the privilege for Ireland was recalled in I 725. But he continued to coin the Rosa Americana coins, pence, halfpence and farth- ings for America until I 733 when the lack of de- mand caused him to quit the business. The coins were attractive enough in design but the metal was so base, fifteen parts brass to one of spelter, that they were entirely out of favor and it was said of Wood that "he had the conscience to make thir- teen shillings out of a pound of brass." English copper coins of the regular issues were favored and for a long time were current at double their value, the English halfpenny passing for a penny but finally becoming so plentiful that the merchants agreed not to receive or pass capper halfpence at any higher rate than fourteen to the shilling, an announcement that started a riot which had to be suppressed by the police. Various privately issued tokens passed current at various times, the fa- vorites being the New Jersey small change because they were made of good capper, but these were imitated in baser metals later, and except the genuine Jersey coppers and the British regular cop- per coins, the coins other than gold and silver used in the colonies were all of base metal. After independence and until the coining func- tion was taken over by the Federal government there were various coinages by state authority of the several states or private issues which were used. Most of these, however, were copper coins as the 82 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW always abundant Spanisli silvi supply \\as kepi at standard weight and fineness, and except where filed or clipped was current all over the world. Thus It was that when the decimal standard was finally established it was on the basis of a stand- ard dollar which should be identical in weight and fineness with the then current eight reals piece which, except for mint marks, was identical in every particular, whether made in Seville, in Mexico or in any other of the twenty or more mints scattered throughout the silver-bearing Span- ish dominions. While money is the chief factor in the mechan- ism of exchange and finance, the media by which a city IS established as a financial center include banks, exchanges and other organizations by which the varied functions of money and credit are co- ordinated into a system by which transactions are made easy and markets are created for all kinds of securities. A former chapter has told how the first bank in the city, the Bank of New York, had been es- tablished in I 784, and how The Manhattan Com- pany, organized ostensibly for water supply, had blossomed out into a bank as a result of the sharp practice of Aaron Burr. To this second bank was added another, which was a branch of the Bank of the United States (organized in 1781) in Philadelphia. 1 hese three institutions formed the banking facilities of the city in 1800. The banking capital employed was three million dollars. The Embargo and the War of 1812 with the marked interruption to foreign commerce they in- volved were a clog on the financial development of New York. In connection with the war itsell the banks and capitalists of New York stood solidly behind the Government. John Jacob As- tor, whose great adventures in the fur trade had made him the wealthiest citizen of New York, made a large subscription to the Government war loan of that period. By 1816 the banking cap- ital of New York had increased to ten millions of dollars. On May I 7, i 792, twenty-four New York brokers met under a cottonwood tree opposite 60 Wall Street and signed an agreement regarding rates of commission. The organization was loosely held together by occasional meetings at the Tontine Coffee House until 1817, when a formal organi- zation of the Stock Exchange upon present lines was effected. The first meeting place of this reg- ular organization was in the Merchants' Exchange which occupied the building that afterward be- came the Custom House and later was recon- structed into the present building of the National City Bank of New '^'ork. It removed in 183 3 to a building at the corner of Wall and Beaver Streets, and in 1 865 removed to a building oc- cupying the same site as that now occupied by its magnificent marble building, one of the most ornate structures of the city. In I 869 the Exchange ab- sorbed the membership ot the Open Board of Brokers, which had been a rival organization. There was during the Civil War a body called the Gold Board, which specialized in dealings and speculations in gold. It continued after the War and from August, 1865, occupied premises in New Street, back of the Stock Exchange Build- ing. When that Exchange closed in 1879 the Stock Exchange acquired its premises, giving it the enlarged site covered by its present building. The Stock Exchange Clearing House is an adjunct of the Stock Exchange which it established on May 17, 1892, the one hundredth anniversary of the meeting under the cottonwood tree which started the Exchange organization in its original form. 1 his Clearing House plan functions for the busi- ness in stocks and bonds through Stock Exchange houses in the same way that the bank clearing house does for the banks and has proven a great convenience in the prompt handling and offsetting of exchanges. The present year of 1917 completes the one hundredth year of business of the Stock Exchange under its present organization. It has been a cen- tury of most remarkable development in New York as a financial center. Until 1825 the rivalry of Boston and Philadelphia was keen, although New York had obtained and maintained a lead in financial business. But the completion of the Erie Canal put New York into such close touch with the commerce of the Lake region and all the then settled Northwest that its leadership in finance became fixed beyond the reach of rivalry on this continent. The products of the regions thus made tributary poured into the lap of New ^ ork, which also became more and more em- phatically the entrepot at which the products of foreign lands were debarked for distribution in this country or direct trans-shipment to the interior. The predominance in foreign commerce which came to the city brought to it a predominance in the foreign exchanges of this country, including the collection of the sums which foreign consignees paid for American products and the settlements made by importers for foreign goods brought to the United States. This predominance has ever since attached to New York as the great ex- change center of the United States. New York has fully participated in the limes of financial stress that have visited this country. The panic of 1837 compelled the banks of New York City to suspend specie payments in May of that year and to continue the suspension for about a year. This was not wholly bad for New York because it brought about the passage by the Legis- lature of 1838 of what was known as the "Free Banking Act." This act opened the privilege of banking to any citizen who desired to enter the business and submitted his operations to proper regulation. It did away with the graft and cor- ruption which had, from the time of Aaron Burr NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 83 Old Stock Exchange onward, been frequent in connection with the pro- curement of legislative charters. It also provided that no bank-notes could be issued except on the basis of Government or State bonds or other tangi- ble securities acceptable to the State authorities who were given a large measure of direct super vision over banking, and introduced many checks and safeguards which were later adopted by sev- eral other States. The provisions of this law formed the basis of the National Banking Act passed by Congress twenty-five years later. One result of the Panic of I 836 was the down- fall of the Bank of the United States which had its head office in Philadelphia, with a loss of busi- ness to that city which eliminated all possibility of its financial rivalry of New York. Events fol- lowed fast which accentuated the financial mastery •of this city. The ocean steamship and the steam railroad in their American ramifications were chiefly financed in New York. The California gold discoveries created a trade which brought much of the gold products to the vaults of New York banks. The establishing here of the United States Sub-Treasury in 1846; the New York Clearing House Association, and the United States Assay Office in 1853; and the develop- ment of corporate enterprises which found that New York, with its great Wall Street money-mar- ket was the only city able to surely and safely float their securities, were all factors which in in- creasing degree gave the city its power and pres- tige in finance. The financial progress of the city at times was unhealthfully and radically over- stimulated by excess of speculation. From this resulted the panic of 185 7 which brought runs on the banks, several failures in business and a money crisis which brought a suspension of specie pay- ments from October 1 5 to December 1 4 in that year. But the recovery of normal confidence was much more rapid at that time than it had been after previous panics. But while the panic was on the excitement was very intense. The Bowery Bank went under on Tuesday, October 1 3, 185 7, and from that time the crowds filled the sidewalks and crowded the banking houses until on Thursday the banks, having paid out about all their coin, were forced to suspend. Boston had a similar experience. The newspapers were pessimistic. The Tribune commented: "The towering fabric oi our mercantile credit lies in ruins." Yet the very next years, 1858 and 1859, were prosperous. At the end of the latter year cam? news of ominous import. There had been an in- vasion of Virginia by John Brown, who with sev- enteen white men and five negroes had visited the estate of Colonel Washington, stolen the arms and horses, seized Washington and ill-treated his family, set his negroes free and had in the dark night extinguished the lights and seized the armory and arsenal of large munition stores of the Government at Harper's Ferry. The story of the raid of October 14 and 15, 1859, and of the battle be- tween the raiders and United States marines, the capture of the raiders and the subsequent trial, conviction and hanging of John Brown for treason and murder, are a familiar story. It agitated New York and affe:ted the market. Some thought it Stock Exchange Building Today 84 NEIV YORK OLD AND NEW portended Civil War lor tliey lelt that between the irreconcilables South and North, with Lincoln soon to take the Executive chair, a conflict was sure. But with the beginning of 1861 the mar- ket rallied to a feeling of optimism, voiced by the press, that after all the threat of disunion had been campaign talk and that South as well as North would acquiesce in the results of the election. The war at first brought business demoraliza- tion. There was a slump in the stock market and paralysis m many lines of business. But a rally followed. Financial New York after the bom- bardment of Fort Sumter came boldly to the sup- port of the national credit. Banks made large loans to the United States Treasury, on the security of 1 reasury notes and bonds. Specie payments were suspended by New York banks. Gold went into hiding only to appear as a speculative com- modity always above par, fluctuating with the for- tunes of war and with market conditions. The Gold Board Exchange in New YorV. operated in these sales and the gold value of the National Currency (which became greatly inflated by rea- son of the vast expenditures for war) was meas- ured and adjusted for the entire country by the operations of that Board. Gold reached its highest level on July 1 6, 1 864, when it sold at 2.84 and did not reach par after I 862 until De- cember 17, 1878. By 1879 the par between gold and currency became normal and the Gold Board went out of business. The "Street" in the meantime had many vicissitudes, with fortunes made and lost. A period of wild speculation set in about 1866, and the wild attempt to "corner" the supply of gold culminated in the trying day of "Black Friday," September 24, 1869, which wrought such devastation that the Stock Exchange had to be closed for several days in order to find out who was solvent and who was ruined. As soon as the market recovered from that episode the fever of speculation took hold of the country. Railroad speculation was to the fore among many varieties of securities good, bad and indifferent that captured the attenion of the "bulls and bears" and the excited hopes of the often- shorn lambs. Over-speculation and over-expansion of credits brought on a commercial and financial panic in I 873. Fhis w as eased by the Associated Banks of New York which, by the uniting of their credit and resources, issued Clearing House certificates by means of which those of their mem- bership who were temporarily endangered were carried safely through the period of stringency of money and disorganization of business throughout the country. The same method was adopted in 1884 when a panic struck the "Street" following the failure of the firm of Grant & Ward and the suspension of the Marine Bank; and in 1890, when the failure of the great international banking house of Baring Brothers & Co., of London, re- garded as second only in stability to the Bank of England, threatened to shake financial foundations throughout the world. It was used also in the panic of 1893, which was followed by a con- dition of stringency which continued until 1896; and in the financial stringency of 1907 when the Knickerbocker Trust Company and several banks suspended. The two or three decades that followed the Civil War evolved many careers in Wall Street which became notable for boldness of opera- tion and great financial success. Some of these giants of Wall Street w^ere continuously success- ful though few succeeded without some reverses. Others ran the whole gamut of Wall Street up and down from failure to success. The completion of the Atlantic cable brought Wall Street in touch with Lombard Street and with the Paris Bourse and the other Continental money markets. The stronger and sounder Amer- ican stocks and securities invited foreign capital because the rates of interest were upon the whole higher than the European issues of like stability, while the more speculative stocks possessed attrac- tions for those willing to fake risks where the chances seemed to favor large returns. The great industrials became great favorites. Standard Oil, A.merican Sugar Refining, American Cotton- seed Oil and National Lead, among the earliest, and later the colossal United States Steel and other vast organizations, some of which have had their wings clipped by the Sherman Act and other anti- monoply laws, while others, having kept within the "rule of reason," flourish like the green bay tree. The National Banking Act of 1 865 gave added importance to New York as the financial center of the country. It recognized and gave le- gal force to existing conditions. It required the National banks of New York to maintain in cash a reserve of 25 per cent against their deposits, but authorized the National banks of other chief cities to deposit half of their 25 per cent re- serves with National banks in New York, thus making New York a monetary reservoir from which, when commerce is active, funds could flow to all sections where money was needed for con- structive work, crop movements and the like. It was a great improvement over any previous sys- tem but experience showed that it was not in all respects adequate for there were at various times local and at some periods general waves of strin- gency which held on with distressful results for want of liquidity in banking assets. Bankers contended for years for a reform in National banking laws but the popular aversion to anything like a central bank monopoly, which had persisted ever since the days of the Jackson Administration, prevented the final passage of the several bank reform bills that had NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 85 Some Financiers of the 'Seventies 86 NEW YORK-OLD AND NEW been piescnlfd, until Imally llu" l edcial Kcseive Law was passed in 1914. Its passage was most opportune for soon after, on July 29. the Euro- pean War was precipitated on an unprepared world. The Federal Reserve Banks did not be- gin business until November 16, but the fact that the system was being organized gave hope and steadiness to the market. On July 30 the Stock Exchange closed, fol- lowed on August 2 by the Cotton Exchange and the Produce Exchange. On August 3, to pre- vent aliens from making hasty withdrawals from savings banks, private banking institutions and savings and loan associations, the State Superin- tendent of Banks of New York ordered the banks to require sixty days' notice. The New York Clearing House voted to issue Clearing House certificates to prevent raids upon the gold supply of the United States. On November 1 6 the Federal Reserve banks began business and the Cotton Exchange reopened and on November 26 the Stock Exchange and the Produce Exchange resumed. Financial history since then is familiar to the business world. Industry has been very active. Supplying the needs in food, clothing and provisions to such of the belligerent nations as could be reached by shipments brought great stimulation to the arena of finance in New York. Inflated prices of stocks, including a class of corporations which Wall Street with characteristic humor has dubbed "War Brides," were an out- standing feature of a general advance of the whole stock list. The entrance of the United States into war again demonstrated the substantial power of the financial market of New York. The great Liberty Loan of which New York subscribed double its quota, the financing of many Govern- ment and private ventures relative to the great war "to make the world safe for Democracy," the volunteer service of many of the financial mag- nates and industrial chiefs in financing and man- aging the Red Cross, in participating in boards, commissions and committees to stabilize and equal- ize prices, to make the transportation and produc- tive resources work smoothly for the benefit alike of Government, Army, Navy, Industries and the People, are facts which testify most emphatically to the patriotism and worth of the men who have done most to make New York first amon^-' the financial centers of the world. "Dollar l.x change" has taken a place nevei before held by any currency except "Sterling Exchange" and the financial history of this present period, with the large fareign loans made by and credits due to the government and individual financiers and cor- porations of the United States, make it beyond question that the financial mastery of New ^ ork will remain perman ,ntly equal to if it does not excel that of any of the great money markets of Europe. insurance is representtd in all its various branches in New York by home companies and agencies which represent the best outside insurance com- panies in the world. Marine insurance was the earliest form of un- derwriting to appear in New York. It started in 1 759 with the "Old Insurance Office," con- ducted by Keteltas & Sharpe (Peter Keteltas and Richard Sharpe) as "clerks," the office being in the Coffee House, and the New York Insurance Office, in the adjoining building, in charge of Anthony Van Dam. Both of these offices gave marine insurance to merchants secured by the sub- scriptions of underwriters. Because of the de- struction of vessels by American privateers a "New Insurance Office" was opened in 1 778. Under the United States regime marine insurance contin- ued to be underwritten under the subscription or mutual plan until in 1801 the "Marine Insurance Company" was organized as the first exclusively marine stock companv in New York, with a capital of $250,000. The first Nevv York fire insurance company, the "Mutual Assurance Company," was organized in 1 787, under a deed of settlement, according to English custom, by its secretary, John Pintard. It was renewed and incorporated in 1 798, reor- ganized with a capital stock in 1809, changed its name to "Knickerbocker Fire Insurance Company" in 1846 and continued in business until 1890, when it was dissolved. The "United Insurance Company in the City of New York," incorporated under a charter granted to Nicholas Low^ and associates, and "The New York Insurance Company for Mari- time Insurance, Houses, Goods, and Lives" were companies which aimed to cover all kinds of in- surance. By 1830 there were in New ^'ork eight ma- rine companies, with an aggregate capital of $3,050,000; and twenty-five fire companies, with an aggregate capital of $7,800,000. In 1835 there were twenty-six fire companies and twenty- three of them were thrown into bankruptcy by the fire which destroyed, on the night of December !6, an aggregate of 529 stores and 41 other buildings situated south of Wall Street, then the business center of the city. Wise laws followed this disaster which prohibited the cumulation in one company of many varieties of underwriting, and also prohibited all kinds of insurance companies irom combining insurance with banking business. At the same time a law which had been passed in 1829 excluding foreign companies from doing insurance business in the State of New York was repealed, thus letting in many of the best insurance companies in the world so that New York now possesses both home companies and branches of outside corporations, domestic and foreign, all NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 87 with established reputation for promptness and equity in fulfilling their underwriting obligations. In life insurance New York is the home of the world's most colossal companies, controlling world-wide busmess and in the aggregate of assets and of outstanding insurance making New York unquestionably the world's life insurance metropolis. Casualty insurance has in its various forms had an enormous growth, and through home companies and branches of outside companies with resident managers covers every branch of accident and casualty insurance, two of the more modern and most active being automobile and workmen's com- pensation insurance, made necessary by compul- sory laws of New York and adjoining states. Some abuses which crept into the insurance business in former years have been wiped out by later legislation, and it may be truly said that nowhere is the business of insurance carried on upon a larger scale or upon methods more equi- tably protective of the policyholder than in New York City in this present day. Atlantic Mutual Insurance Building 88 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW WILLIAM H. McGEL & (^O. William H. McGee The firm of William H. McGee & Co., which speciahzes in ocean marme insurance, is one ef the most important and successful in its line in the country. The business was founded in 1887 by William H. McGee. The present firm was or- ganized January I, 1914, the other members be- sides Mr. McGee being Eugene J. Coleman and Robert B. Jennings, who have been associated with the founder for twenty-five and eighteen years respectively. In two years and a half the firm found it necessary to increase the clerical force from fifty to over two hundred. This remarkable growth was to a great extent the result of method- ical work by the members of the firm. At the outbreak of the European war new complications arose in ocean marine insurance. These required thought and in order that concerted action could be secured to handle them a noon-day lunch was arranged for the three members of the firm in the conference rooms at their offices and these daily meetings keep them in close touch — enable them to thresh out mooted questions and evolve modes of procedure that are of great benefit to the business. The same unity was observed in the division of the work. Mr. McGee and Mr. Coleman attend to the underwriting while Mr. Jennings looks after the losses. The firm has a complete organization along business efficiency lines and the most spacious marine offices in the country, occupying the second and third floors of NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 89 Robert B. Jennins the building, 1 5 William Street, the third floor being used as the Accounting and Statistical De- partment, while the second floor is utilized for Executive Offices and the Underwritjng and Loss Departments. The firm acts as general agents for the Marine Departments of the St. Paul Fire & Marine Insurance Co., the Westchester Fire In- surance Co., the Phoenix Fire Insurance Co. of Hartford, the Camden Fire Insurance Associa- tion, and are agents for the Marine Departments of the Providence Washington Insurance Co., the Massachusetts Fire & Marine Insurance Co. and managers in the United States for the Scandi- navia Re-insurance Company of Copenhagen, Denmark. One of the essentials to the success of the in- surance business is the fair settlement of losses. 1 he firm acts as general agents and attorneys for the marine business of the companies named and it endeavors to adjust all losses to the satisfaction of the insured, it being well known in the marine insurance field that when William H. McGee & Co. accept a risk the insured is certain, in case of loss, to receive fair and equitable treatment. William H. McGee, senior member of the firm, was born in New York City, November 4, 1863, the son of Robert and Emma Price McGee. The family is an old American one and is of Scotch- Irish extraction on the paternal side while the maternal branch is English-Scotch. Mr. McGee 90 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW Eugene J. F. Coleman attended the Brooklyn schools until he was thir- teen years old and then went to work for the dry goods firm of T. K. Horton & Co., shortly afterwards securing a position with Wreaks & Chubb, insurance brokers and average adjusters In I 864 he went to the home office of the Provi- dence Washington Insurance Company, Provi- dence, R. I., as a clerk and returned to New York City three years later as agent of that company. He was only twenty-four years of age, yet despite his youth he built up a large business for the Providence company and in 1895 he was made the agent of the St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company of St. Paul. From that time until 1914. Mr. McGee's business grew rai)idly and to handle it more systematically and expeditiously the present firm was organized. Mr. McGee has taken an active interest in maritime insurance and has aided in shaping that branch of the business in this country. He is a member of the American Committee of Lloyds Register of Shipping, a standard authority upon that subject; has served as Secretary of the Amer- ican Institute of Marine Underwriters since 1 906 and is American Secretary of the Interna- tional Association of Marine Underwriters, which has its headquarters in Berlin. Mr. McGee is a member of the Down Town Association, New "^'ork Club and the Masonic Fraternity. Eugene J. F. Coleman, the second member of NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 91 the firm, was born in New York City in 1873 and is a New Yorker in all that the name implies. He has been associated with Mr. McGee dur- ing his entire business career and is recognized as one of the most capable underwriters in the city. Robert B. Jennings, the other member of the firm, was born in New York City in 1 880 but has been a resident of New Jersey for many years. He was for a long time connected with the Marine Department of the Firemen's Fund Insurance Company before becoming associated with Mr. McGee. From a junior in that gentle- man's office he advanced through positions of con- stantly increasing responsibility until it became evi- dent that both he and Mr. Coleman were fitted to be principals and the present firm was then formed. V. EVERIT MACY V. Everit Macy, Capitalist and Director in banks and other great commercial enterprises, is a philanthropist who has the courage to put his views into practice. In order to test his theories, which many regarded as impracticable, he got himself elected Superintendent of the Poor of Westchester County and then began to do some research work in connection with various philan- thropic societies with which he is connected. Three years' experience proved that there were many services he could perform for he believed the whole system of administration in Westchester County should be reformed. He knew little of politics and had been elected to the position ol Superintendent on the Democratic ticket in an off year and it was necessary that he have the sup- port of a Republican Board of Supervisors to carry out his ideas. This did not deter Mr. Macy. He won over the Board and got it to consent to aban- don the inadequate hundred-year-old building used as an almshouse and erect a $1,500,000 plant which is a model in every way. As Commis- sioner of Charities Mr. Macy has charge of the new county penitentiary, which has greatly relieved the New York prisons of many of their inmates. Mr. Macy, who has devoted much time and spent a large amount of money in the alleviation of the sufferings of the unfortunate, was born in New York City, March 23, 1871, the son of Josiah H. and Caroline (Everit) Macy. After a thorough preliminary education he graduated from the Department of Architecture of Columbia Col- lege in 1893. He never practiced his profession but has for many years devoted his entire time to public spirited, educational and charitable work. Before he became an office holder and began to make a practical test of his theories he had helped to found the National Employment Exchange, had served as Vice-President of the National Civic Federation, the New York Civic Federation and the New York State Child Labor Association. He had been Trustee of Teachers' College, ti e University Settlement and the George Junior Re- public, Treasurer of the People's Institute and Chairman of the Finance Committee of the Man- hattan Trade School. He relinquished member- ship m many of these associations in order to have more time to give to his duties looking after the poor of Westchester County. When he took up his labors there he found the poor laws under which the whole administration system was worked were absurd and inadequate. He secured legis- lation which helped matters some in creating the office of Commissioner of Charities and Correc- tions under which the new institutions are run. Mr. Macy's services to the county were of such a character that when the new law went into ef- fect he received the nomination on the Republican. Democratic and Progressive tickets and as Commis- sioner has the opportunity of doing much greater things, the almshouse. County hospital. Children's Department and Penitentiary coming under his direction. He is working hard to increase the efficiency of the hospital, is making the lives of the almshouse inmates much more pleasant, is pay- ing especial attention to the children and is mak- ing the penitentiary a place where the prisoners will be given a chance to improve their condition and reform. Mr. Macy's administration has been marked by a great saving in maintenance, the cost per capita being so reduced that the people of Westchester will probably give him a life tenure of the office if he will consent to continue in the position. Mr. Macy's interests are many and varied. He is a Director of the Mechanics and Metals Bank and the Bank of Long Island, Trustee of the Union Trust Co., the Provident Loan Society, City and Suburban Homes Com- pany, Manufacturers' Commercial Co., Queens- boro Gas & Electric Co., Albany Southern R. R. Co., Century Mortgage Co., Hewlett Bay Co.. Metropolitan Museum, Seamen's Bank for Savings in the City of New York, Syrian Protestant Col- lege, and the Teachers' College. Mr. Macy was married in February, 1896, to Edith W. Carpenter and has three children, Val- entine E., Josiah and Edith Macy. His office is at 68 Broad Street. The leadership of New York in financial affairs was never more effectively shown than in the way the bankers and financial houses handled the two Liberty Loans of 1917. Although the quota of the loan which this city was expected to reach was in each case equal to about a third of the entire issue, the city in each case over-sub- scribed its quota by about fifty per cent. And the volunteer, unpaid services of the greatest banks of the country were freely given to make the loans a success. 92 .WEW YORK OLD AND NEW JULIAN D. Although born and educated in New England, Julian D. Fairchild, President of the King's County Trust Co., has been one of the most en- thusiastic workers for the advancement of Brooklyn, his adopted city. He was born in Stratford, Conn., A.pril I 7, 1850, and is of English descent, the American branch of the family being founded by 1 homas Fairchild, who crossed the sea in 1 637 to marry Sarah Seabrook, of Puritan stock. Mr. Fairchild was educated in Stratford anc? New Haven. His one desire in early life was a col- legiate training but the necessity of working pre- vented the consummation of this wish for, even before the completion of his course in the public school, he was compelled to secure employment at one of the manufacturing plants in New Haven. He applied himself assidiously to his work and, with a fixed determination to succeed, saved every dollar he could spare and was soon in a position to start in business for himself as a retail merchant. FAIRCHILD The venture was successful and Mr. Fairchild de- termined to transfer his efforts to New York, which he knew presented a much larger field. He located in Brooklyn and at once became an active factor in that city. He had been identified with the King's County I rust Co. since its organization, and in 1893 was chosen President of that insti- tution, a position he has since held. Soon after- wards he was made a Director of the Bedford Bank, the Lawyers' Title Insurance and Trust Co. and the National City Bank of Brooklyn. Mr. Fairchild was greatly interested in the original projects to connect New York and Brooklyn by bridges and tunnels and, although the bridges de- preciated many of his real estate holdings, he sacrificed his personal interests in order that the city in general should be benefited. He was Treasurer of the commission having charge of the erection of the Williamsburgh Bridge, and it was conceded, when that imposing structure was finally completed, that Mr. Fairchild's watchfulness and close scrutiny of contracts and expenditures saved the city a large sum of money. His popularity led to his selection as the Democratic Mayoralty candidate in 1896, but he declined the honor and likewise refused to be the Democratic nominee for the position of Comptroller, when Greatei New York was first formed. Mr. Fairchild's entire life has been characterized by unselfishness and a desire to help the less fortunate. He is a Regent of the Long Island College Hospital and Presi- dent of the Brooklyn Central Dispensary, to which institutions he has ungrudgingly given his time and financial aid. He holds membership in the Chamber of Commerce of Brooklyn, the Montauk. Carleton and Dyker Meadow clubs, and is a Trustee of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and .Sciences. His financial interests, other than those already mentioned, are as follows: Trustee. East River Savings Institution; President and Director. Union Ferry Co. of New York and Brooklyn; Vice-President and Director, the Mortgage-Bond Co., of New York; Director of the Pacific Fire Insurance Co., the Eagle Warehouse and Storage Co. and the Metropolitan Casualty Insurance Co., of New York. Mr. Fairchild's business address is 342 Fulton Street, Brooklyn. NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW 93 CHARLES EDWIN MITCHELL Charles Edwin Mitchell, whose selection as President of the National City Company was the result of his expert knowledge of investment secur- ities and acknowledged executive ability, has, dur- ing his incumbency, largely mcreased the mstitu- lion's business. The National City Company is a subsidiary of the National City Bank, one of America's leadmg financial institutions, and was organized a few years ago to make and handle corporate investments. It began busmess with a paid in capital of $10,000,000, indirectly owned by stockholders of the bank, and for some time after its formation was known essentially as a large investor for its own account. Determining that the company should fake a more active part in financial affairs, the parent institution looked around for a specialist who was fully equipped to direct its affairs. As a result of this search Mr. Mitchell was in March, 1916, chosen Vice- President and active Manager. The National City Co., having taken over the bond distributing organization of the National City Bank and the business of N. W. Halsey & Co., one of the largest investment security houses in this country, entered the field of corporate finance, with special reference to the purchase of securities and the dis- tribution thereof to the investing public. The com- pany has now about twenty branch offices in the United States and Europe and will doubtless soon occupy the same position in its own field that the National City Bank holds in American finance. In October, 1916, Mr. Mitchell was elevated to the Presidency of the company. Mr. Mitchell brought to the National City Company wide ex- perience in corporation and financial affairs. He was born in Chelsea, Mass., October 6, 1877, the son of George E. and Annie Knowlton Mit- chell. Both parents were descended from Colonial stock, whose members on each side served m the Revolution and figured in early New England history. After attending the public schools, Mr. Mitchell entered Amherst College and graduated in 1 899 with the degree of B. A. Immediately after- wards he entered the employ of the Western Electric Company in Chicago, filling several office positions and becoming credit man for the com- pany within a period of three years. During this time he took a course in accounting and one in law, in order to increase his efficiency. The company transferred Mr. Mitchell to its New- York factory in order that he might be properly trained in manufacturing and sales methods, with a view to having him fill a foreign post, but need of his service in Chicago changed this plan and he returned to that city as Assistant to the President. The following year he was made Assistant Manager, in which position he supervised the purchasing and sales department of the company in the West, as well as the engineer- ing and manufacture of electrical machinery. In 1 906 he resigned his position with the Western Electric Company and became Assistant to the President of the Trust Company of America, of New York City, and handled a number of outside enterprises in which the company was interested. In 1911, after spending a few months abroad, he established the investment banking firm of C. E. Mitchell & Co. which was successful from the start and soon became recognized as a leader in the investment field. When the call came from the National City Company, Mr. Mitchell closed out his private business and has since devoted his time exclusively to the affairs of that insti- tution. Mr. Mitchell was married June 3. 1908, tn Elizabeth R. Rend, a daughter of Col. W. P. Rend, of Chicago. They have one daughter Rita Mitchell, and one son, Craig Knowlton Mit- chell. Mr. Mitchell's clubs are the Metropolitan. Union League, Bankers, Lawyers, Whitehall and Country. 94 M^:\V YORK^OLD AND NFM SJAQ\ C. RICHMOND Stacy C. Richmond, recently elected President of the Niagara Falls Power Company, which sup- plies power to the industrial plants located at Niag- ara Falls and has as its directors some of the most prominent men in the financial world, is a member of the old and well-known bankmg firm of Wms- low. Lanier & Co., 59 Cedar Street. He was born in New Bedford, Mass., August 22, 1867, the son of James H. C. and Hannah Catherine (Courtis) Richmond, whose forebears settled in New England early in the Seventeenth Century. He was educated in the schools of New York and at Harvard University, graduating from the latter in I 890 with the degree of A. B. He began his business career immediately after leavmg college and was from I 892 until 1 898 associated with the banking house of Spencer Trask & Co. He then organized the brokerage firm of Rhoades & Richmond, and conducted a prosperous business until 1 905 when he became a partner in the firm of F. S. Moseley & Co. He remained in this capacity until 1 909 when he formed his present connection. The firm of Winslow, Lanier & Co. is one of the oldest and most conservative on the Street. It succeeded Winslow & Perkins in 1849 and dur- ing the period of the Civil War was one of the most active banking houses in the country. J. F. D. Lanier was the first of that family identified with the firm. He was a native of Indiana and it is told of him that during the troublesome times of the Civil War he loaned that State $600,000 without security at the outbreak of the Rebellion, thereby keeping Indiana in the Lnion. He also rendered valuable aid to the government by his service abroad in explaining and floating the bond issue for war purposes. His son, Charles Lanier, succeeded him but is not ac- tive now, James F. D. Lanier, grandson of the founder, being the present active member of that name. These two with Mr. Richmond and Robert M. Pettit constitute the firm. The house conducts an old fashioned banking business and enjoys a high reputation both in this country and abroad. It is the only financial house on the Street that has operated continuously fo; the same length of time under the one firm name. Mr. Richmond is a member of the Investment Bankers' Association, being one of its Board of Governors and Chairman of the Legislative Com- mittee. In addition to his interest in the firm of Winslow, Lanier & Co., and the Presidency of the Niagara Falls Power Company. Mr. Richmond IS affiliated with many other railway, financial and commercial organizations, being a Director in the American Cotton Oil Company, the Barney Estate Company, the Cleveland and Pittsburgh Railroad Company, the Compuling-Tabulating- Recording Company, the Electric Boat Company, the National Securities Corporation, the Niagara Development Company, the Niagara Junction Rail- way, the Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne & Chicago Rail- way Company and the Haytien-American Corpo- ration. Mr. Richmond is a member of the Harvard and University Clubs, the Down Town Association and the Richmond County Country Club. Mr. Richmond was married in 1897 to May Morrill Dunn, a grand niece of Charles Lanier, and they have three sons. He resides at Dongan Hills, Statcn Island. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 95 Stacy C. Richmond 96 NEIV YORK OLD AND NEW LAWRENCE MERTON JACOBS Prominent among the younger generation of New York bankers is Lawrence M. Jacob?, Presi- dent of the International Bank and a specialist in foreign banking and finance. He was born in Sturgis, Michigan, April 15, 1878, the son of Marion and Sarah (Blue) Jacobs, and was educated in the public schools of Chicago. After graduating from the University of Chicago in 1 899, he obtained a clerkship in the Treasury Department at Washington and in 1 900 went to the Philippines in the government service, be"o'Tli^^ Assistant Statistician of the Islands and later Deputy of the Insular Treasurer. He spent most of his time on special detail as Inspector of Customs Administration and Examiner of Banks and Pro- vincial Treasuries. In June, 1903, he left the Phil- ippines and traveled in China, Japan and Europe. Returning to New York, he became associated with the National City Bank, serving three years in the Bond Department and three years in the Foreign Department. He was then appointed European representative and resided in London until 1915. Upon the purchase of the Inter- national Banking Corporation by the National City Co. he was made Vice-President and was elected President of the International Bank in January, 1916. He maintains his direct association with the National City Bank as a member of the Branch Bank Committee, which has charge of the organization and maintenance of the bank's foreign branches. Mr. Jacobs' ancestors were among the very early settlers in the New England colonies and participated in the Indian and Revolutionary Wars. He is a memfjer of the Beta I heta Pi Fraternity, the Sleepy Hollow Country Club, the Whitehall Club, the New York Genealogical and Biographical Society, the American Academy of Political and Social Science, the Sons of the Revolution, the Society of Colonial Wars, the Pil- grims and is a Fellow of the Institute of Bankers of London. He was married in August. 1906, to Elizabeth Williams, daughter of the late Capt. S. E. Williams of New York City. They have three children, and reside in Bronxville. LEWIS EDMOND WARING Lewis E. Waring, well-known sportsman and member of the prominent banking and brokerage firm of Chandler Bros. & Co., 34 Pine Street, New York City, and I 338 Chestnut Street, Phila- delphia, was born in Philadelphia in 1875. He graduated from the Worcester Academy, Worces- ter, Mass., in 1893, and then entered the e.\- ecutive offices of the Standard Oil Co., New York City. He was far some time Resident Manager of the General Manifolding Co., and later became associated with the banking house of Harvey Fisk 6c Sons, and afterwards a partner in the firm of Edward Sweet & Co. In December, 1914, Mr. Waring and Freder- ick T. Chandler merged the old firm of Edward Sweet & Co. with the banking and brokerage firm of Chandler Bros. & Co., of New York and Philadelphia, forming one of the most energetic and progressive stock and bond houses in the country. Mr. Waring is President and Director of the Cuban Oil Co., a Director of the Chese- brough Manufacturing Co., Wharton Steel Co., Wharton & Northern Railway Co. and Plainfield 1 rust Co., and is Secretary and 1 reasurer of the Manhattan Copper Exploration Co. He is a member of the Brook Club, Vice-President of the Calumet Club, Vice-President and Steward of the United Hunts Racing Association, member of the Piping Rock Racing Association, Rumson Country Club. United Hunts of Virginia, l urf and Field Club, Keswick Hunt Club, of Keswick. Va., Lido Golf Club. Long Beach Baltusvol Golf Club, the Racquet Club of Philadelphia. Pa., and the Metropolitan Club of Washington. Mr. Waring has for many years taken an active interest in amateur racing and has served as an official at many of the most prominent meets. He has acted as judge at horse shows throughout the United States and Canada, and in this con- nection is recognized as most efficient and pains- taking. He was married, October 8, 1901, to Louise Green Fisk and makes his home in Plain- field, N. J., with a summer residence at Rumson. New Jersey. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 97 WALTER EDWIN FREW Walter E. Frew, who at a comparatively early age rose to the Presidency of one of New York's greatest banking institutions, was born in Brook- lyn, N. Y., July 18, 1864. the son of George Edward and Amanda (Crooker) Frew. On the paternal side Mr. Frew is of Scottish extraction and his mother's immediate ancestors were French Huguenots, who came to this country at the time of the revocation of the Edict of Nanteis. He was educated at private and public schools in Brooklyn and began his business career in 1879, with the stock brokerage firm of Shepherd, Knapp & Co., of New York City. He remained with this house until 1885, when he became a clerk in the Eleventh Ward Bank and from that period his advance in financial matters was steady. He became thoroughly conversant with every detail of the busineiss while connected with the Eleventh Ward Bank, and was well equipped for higher positions when he accepted the Cashiership of the Queens County Bank, Long Island City, in 1889. He was advanced to the Presidency in 1 890 and continued as such until I 899 when he was chosen Vice-Preoident of the powerful Corn Exchange Bank, of New York City. Mr. Frew's execu- tive ability and power of direction were of Such a character that he was made President of the bank in 1911, succeeding William A. Nash, who was advanced to the position of chairman of the board. In addition to the Presidency of the Corn Exchange Bank, Mr. Frew is Vice-President and Director of the Corn Exchange Safe Deposit Co., a Director of the Bankers' Trust Co., the Queens County Safe Deposit Co., the Metropolitan Cas- ualty Insurance Co. of New York, the United Button Co., and is a Trustee of the Dry Dock Savings Bank. He was Secretary of the New York Clearing House from 1904 until 1906 and a member of its Loan Committee during the panic of 1907, when aid was rendered to many finan- cial institutions. He is a member of the New York State Bankers' Association, of which he was formerly Secretary, and is an ex-Chairman of Group 7, of Long Island, a branch of the asso- ciation. He is also a member of St. Andrew's Society of New York, the Masonic Fraternity, the Union League, Metropolitan and Lotos Clubs of New York City, and the Garden City, and Gar- den City Golf Club of Garden City. L. I. Mr. Frew was married July 28, 1888. to Ella Louise Carman and they have one daughter, Helen Louise Frew. Mr. Frew's business address is 1 3 William Street and he resides at 1 76 Fulton Street. Hempstead, L. I. DAVIS BARNES One of the most conspicuous figures on the floor of the Stock Exchange is Davis Barnes, successful broker and well-known club man. Mr. Barnes is of commanding physique and jolly temperament and is a raconteur of more than usual ability. His extreme good nature is one of his greatest assets and he is rarely seen without a genial femile and a jocular remark. He was born in New York City in 1859 and received his education in the schools of the metropolis. Immediately after the finish of his studies he entered the employ of Leland Bros., where he quickly learned the details of the brokerage business. He retained this con- nection for two years and in 1 880 began business on his own account. He acquired membership in the New York Stock Exchange and organized the firm of Barnefe Brothers, which for over thirty-five years has conducted a successful general brokerage business. Mr. Barnes gives personal attention to the many customers of the firm and can always be found hard at wcn-k, during business hours, on the tenth floor of the building, 66 Broadway. He is a bachelor and is greatly interested in open air sports. He holds membership in the New York Yacht Club, the Racquet Club, the Brook Club and the Union Club. 98 NEIV YORK^OI.D AND NEW ELBRIDGE GERRY SNOW Fifty-five years of continuous service wilh the Home Insurance Co. makes Elbridgc G. Snow, its President, the dean of fire insurance in this country. Mr. Snow became a clerk in the main office of the company in 1 862, and in the in- tervening yeaos rose through the various positions to that of executive head. He was born January 22, 1841, in Barkhampstead, Conn., and after attending the district and high school, graduated from the Ft. Edward (N. Y.) Institute. He studied law but did not take up its practice, accept- ing instead a position with an insurance firm in \X'aterbury. Conn. In 1862 he came to New York City to fill a clerkship with the Home Insurance Co., and retained that position for nme years when he was sent to Boston, as State Agent for the company for the State of Massachusetts. At the same time he was a member of the firm of Hollis & Snow, which represented some of the best companies doing business in Boston. He returned to New York City in 1 885, to become Secretary of the company, and was advanced to the Vice- Presidency in 1 888. In 1 904 he was chosen President and still fills that important position. Mr. Snow, in addition to this connection, is a Trustee of the New ^'ork Life Insurance Co. and a Director of the American Exchange National Bank, the United States Mortgage and Trust Co., and the Manhattan Railway Co. He is a mem- ber of the Union League, Lotos, Bankers, Sleepy Hollow, Indian Harbor Yacht, and Underwriters' C lubs, till' American Museum ol Natural 1 listory, the Museum of Art. the Municipal Art Society, the New England Society and the Mayflower So- ciety, and other similar associations. SAMUEL McROBERTS A most valuable western contribution to New York City's financial circles is Samuel McRoberts, Executive Manager of the National City Bank, who was born in Malta Bend, Missouri. He was awarded the degrees of A. B. and A. M. by Baker University, (rom which he graduated in 1891, afterwards taking up the study of law at the University of Michigan, obtaining the LL. B. degree in 1893. He practiced his profession lor two years and then became associated with the legal department of Armour & Co. He was eventually transferred to the financial department of the same house and was its 1 reasurer from 1904 until 1909, when he was elected Vice- ,,f the National City Bank. He i? ' li ii.iiMn ol the Board of the National City C'j. uicl .1 Diiertoi of the .American Sugar Refin na C o., Armour (k Co., Baldwin Locomotive Works, Chuago. Milwaukee & St. Paul Railway Co., National Surety Co., Kansas City Southern Rail- way, Virginian Railway Co., German-American Insurance Co. and several other railroad and fi- nancial companies. He is a member of the Kappa Sigma Fraleinity, the Metropolitan, Links and Ra:- quet and renins ('|iil)> of New York City, the Metro|)olitaii ( lul) ol Washington, and the Chi- cago and University C lubs of Chicago. COVERT LE FEVRE GOODLOVE Covert L. Goodlove, who manages the branch office of the Stock Exchange firm of Crawford, Patton & Cannon, in the St. Andrews Hotel, Seventy-second Street and Broadway, is one of the younger coterie of bankers and brokers that has been successful in the financial world. Mr. Goodlove was born in Logan County, Ohio, in 1879, and was educated at the George Wash- ington (formerly Columbian) University, Wash- ington, D. C, from wliicli he graduated in 1899. He took up financi..! pursuils after leaving col- lege and was for some time manager of the West End Branch of the United States Mortgage and Trust Co., New York City. When the Spanish- American war broke out, Mr. Goodlove was only eighteen years of age, yet, despite his youth, he served in the paymaster's department of the U. S. Navy. He is a member of the New Yor'< Athletic, Larchmont Yacht, and Ridgewood Country Clubs of New York, the Hamilton Club of Paterson, N. J., and the Kappa Sigma Fra- ternity. His home is at Ridgewood, N. J., and he has a country residence in Rockland County, New York. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 99 FRANK E. BRIGHTMAN Frank E. Brightman, who after fifteen years' successful practice as a lawyer launched into com- mercial pursuits, was born in Gaylord, Michigan, January 19, 1878. He was educated in the pub- lic schools and the University of Washington, afterwards studying law in the office of Hon. R. A. Ballinger, who was Secretary of the In- terior under President William H. Taft. He was admitted to the bar in January, 1903, and began practice immediately in Seattle, Washington. He soon built up a large clientele and became in- terested in many of Seattle's industries. His ai- tention was finally directed to the possibility of oil land development, through several friends, who were in the banking business and largely inter- ested in the exploitation of Wyoming oil lands. Mr. Brightman made a trip to that state to in- vestigate conditions and found them so satisfactory that he determined to relinquish his legal practice and give his undivided time to the oil business. His repo;t on Wyoming led the syndicate to ac- quire a total of I 1,000 acres of valuable oil lands and ou': of this purchase grew the Allen Oil Com- pany and ihs Wyoming Eastern Oil Company, both of which the syndicate still control, Mr. Brightman being Secretary-Treasurer of the first- named corporation. He later personally acquired valuable trac's of oil land in Kansas, Kentucky and Wyoiring, which are now awaiting develop- ment and give promise of large production. Mr. Brightman came to New York February 2 1 , 1914, in order la be in closer touch with pos- sible investors in oil stocks, it being conceded by financiers that the growing demand for oil makes production companies the best possible investment and that New York is one of the best cities in the country to support absolutely legitimate en- terprise. After coming here Mr. Brightman aided in the organization of the Knickerbocker- Wyoming Oil Company, of which he became Secretary- Treasurer. This company owns valuable acreage in Wyoming and Nebraska and promises to be a large paying proposition. In addition to his in- terest in oil field development, Mr. Brightman is a Director of the Leschi Ice Company, of Seattle, Washington, the Se.nttle Taxicab and Transfer Company, which is one of the largest companies in that line in the Western Country, the Com- mercial Fruit Lands Comjpany of Seattle and Robert A. Grant & Co., Inc., stock brokerage and bond houses in Washington's leading city. He is also a Director in a dozen other commercial en- terprises, all located in Seattle. He is a member of the Phi Delta Theta fraternity, the Arctic Club, the Jefferson Park Golf Club ot Seattle and the Seattle Bar Association. Mr. Bright- man's offices are at 80 Wall Street. 100 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW SCANDINAVIAN The Scandinavian Trust Company, chartered under the banking laws of the State of New "^'ork, was organized to meet the increased financial re- sponsibilities developed as a result of the European war. This institution began busmess at 56 Broad- way on June II, 1917, with a paid-m capital and surplus of $2,500,000. The Scandinavian Trust Company owes its establishment primarily to the thought and efforts of prominent Norwegian bankers, among whom are S. E. Dahl. of the Centralbanken for Norge, Christiania ; G. Kam- / Alexander V. Ostrom strop Hegge. of Den Norske Creditbank of Chris- tiania; Knut Bachke, of the Andresens Bank of Christiania, and Chr. Bonge, of Bergens Kredit- bank, Bergen. 1 hese gentlemen came to this country with that purpose in mind last winter and were successful in interesting New York bankers and business men in the enterprise. The executive head of the new institution is Alexander V. Ost- rom, a former Vice-President of the Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis, which position he resigned to become President of the Scandinavian Trust Company. Mr. Ostrum has been in the banking business for the past twenty years. Shortly after graduating from school he entered the Swed- ish-American National Bank as messenger, and when that institution was merged with the North- western National Bank he became Assistant Cashier. A few years afterward he was advanced to the position of Vice-President. He is well known throughout Minnesota and the Northwest. lUS r COMPANY' B. E. Smythe, Vice-President and Secretary, is President of the Gramatan National Bank, Bronxville, N. Y., and has been in the banking business for the past twenty years in New York City and Westchester County, and is well known to the banking fraternity in the metropolitan district. Maurice F. Bayard, Treasurer of the Indiana Trust Company, Indianapolis, Ind., has recently been elected Treasurer of the Scandinavian Trust Company and will assume his duties with this company on December 1st. Mr. Bayard has been associated for a number of years with banks in St. Louis and Indianapolis, and is well known in these sections. Danforth Cardozo, Assistant Secretary and 1 rust Officer, resigned as Registrar of the Frank- lin Trust Company to accept his present position. The Directors of the Scandinavian Trust Com- pany are : Jobs. Andersen J. Andersen & Co. Knut Bachke Andresens Bank, Christiania Philip G. Bartlett. .Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett Charles E. Bedford . . Vice Pres., Vacuum Oil Co. James F. Bell, Vice-Pres., Washburn-Crosby Co., Minneapolis John E. Berwind, Vice-Pres., Berwind-Whitc Coal Mining Co. R. R. Brown, First Vice-President, American Surety Co. William R. Coe- . .Chairman, Johnson & Higgins Gerhard M. Dahl. Vice-President, Chase National Bank S. E. Dahl. .Centralbanken for Norge, Christiania W. Edward Foster, Treasurer, American Sugar Refining Co. Samuel L. Fuller Kissel, Kinnicutt & Co. Edward F. Geer Shipowner Charles S. Haight . . . .Haight, Sanford & Smith G. Kamstrup Hegge, Den Norske Creditbank. Christiania Edwin O. Holter Attorney Frederick W. Hvoslef . . .Bennett, Hvoslef & Co. N. Bruce MacKelvie Hayden, Stone & Co. Alexander V. Ostrom President Birger Osland. .General Western Agent, Norwe- gian-American Line, Chicago. E. A. Cappelen Smith. . . .Guggenheim Brothers Thomas Thacher. . .Simpson. I hacher & Bartlett Niel A. Weathers. . .Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett The company also has a Norwegian Advisory Board, which is composed of the following gentle- men : Chr. Bonge Bergens Kreditbank, Bergen Kr. Jebsen Bergens Privatbank, Bergen E. Skogstad, Christiania Bank of Kreditkasse, Christiania Chr. I haulow. Den Nordenfjeldske Kreditbank, Trondhjem. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 101 JOSEPH TRUn T TALBER l Joseph T. Talbert, Vice-President of the Na- tional City Bank, had a wide and varied ex- perience in financial matters before permanently locating in New York City. He was born in Hardy, Mississippi, August 15, 1866, the son of James S. and Margaret (Gattis) Talbert. Af- ter a two year term at the University of Missis- sippi, he became, in 1887, Assistant Cashier and later Cashier of the San A.ngelo (Texas) National Bank. He retained this connection until 1 889, when he was made Assistant Cashier and subse- quently Vice-President of the Farmers' National Bank, of Fort Worth, Texas. He resigned this position in 1894 to become National Bank Ex- aminer for the west and southwest district, com- prising Texas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Colorado, A.rkansas, New Mexico, Arizona, Utah, Wyom.- ing, Wisconsin and Minnesota, with headquarters at Chicago. He was appointed Receiver of the Union National Bank of Denver in 1895, and of the American National Bank, of the same city, m 1896. During 1896 and 1897 he was National Bank Examiner in Chicago. He then served as Cashier of the Commercial National Bank of Chicago from 1897 until 1904 and Vice- President of the same institution until 1909, since which time he has been Vice-President of the National City Bank and a Director of the Con- tinental and Commercial National Bank, formerly the Commercial National, of Chicago. Mr. Tal- bert was President of the Chicago Clearing House Association, 1908-9, and has been a mem- ber of the Currency Commission of the American Bankers' Association since 1906. He is a mem- ber of the Chi Psi Fraternity, a thirty-second de- gree Mason and a Shriner. His club affiliations are the Metropolitan, Union League of New York City, the Chicago, University, and Chicago Golf of Chicago, of which he was at one time President; Golf Clubs, Apawamis, Sleepy Hollow. Garden City, Nassau, Piping Rock and National Golf Links. GEORGE MASON LA MONTE George M. La Monte, prominent in the political affairs in New Jersey, was born in Danville, Vir- ginia, June 4, 1 863. His education was received at Columbia College and Wesleyan University. He is President of George La Monte & Son, paper manufacturers, and of George La Monte & Son, Ltd., Toronto, Canada, and is Presi- dent of the First National Bank, of Bound Brook, N. J. He was elected to the New- Jersey Assembly in 1910 and the following year was appointed Commissioner of Banking and Insurance by Governor Wilson and reappointed by Governor Fielder. He served as Vice-Chair- man of the Federal Reserve Bank of Phila- delphia for a year, but became ineligible for the position when the New Jersey banks were trans- ferred to the New York zone. He is Treasurer of the Westerly Gardens Corporation, which is engaged in building model homes for workingmen at Bound Brook, N. J., and is a member of many clubs. 102 NEW YORK OLD AND NEW THEODORE H. BANKS Through the whole of his business career Mr. Theodore H. Banks has been immersed in the larger activities of the financial district of the metropolis. Identified practically from the first \\ith Harvey Fisk and Sons he was a member of that firm during the period of its greatest expansion and development and took a conspicuous part in many of its most momentous financial undertakings — opera- tions of almost epoch-making magnitude and sig- nificance upon the successful handling of which securely rests the present high standing and repu- tation, in New York and throughout the country, of the name of Harvey Fisk and Sons. Mr. Banks' training and experience have given him an excep- tionally thorough grasp of the multiplicity of intri- cate problems encountered in the world of modern finance, in their relation to the country's indus- trial, transportation and kindred enterprises; and as a Vice-President of the American Exchange National Bank and as a Director of a number of other important corporations, his influence con- tinues to be exerted in these fields of endeavor. Theodore H. Banks was born in the City of New York, December 23, 1866. His father was Edward M.. and his mother Maria B. (Fleet) Banks; both parents being descended from Eng- lish ancestry. Mr. Banks received his educational training in the public and in private schools in New York City. He entered upon his career in the financial cir- cles of New York as a clerk in the employ of Fisk and Hatch. His next experience was gained as a clerk with the firm of Harvey Fisk and Sons, of which concern he later became a member; and in this capacity played a leading part in the di- rection of its affairs during the succeeding twenty- one years. At the close of this period, in 1915, he retired from active business. In October, 1916, Mr. Banks was chosen a Vice-President of the American Exchange Na- tional Bank, and in addition to holding this office he is a Trustee of the North River Savings Bank, a Director of the Commercial Union Fire Insurance Company of New York, of the Taylor- Wharton Iron and Steel Company and of the General Baking Company. Mr. Banks' clubs include Union League, Met- ropolitan, the Bankers' Club of New York City, and the Rumson Country Club, of Rumson, New Jersey. He was married January 23, 1895, to Miss Maude A. Bowers, and has two sons — Theodore H., Jr., and W. Dinsmore Banks. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 103 J. H. FULTON In keeping with its policy to have the best finan ciers in the country direct its various departments the National City Bank recently secured the serv ices of J. H. Fulton as one of its Vice-Presidents Mr. Fulton's fitness for the position is unquestioned as few bankers in the country have had the train- ing that brought him to leadership in the financial circles of New Orleans, La., where he was Presi- dent of the Commercial National Bank and the Commercial Trust and Savings Bank. Mr. Fulton is still a young man, despite the fact that his banking experience extends over a period of thirty-five years. 1 wenty years of this time was spent as the executive head of banking in- stitutions of New Orleans and although a Cana- dian by birth, it was in the Southern city that he attained a national reputation as a banker. Mr. Fulton was born in Cote Des Neiges. Mon- treal. He began his banking experience as an employe of the Merchants' Bank of Canada in 1883. After four years with the Merchants' Bank he entered the employ of the Canadian Bank of Commerce, where to all intents and purposes he remained until he joined the staff of the Na- tional City Bank. That was because the Com- mercial National Bank of New Orleans is a de- velopment from a branch bank established in New Orleans by the Canadian Bank of Commerce in 1898 with Mr. Fulton as Manager. He organ- ized the Commercial National Bank in 1901 and the trust company in 1 902. He was Manager of both institutions for ten years before he was elected President. Mr. Fulton also organized other banks. He is President of the First National Bank of McComb, Miss., and a Director of the Commercial National Bank of Rayne, La., which he organized in 1902. Mr. Fulton has been active in the councils of both State and National bankers. He is a former President of Louisiana Bankers' Association, of which he was also Chairman of the Executive Council; Vice-President of the New Orleans Clear- ing House Association, and is Chairman of the Legislative Committee of the American Bankers' Association. In addition, Mr. Fulton is identified with a number of the important industrial enter- prises of New Orleans. He is President of the Audubon Golf Club and Chairman of the Finance Committee of the New Orleans Country Club. 104 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW JOHN BORG Experience alone does not always bring success in financial pursuits for there are thousands in the field who occupy mediocre positions because they possess but this one requisite. It is the man who has wide knowledge, gained by years of associa- tion with monied affairs, and possesses in addition a keen foresight, a shrewd knowledge of the mar- ket and an inherent executive ability who rises above the ordinary. This at least has been the experience of John Borg, who started in a humble position with a financial firm and rose to be a specialist in bond issues and a dominant figure in the financing of big corporations. Mr. Borg was born in Union Hill, New Jersey, May 24, 1883, and after education at the public schools and graduation from the High School be- gan his business career as a quotation boy on the New York Curb for the Stock Exchange firm of Williamson & Squire in March, 1899. He was trading for his firm two years later and in 1902 his aptitude and quick grasp of conditions led to his selection as specialist in the common and pre- ferred issues of the American Can Company's stock. He continued in this position until 1907. when the issues were listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The next move of Mr. Borg in the financial field was in the development, for the same firm, of a large general trading business in the underly- ing securities of the Public Service Corporation of New Jersey. This work kept him busy until 1908, when he decided to divert his tastes for financial pursuits to his own use and accordingly started in business for himself, with a membershit) in the New York Curb Market Association. Mr. Borg's experience with the firm of Williamson & Squire had been varied and useful. It had con- vinced him that he possessed the necessary qualifi- cations for organization work and in the nine years that have passed since he began operating for him- self he has figured in some most important work. He was one of the pioneers in developing the pri- vate banking business to extend credit to brokers on collateral not acceptable in general banking loans, thus extending facilities to Curb brokers which helped greatly in the development of the New York Curb Market. Early in 1916 he added to his business of financing individuals and firms the financing of corporations. During this period he successfully financed three corpora- tions which have been notable successes in then respective fields. These were the Federal Oil Company, the Big Ledge Copper Company and the Great Western Smelter Corporation. Mr. Borg has a great amount of similar work under consideration and he is recognized on the Street as an expert in this phase of the business, possess- ing the seeming power to instantly see the possibil- ities of a submitted proposition and to act quickly and decisively. Mr. Borg is a progressive Re- publican in politics and has no club affiliations. His offices are at 30 Broad Street. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 105 Metropolitan Life Insurance Building and Madison Square 106 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 107 ALFRED H. EBERT Alfred H. Ebert, who has been unusually suc- cessful in financial affairs since coming to New York three years ago, was born in Arcadia, Mich- igan, February 26, 1884. He was educated in public and private schools. After finishing his education he went to Milwaukee, Wis., and secured a position with the Allis-Chalmers Com- pany, which he retained until I 908. His inclina- tion being for a financial career, his first connection with New York banking was begun with the house of Henry L. Doherty & Co., where he re- mained for five years. This was his first entry in- to the New York financial field and after a service of five years with this house, he decided to embark in business on his own account. He organized the firm of Alfred H. Ebert & Co., with offices at 60 Broadway, in 1914, and since that tune has been an active figure in the investment, security and brokerage line. One of the largest transactions of this house was the underwriting in May, 1917, of $1,000,000 seven per cent, preferred stock of the Knickerbocker- Wyoming Oil Company, in which Mr. Ebert is one of the largest stockholders. The firm of which Mr. Ebert is the senior member has been very successful. It has a large clientele and in addition to the transaction for the Knickerbocker- Wyoming Oil Co. has handled some very important financial deals. The male members of Mr. Ebert's family, both on the pa- ternal and maternal sides, have been very success- lul in business and all have accumulated large fortunes, several of them being rated as mil- lionaires. They have all been engaged in dredging, dock and ship building, structural iron and steel manu- facturing and have successfully conducted some of the largest operations in the Middle West. In addition to his interest in the firm which he or- ganized and the Knickerbocker- Wyoming Oil Company, Mr. Ebert is a Director in the Arcadia Furniture Company and the Henry Starke Land & Lumber Co. of Arcadia, Michigan. Both these companies are dividend paying and Mr. Ebert and other members of his family are the majority stockholders. He is also one of the largest stockholders in the Arcadia & Betsey River Railroad Company, an organization con- trolled by the Henry Starke Land & Lumber Company. Mr. Ebert is a Republican in politics but has never been a candidate for public office. While a resident of Milwaukee he was a member of all the leading clubs and since his residence in New York City has joined a number of social, civic and business bodies. 108 NEW YORK-OLD AND NEW WILLIAM STAKE & CO. INC. Over a half century of business, conducted along lines of undeviating honor and strict integ- rity, has given William Stake & Co., Inc., the highest reputation among insurance men and the various commercial houses and maritime interests with whom they come in contact. The firm is one ol the oldest m its line in New York City, the business having been established by William Stake in 1 860. He was rated as an expert in- surance man and the business grew to large pro- portions in the forty-five years that he was active. He died in 1 905 and the business was taken over by his son-in-law. Otto P. Heyn, who conducted it until the incorporation of the present company in 1913, Mr. Heyn dying two years later. Un- der the mcorporation O. H. Wipprecht became President, Otto P. Heyn, a grandson of the founder, became one of the Vice-Presidents, as representative of his father's and grandfather's in- terest, the other Vice-Presidents being W. J. Bel- Imgham and Frederick Miller. William E. Heyn was chosen Treasurer and William H. Ben- nett, Secretary. Under the guidance of these gentlemen the traditions of the old house have been upheld and no concern in the Ime enjoys a better reputation than William Stake & Co., Inc. The business conducted is purely on a brokerage basis and includes the placing of marine and fire in- surance, the marine end predominating although the company numbers some of the largest com- mercial houses among its clients in fire risks. The marine business includes the placing of insurance on vessels of all kinds and tonnage, to and from any part of the world. Since the incorporation of the firm the business has grown enormously, partly due to the efforts of the officers and efficient aids and to the changed conditions brought about by the European war, which increased the demand for maritime insurance at advanced rates. Of the men now directing the business of William Stake & Co., Inc., Mr. Wipprecht, the President, who came to New York in I 900, has been in the in- surance business here and abroad since I 894. He IS thoroughly experienced in insurance work and gives his personal attention to every detail of the business. Mr. Heyn, Vice-President, although com- paratively new to the line, has shown a remark- able tendency to grasp conditions and will doubt- less develop a knowledge of the business that will make him a worthy representative of the founder. Mr. Miller, another of the Vice-lPresidents, has also been in the business for many years and brought a most useful knowledge to the organiza- tion. The offices occupied by William Stake & Co., Inc., are located in the building 80 Maiden Lane. They include several large communicating offices, handsomely furnished and thoroughly equipped with modern devices for the expeditious handling of the immense volume of business pass- ing through the company's hands, which requires the services of an exceptionally big office force. While the offices are the scene of great activity, there is no indication of hurry and bustle, the methodical business arrangements suggesting rather conservatism and dignity in operation. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 109 WOOLWORTH BUILDING A Fifty-five Story Structure Which Leads the World in Height of Office Buildings. ^EW YORK^OLD AND NEW CHARLES A. ORR Charles A. Orr, Manager of the Marine De- partment of the National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, was formerly a member of the firm of F. Herrmann & Co., which represented the National Union Company and two leading German organizations in the same line. By the President's proclamation of July 1 3, the United States branches of these two German com- panies, the Mannheim Insurance Company and the Nord-Deutsche Insurance Company, were prohib- ited from continuing to insure against marine and war risks and in consequence F. Herrmann & Co., the manager of these companies, decided to cease writing all kinds of insurance. I he firm had been appointed marine managers oi the National Union Company on June I , but upon ihe issuance of the President's proclamation it was decided that the company's interests would be best served under the management of an American citi- zen and Mr. Orr was tendered the position of Manager. Upon his acceptance of this appointment he at once retired from the firm of F. Herrmann & Co., and took up his duties as Manager of the Marine Department with offices at 43 Exchange Place. Mr. Orr has been in the insurance business for fourteen years and is thoroughly equipped to make a success in his new position. View ot Wal! Street. South Side. Looking West Prom Pearl Street— 18b6 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW III ARTHUR HALE TITUS Arthur H. Titus, recently advanced from an assistant cashiership to the position of General Superintendent of South American Branches of the City Bank, has had a wide and varied experience in the financial field. Mr. Titus was born in Mercer County, New Jersey, and was educated in the public and high schools of Brooklyn. Shortly after the completion of his studies he be- came a messenger for the Mercantile National Bank in I 890. A few years later he was made Receiving Teller of the Hide and Leather Bank, at that time located m the "Swamp," by which title the leather district is familiarly known. In January, 1 898, he was appointed Assistant Note Teller and Coupon Clerk of the City Bank. He was later made Note Teller and filled various positions until January 8, 1907, when he became an Assistant Cashier. In order to familiarize Mr. 1 itus with the general banking conditions in cities where the City Bank has branches he was sent on a tour of the South American branches in 1915 and did much to further the organization of the rapidly-growing branch at Buenos Aires. He was absent nine months and shortly after his re- turn was appointed to his present position, which necessitates his residence in South America. Mr. Titus was one of the organizers and first President of the City Bank Club and is a member of its Advisory Committee. CLINTON M. HALL Clinton M. Hall, member of the New York Stock Exchange, who is connected with tTie bank- ing firm of W. C. Langley & Co., 1 15 Broad- way, was born in New Orleans, La.. March 8. 1877. He attended St. Paul's .school and afterwards graduated from Yale University, class of '99. His first connection was in the financial field where he displayed such ability that he soon became the representative of W. C. Langley & Co. on the floor of the Exchange. Mr. Hall IS descended from old and distin- guished Southern families, the maternal branch in- cluding among its connections Thomas Lynch, Jr., one of the signers of the Declaration of Independ- ence, and General George Washington. In addition to his interest in the firm of W. C. Langley & Co., Mr. Hall is a Director of the Montana, Wyoming & Southern Railroad Com- pany and the Motom Motor Company. WILLIAM JAY GILPIN William Jay Gilpin, Manager of the New York Clearing House, has been connected with that institution since leaving school in 1877. He was born in New York City, August 28, 1860, the son of John and Mary (Dowdall) Gilpin, and was educated in the public schools. Directly after finish- ing his studies Mr. Gilpin entered the employ of the New ^'ork Clearing House in a minor capacity and was promoted to the position of tell- er in 1889, Assist- ant Manager in 1892 and Manager in 1917. He was associated with the loan committees of 1884, 1890, 1893, 1907 and 1914. He is a Trustee of the Brevoort Savings Bank. He was for over ten years a member of the 7th Regiment, N. G. N. Y., being first sergeant of Company E upon his retirement, and was one of the founders and editors of the 7th Regiment Gazette. Mr. Gilpin is a member of the Chamber of Commerce, the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. Brooklyn League, 7th Regiment Veterans' Associa- tion, the Lincoln and Crescent Athletic Clubs oi Brooklyn, the Bankers' Club of America, and Flushing Country Club. 112 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW Russell A. Cowles A Leading Member of the Copper and Brass Industry of America. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 113 RUSSEL ABERNETH^' COWLES Mr. Russel Abernelhy Cavvles comes of a fam- ily which has been identified with the brass and copper industry of this country since the early sixties. George P. Cowles, his grandfather, be- came associated with Phelps, Dodge & Co. and represented their interests in the manufacture ol copper, and later in the manufacture of brass, at Ansonia, Conn. At the time of his death he was President of The Ansonia Brass & Copper Co. He was succeeded by his son, the late Alfred A. Cowles, father of Russel A. Cowles. Alfred A. Cowles was also President of The Ansomia Clock Company at the time of his death. When The Ansonia Brass & Copper Co. was taken over by 1 he American Brass Co. he became a Vice-Presi- dent of that corporation. Russel Abernethy Cowles started in business in 1893, at the age of 19. with The .Ansonia Brass & Copper Co. In the course of time he was made Treasurer of the company, and later a Vice- President of The American Brass Co. He re- signed from the last-named company on Sept. I , 1915, and accepted the office of Vice-President of the Buffalo Copper & Brass Rolling Mill. This corporation was reorganized by Mr. William A. Morgan, its President, and Mr. Cowles. They built the largest independent brass mill in the coun- try and, after breaking all records in the produc- tion of brass for war purposes, finally in June, 1917, sold the plant to The American Brass Company. Early in 1915 Mr. Cowles organized 1 he Metals Trading Corporation, of which he is Presi- dent and owner. He is also President of The Ansonia Clock Co., The Sandusky Foundry & Machine Co. and the Coastwise Warehouses, Inc. He is Vice-President of the Coronet Phosphate Co., the International Fabricating Corporation and the Cyclops Steel Co. The New York clubs to which Mr. Cowles belongs are the Metropolitan, Union League, New York ^'acht, Down Town Association and India House. NEWMAN ERB Newman Erb, who through his knowledge of the law pertaining to railroad management, both executive and advisory, gravitated to the manage- ment of many .oads and financial institutions, was born June 16, 1850, in Breslau, Germany, the son of Adolph L. and Esther (Peck) Erb. When three years old he was brought to this country by his parents and was educated at pri- vate and public schools in St. Louis and at the St. Louis High School. He studied law and after admission to the bar took up the practice of his profession, in which he continued unt'J 1902, specializing in corporation work- 1 his, naturally, brought him in touch with many large corporations and created a new field of activity. He was Receiver of the Memphis, Selma & Bruns- wick R. R. Co., now part of the Frisco System, in 1885-6, and acted as General Attorney for the Arkansas, Tennessee & Mississippi, and the Kan- sas City, Fort Scott & Memphis Railroads from 1881 until 1886. From that period until 1888 he was President of the Western Telegraph Co., since absorbed by the Western Union Telegraph Co. He was President and Receiver of the Kansas City, Wyandotte & Northwestern R. R. Co., and the Kansas City & Beatrice R. R. Co., now part of the M. P. Railway, from 1 887 to 1892, and in the latter year was Vice-President of the Meriden & Connecticut R.R. Co., which was afterwards merged with the N.Y.,N.H. & H. lines, and Receiver of the Chattanooga South- ern Railroad Co. Mr. Erb was Vice-President of the Pere Marquette Railroad Co., and Pres- ident and Constructor of the St. Louis, Memphis & Southeastern Railroad, now part of the Frisco System, in 1 896-8. He was also President and Director of the Wisconsin Central Railroad Co., from December, 1908, to April, 1909. Mr. Erb's interests are most varied at the present time and in addition to railroads include copper companies and industrial and financial concerns. He is President and Director of the Ann Arbor R. R. Co., the Denver & Salt Lake R. R. Co., ihe Iowa Central R. R. Co., ex-President of the Minneapolis & St. Louis R. R. Co., Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Middletown & Unionville R. R. Co., Director of the Tennessee, Alabama & Georgia R. R. Co., President and Director of the Railroad Securities & Investment Co., Director of the British Columbia Copper Co., Vice-President and Director of the New Domin- ion Copper Co., and the Hall Switch & Signal Co. Mr. Erb's offices are at 42 Broadway and his home address is 15 West Fifty-fifth Street. 114 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW MR HAKL IDVORSKY PUPIN Dr. Michael I. Pupin, who has attained cel- ebrity for his contributions to the science of long distance communication, was born in Banat, Hun- gary, in 1858 and came to this country a poor and unknown Serbian boy. He was educated at Co- lumbia University, graduating with the B. A. de- gree in 1883 and was awarded the Ph. D. degree by the University of Berlin in 1889. His alma mater conferred the D. Sc. degree upon him in I 904 and Johns Hopkins University gave him the honorary degree of Doctor of Laws. He has made discoveries and inventions in the electrical field and has published numerous papers relating to his research work along this line, his honorary degrees bemg principally in recognition of his serv- ices in the perfection of the long distance tele- phone. He now occupies the chair of electro- mechanics at Columbia University and is Director of the Phoenix research laboratories in the same institution and his work in these connections has attracted international attention. Dr. Pupin was married in London, England, in I 888, to Katherine Jackson of New York City, who died leaving one daughter, Varvara Ivanka Pupin. He is a member of the American Phil- osophical Society, the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, the National Academy of Sciences and the University Club. In recognition of his valuable services and to commemorate the com- pletion of a quarter of a century of active work for Columbia University, the Alumni Association ol the School ol Mines, Engineering and Chem- istry tendered him a banquet February 19, 1917, at which many eminent men paid tribute to his genius. Dr. Pupin has a summer home at Nor- walk. Conn., and is devoted to dairy farming and gardening. CHAUNCE^' MI TCHELL DEPEW Hon. Chauncey M. Depew, who has been prominent in National, State and Municipal affairs for over half a century, was born in Peekskill, N. v., April 23, 1834, and graduated from Yale College in 1856, with the honorary degree of LL. D. He began the practice of law in 1859 and in 1866 was appointed attorney for the New York and Harlem Railroad Co., becoming Gen- eral Counsel for the New York Central and Hud- son River Railroad Co. in 1875 and since that time has been identified with that company and various other railroads of the Vanderbilt system. He was made President of the company in 1885 and resigned in 1 899 to become Chairman of the Board of Directors of the New York Central, Lake Shore and New York, Chicago and St. Louis Railroad companies. He was a member of the Assembly in 1861-62 and was elected Secretary of State in 1863, but declined to serve. He filled many other positions in the State Govern- ment and was elected U. S. Senator in 1 899 and 1905. Mr. Depew is famous as an orator and NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 115 has made many nommatmg speeches. He is in- terested in a score of philanthropic and betterment associations and is a member of the Century, Met- ropolitan, Union League, University, St. Nicholas, Lotos, Republican, Transportation, Lawyers, Tux- edo, Riding, Yale, New York Yacht, Ardsley, Players and Strollers Clubs of New York City and the Metropolitan Country, Chevy Chase and Alibi Clubs of Washington, D. C. JOHN C. JUHRING John C. Juhring, of Francis H. Leggett & Company, the proprietors of Premier Brand Pure Food Products, known throughout the civilized world, was born in New York City. His early education was received in Mount Washington Col- legiate Institute. His rise to commercial promi- nence began with youth's search for an opportunity to demonstrate what qualities it might possess. He applied for a position; Francis H. Leggett gave him employment and he became a clerk. He served through various clerical positions and afterward was made Cashier, then a Department Manager and finally was given an interest in the business and later on a partnership. When the firm was made a corporation he was elected its Vice-President. In February, 1910, shortly after Mr. Leggett's death, he was unanimous- ly elected President by the directors. A move- ment was started among the citizens of New York for the formation of a merchants' as- sociation and Mr. Juhring became a charter mem- ber inasmuch as he was one always to be identified with a constructive morvement. The Merchants' Association of the City of New York was founded and Mr. Juhring was elected Vice-President at its inception, where he served for five consecutive terms during 1898-1903. He is a Director of the Coal and Iron National Bank; a Trustee of the Citizens' Savings Bank, and a Director in other enterprises. Mr. Juhring is a Republican. His clubs are the Merchants, Ardsley-on-the-Hudson, Union League, New York Athletic, and New York Press. He is fond of travel and has made many trips to Europe. Though a conseivative and self-contained man he has a most cheery and considerate disposition, and the trait for which he is most conspicuous is his enthusiasm, which he seems to have as a gift, and the natural ability to impart it to those who are associated with him. Fhose who know Mr. Juhring best say that it is the sum of his many pleasant sides which has gained for him the esteem and respect of the busi- ness world. Mr. Juhring was married to Miss Frances Bryant Fisher of New York, who is a member of the Society of Colonial Dames, Colony Club, and also a member of the Daughters of the American Revolution. They have one son, John C. Juhring, 3rd, born August 30, 1902. His residence is Dobb's Ferry, N. Y., and he Hves on Park Avenue, New York, during the winter months. CHARLES A. KITTLE Charles A. Kittle, who is interested in the development of Western copper mining propositions, was born in New York City, August 15, 1867. He was educated in the public schools, afterwards attending a business college in Oberlin, Ohio, and began his active business career in 1 883 with the firm of J. Kennedy Tod & Co. In 1902 he associated with Stephen H. iP. Pell in the forma tion of the cotton brokerage firm of S. H. Pell & Co. and continued this connection until 1914, when the firm was compelled to retire from business, the outbreak of the European War badly affecting cotton, of which S. H. P. Pell & Co. were large holders. Always interested in mining, Mr. Kittle turned his attention to that field exclusively and is now President of the Consolidated Arizona Smelt- ing Company and Vice-President of the Ohio Cop- per Co. of Utah. Mr. Kittle is also Director in a half dozen other mining and commercial com- panies. He is a member of the Society of Co- lonial Wars, in which his ancestors, who came to this country from Holland in 1630, took part. 1 hey were also prominent in the social and political life of that period and later on. His offices are at 43 Exchange Place. 116 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW DR. EDWARD GOODRICH ACHFSON Dr. Edward G. Acheson, whose achievements along scientific hnes have brought him fame at home and abroad, is still actively engaged m research work and is now completing an invention that will be as valuable to the householder as his previous discoveries were to the commercial and industrial world. Dr. Acheson was born March 9. 1856, at Washington, Pa., and after only three years' schooling was engaged in various pur- suits, including civil engineering on railroad con- struction. In the fall of 1880 he became assistant to Thomas A. Edison, in whose interest he went to Europe, and while there installed the first incandescent plants in Italy, Belgium and Hol- land. Upon his return to this country he became Super- intendent of the Consolidated Lamp Co., of Brooklyn, and later electrician of the Standard NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 117 Underground Cable Co. In 1891 Dr. Acheson discovered carborundum, the greatest and most effective abrasive known to the world, and organ- ized the Carborundum Company for its manu- facture. His first product of this material wa? carried in a small phial in his vest pocket and sold to a Maiden Lane jeweler. Had the price he received for this been maintained it would have made him a Croesus as the output of the company is now over 15,000,000 pounds annually. Another industry that he created was the manu- facture of graphite and the Acheson Graphite Co., of which he is President, now manufactures about 40,000,000 pounds of this useful product annually. Another of Dr. Acheson's invention? was a method of extractmg metallic silicon from ordinary sand. Among his other discoveries was the production of a fine lubricating graphite and the deflocculation of inorganic amorphous bodies. His defloccuiated graphite in lubricating oil, which he terms "Oildag," will extend the use of lubricating oils four times while "Aquadag," a combination of water and defloccuiated graphite, gives better lubrication than the best oils. Among the other discoveries that Dr. Acheson has given to the commercial and industrial world are: Gredag, Siloxicon, Egyptianized Clay, Acheson Ink for printers' use and the Acheson Filter. The last-named invention will make it impossible, when used in the household, for a germ to get into the drinking water. It makes water absolutely sterile, as shown by tests, and it is Dr. Acheson's intention to give it to the public at the cost of manufacture. This will make it possible for every householder to install one and thus prevent the spread of contagious diseases. Dr. Acheson's entire life has been one of intense activity. He has been an indefatigable worker, yet has found time to lecture on various subjects that have come to his notice while travelling. Recently he ap- peared before the Foreign Affairs Committee of the House of Representatives, in session at Niagara Falls, and took a determined stand against the movement to stop the use of the Niagara current for the creation of power, contending that the country's coal supply would be exhausted in one hundred years and that the supply should be con- served. He held it as a crime against posterity that this great natural, inexhaustible resource should be preserved for its scenic beauty while the exhaustion of the country's coal supply was immi- nent. Dr. Acheson concluded his remarks with the trite question, "Is it not the full and economic use of the inexhaustible for the exhaustible that constitutes the true conservation of our natural resources?" His remarks were printed in the Congressional Record and brought letters of com- mendation from many members of the committee. Dr. Acheson's investigations showing that graphite would increase the efficiency of a rifle led him to present several thousand cases to the Imperial Russian Government, for which he received the thanks of the Czar. He also gave the use of his beautiful house in Regent Square, London, to be used as a hospital until the conclusion of the war. Among the many honors that had been con- ferred upon Dr. Acheson the following may be mentioned : Grand Prix, Exposition Universelle Inter- nationale, 1900, for Carborundum and Artificial Graphite. Grand iPrize, Louisiana Purchase Exposition, i 904, for Carborundum and Artificial Graphite. Count Rumford Premium, American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1908, for New Industrial Products of the Electric Furnace. The degree of Sc. D., conferred by the Univer- sity of Pittsburgh, Pa., Feb. 12th, 1909. The Perkin Research Medal awarded by Perkin Medal Committee, January 21st, 1910. On July 17, 1914, the King of Sweden created Dr. Acheson a Knight of the Order of the Royal Polar Star, in recognition of his discoveries and inventions. He is an Honorary Member of the Russian Imperial Technical Society; an Honorary Mem- ber of the Swedish Technological Society; a Life Member of the Royal Institution. London, Eng- land; a Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science; Past-President of the American Electrochemical Society; and a Member of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, the Society Chemical Industry, the American Chemical Society, the American Mining Congress, the American Ceramic Society, the Franklin Institute, the Royal Society of Arts, Eng- land, University Club of Washington, D. C, Engineers' and Chemists' Clubs of New York, Buffalo Club of Buffalo, N. Y., Niagara Club of Niagara Falls, N. Y., New York Press Club of New York, Automobile Club of America of New York. 118 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW ellAKLES J. WELC H Charles J. Welch, head of the sugar importing firm of Welch, Fairchild & Co. and connected with other commercial enterprises, was born in San Francisco, California, m 1875, the son of Andrew Welch, who was one of the early mer- chants engaged in the importation of sugar from the H.iwaiian Islands. After being educated in the city of his birth, Mr. Welch, in 1896, became associated with Welch & Co., his father's firm, where he gained a most comprehensive knowledge of the business. He came to New York in 1898 and in 1912 organized the firm of Welch, Fair- child & Co. of New York and Manila, which is engaged in the importation of raw sugar and the exportation of sugar supplies and machinery. He is Vice-President of the Mindoro Company, a New Jersey corporation, organized in 1910, which conducts a large sugar business with the Philippine Islands and has been President of the Cape Cruz Company since its organization, the latter company operating in Cuba. In the Mindoro Company, Mr. Welch is associated with Mr. Horace Hav- emeyer, and they hold, under a franchise granted to George Fairchild, 55,000 acres of land in Min- doro. This franchise permits the holders to form a corporation to purchase the vast sugar lands in the Island of Mindoro, now held by Welch and Havemeyer. A part of the land is under cul- tivation and a large sugar mill has been erected at Mangarin, Mindoro, to supply material. It is their desire to dispose of their acreage and devote their time entirely to milling. This will be ac- complished by selling out to the new corporation, in which at first they will be the principal stock- holders. The franchise will be of great ad- vantage to smaller companies and individuals. It provides that no corporation may hold over 2, 500 acres of land and that the holding company must be prepared to sell all the land within a pe- riod of thirty years and the land thus sold must be prepared for cultivation and given an irrigation system. This partition of the land will surround the mill with hundreds of small farmers, who will be supplied by the milling corporation with ade- quate farming facilities, and who will in turn sup- ply the mill with cane. A Filipino sugar cane ex- pert will also be employed by the corporation to give free advice to all purchasers of the land. The prevailing prices of sugar will give the larrn- ers, who were penniless three years ago, ,ui o|>' portunity to own their land, free of encumbrance, within the coming year. This project has aroused unbounded enthusiasm throughout the island where the promoters are hailed as philanthropists, the natives seeing in the work a possible solution of the difficulty of getting capital to exploit the un- developed lands. Mr. Welch IS vitally interested in the Min- doro proposition and gives every detail of the work close supervision. His offices are at 1 38 Front Street and since becoming a resident of New York City he has been elected to membership in the India House and New York Yacht Club. JAMES L. WELLS James L. Wells, Treasurer of the State of New York and familiarly referred to as "The Father of The Bronx", was born in West Farms, and was graduated from Columbia University. He rep- resented The Bronx in the Board of Aldermen fo; three terms. He was three times a member oi the State Assembly and a Commissioner, and President of the Department of Taxes and Assess- ments of The City of New York. He was a member of the Charter Revision Commission, and for several years a city and state representative to the National River and Harbor Congress and Atlantic Deeper Waterways Conventions. At the time of his election as Treasurer of the State of New York he was President of the James L. Wells Company, real estate and appraisals. No. 141 Broadway. He is also President of the New York Real Estate Salesroom and was one of the founders of the Twenty-third Ward Bank, The Dollar Savings Bank, and The Bronx Board of Trade, and its President for six terms. Streets of New York— A Hot Day. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 119 120 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW CHARLES SCHENCK BRADLEY The question of food conservation now agitating the world is not of such vital importance as that of continuous and prolific crop production, which can be secured only by the soil being annually treated with nitrate of soda. This chemical is being rapidly exhausted but it is being replaced by an inexhaustible supply of nitrogen obtained from the air by a process discovered by Charles S. Bradley and D. R. Lovejoy and now in operation at Niagara Falls. The process consists in the production of a large number of electric arcs or flames in a confined space, through which a regu- lated amount of air to be burned can be passed continuously, this air emerging from the apparatus laden with nitric oxides and peroxides, as the re- sult of the combustion, and ready for treatment and collection. This solves the question of a fu- ture nitrate of soda and insures the world contin- uous crop production. 1 his is but one ol the many useful discoveries Mr. Bradley has made during his research work, which has been principal- ly in the field of electricity. He was born at Vic- tor, Ontario County, New York, April 12, 1853, the son of Alonzo and Sarah (Schenck) Brad- ley. The maternal ancestry dates back to 789, when Edgar de Schencken was Imperial Sen- eschal to Charlemagne. The American branch of the Schenck family was established by two broth- ers, descendants of Schenck van Nydeck, of Hol- land, who settled in Bushwick and Flatland, Long Island, in 1650. The original family name of the paternal side was Foskett, whose English progeni- tors settled in Charlestown, Massachusetts, in 1648. By act of legislature the name was changed in 1820, to Bradley. After a grammar school and university training Mr. Bradley became associated with Thomas A. Edison in 1880 and for three years was intimately connected with that dis- tinguished scientist. He then organized his own laboratory and developed the multiphase transmis- sion of power. This work led to his becoming associated with the General Electric Company and eventually the Ampere Electro-Chemical Company, of which he is President. Mr. Brad- ley has invented many electric devices and has taken out one hundred and twenty patents on vari- ous electric and chemical subjects. One of the most important of his discoveries is the fixation of nitrogen, which Mr. Bradley firmly believes will be of great benefit to the agriculturist and prevent shortage of crops. Mr. Bradley is unassuming and practical. He believes there are possibilities within the reach of research which, if developed, would make this country a leader in science and industrial pursuit. He is a member of the Ameri- can Institute of Electrical Engineers, the Electro- Chemical Society, the Genesee Valley Club and the Chemists' Club. He married Emma Orcutt, a descendant of an old New England family, and they have four children, Marion, the wife of W. J. Baker, of Rochester, New York, Alonzo B., Walter E. and Florence Bradley. Like their father the two sons are engineers and are officers of B. F. Wood, Inc., engineers. Mr. Bradley's office address is 41 Park Row. NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW 121 CHESTER PETER SIEMS In the ten years that have elapsed since his graduation from the Sheffield Scientific School, 'V ale Lniversity. Chester P. Siems has attained an international reputation in the con- struction and development fields. He is Chair- man of the Siems-Carey Railway & Canal Company, an organization that has accomplished some notable things since its formation in 1916. This company was lormed by the American In- ternational Corporation and Siems and Carey, to undertake railway and canal projects of the larg- est kind and now has in hand several contracts of large magnitude. It was the outgrowth of three or four other companies with which Mr. Siems was connected and the result of the large amount of railroad construction work which he had handled for some of the leading railway systems of the United States and Canada. Mr. Siems was born in St. Paul, Minn., November 4, 1884, the son of Peter and Josephine A. (Gleason) Siems. Mr. Siems' father came to America from Schleswig-Holstein, Germany, and his mother was a connection of the White family which came over in the Mayflower. Mr. Siems" early education was received at the public schools of St. Paul and the Baldwin Academy, that city. He later entered Andover Academy, Andover. Mass., then attended the Harstrom School, Norwalk, Conn., and finallv matriculated at the Sheffield Scientific School, Yale University, graduating with the degree of Ph. B.. in 1907. Mr. Siems' first connection was with the engineering department of the Spokane, Portland & Seattle Railroad and in the fall of 1908 he associated with his father and brother and organ- ized the firm of Siems & Company. Siems & Company was succeeded in August, 1911, by the Siems-Carey Company, with Mr. Siems as President and Treasurer. In February ol the next year the Siems-Carey Company. Ltd.. and the Marsh-Siems-Carey-Smith Company, both construction enterprises, were launched. All three made good progress, doing a wide range of con- struction work for the railroads mentioned above, and the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul. Grand Trunk and Canadian Northern Railroads. This work was carried on in Alberta and British Co- lumbia, Minnesota, Iowa and Montana, embracing railway building in all of its branches. Many difficult problems were met and overcome by the three companies in the course of executing these contracts under the personal direction of Mr. Siems. The three companies grew to be organiza- tions of the first rank, and in July, 1916, the Siems-Carey Railway & Canal Company was or- ganized. At the same time the China Corporation was launched by the same group for the purpose of engaging in business abroad. The effort promises to be productive of excellent results, and the China Corporation bids fair to be one of the large connecting links between the United States and commercial China. Feu men have accomplished more than Mr. Siems in such a short time and he has come lo be looked upon as one of the most active young men among the new generation of executives in New 'V'ork's big business circles. His several companies do a combined business running into very large figures, and their administration carries with it responsibilities of a grave character The progress of all these enterprises is the best proof of the soundness of the policies and methods of Mr. Siems and his associates. Mr. Siems is Chairman of the Board of Direc- tors of the Siems-Carey Railway & Canal Com- pany; President and Treasurer of the Siems-Carey Company and the Siems-Carey Company. Ltd. ; Director of the Marsh-Siems-Carey-Smith Com- pany; Vice-President and Director. China Corpo- ration, and a Director of the Pacific Development Company. He is a member of the India House and the Yale Club. He also is a member of the Bankers' Club of America, and the following St. Paul organizations: Minnesota. Town and Country, University, White Bear Yacht, North Hecla Gun and Lamprey's Gun Club. 122 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW DAVID M D. M. Steindler, who left Tennessee and journeyed to Nevada when sixteen years of age. became associated with commercial pursuits in the latter state and finally became one of the leading mining men of Canada. He was born in .Mem- phis, November 15, 1858, and after a common school education turned his steps westward. After being employed in various capacities he began business for himself and from that period his life reads like a romance. He became one of the three origmal owners of the Kerr Lake Mine, of Co- balt, Ontario, Canada, which they purchased in 1905 for $30,000. This mine has since paid $7,1 10,000 in dividends and continues to be one of the largest silver producers and dividend pay- ers in Canada. Mr. Steindler's next successful venture was the purchase of the Croesus Mine, located in the Township of Munro, Northern On- tario, which was, with another mine in the vicinity, obtained for $103,000. A company was or- ganized under the name of the Croesus Gold Mines, Limited, all of the stock being held by the Dominion Reduction Company of Cobalt. The officers of the Dominion Reduction Company are: President. D. M. Steindler. 42 Broadway, .N. Y. City; Secretary, Treasurer and General Manager. STEINDLER Eugene Steindler, of New York and Cobalt. These men are also Directors, together with Sir Mortimer B. Davis and Andrew A. Allen, of Montreal. The company owns 1 60 acres of productive gold land and none of its stock is for sale. The development work IS now in progress and indications already show that It will be one of the big producers ot Northern Canada as the one vein opened up. which IS about two and one half feet in width, carries ex- cellent ore value throughout and sensationally high values in places. The mine was acquired in 1915 and considerable time was spent in installing the necessary plant to start practical work. There are two 125 h. p. boilers, a compressor plant and lighting plant in operation and additional equip- ment is being provided as the development work progresses. A hall mill of 40 or 50 tons ca- pacity has also been installed. In the sinking ol the shaft at the Croesus Mine an the three foot vein to a depth of 400 feet, some of the richest gold ore ever mined was taken out. Five pieces of this ore were purchased by the Ontario Bureau of Mines, the total weight of which was 38.689 grams, containing 16,431 grams of gold and sil- ver, equivalent to 528.28 ounces of which 480.7 is gold and 47.3 ounce; silver. The value of the mineral in the five pieces, weighing 85 pounds, is approximately $9,966. More than a million dollars' worth of ore has been partially developed. The ore is reduced to bullion in the mil! recently installed. Mr. Steindler has at his office speci- mens of the ore taken from the Croesus mines, so rich in native gold that they look like the handi- work of a skilled artisan rather than that of nature. It will take time to tell the value of these ore bodies as the sensationally high yield may not be maintained, but at a much lower percentage the Croesus will produce enough mineral to make it one of the richest mines ever exploited. The company, of which Mr. Steindler is President, has offered none of the stock to the public. It is a mining company pure and simple, depending upon the ore bodies to demonstrate the future suc- cess of the undertaking, and absolutely no interest is being taken in the stock market feature of the enterprise. In addition to the presidency of the Croesus Mines, Limited, Mr. Steindler fills a like position with the Dominion Reduction Company, Limited, the Thunder Mining Company. Limited, and is a Director of the Kerr Lake Mining Com- pany and the Wettlaufer-Lorain Silver Mines. Limited. He is a member of the Rocky Mountain Club and the Inwood Country Club. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 123 GEORGE BRINTON CALDWELL George B. Caldwell, President of the Sperry & Hutchinson Company, originatonrs of the largest premium-giving organizations in the world, attained this important position through merit alone. He is a financier of acknowledged ability and, in the various positions he previously filled, exhibited an executive skill that made his services of great value to any corporation. Mr. Caldwell was born in Dunkirk, New York, August 24, 1863, his par- ents, Charles Melville and Mary Ann (Kellner) Caldwell, being of Scotch-Irish and English-Ger- man ancestry. His education was received in the schools of Ionia and Greeneville, Michigan, and at a business college in Grand Rapids. He left school in 1881 ?nd for a short time was a teacher in Kent County, Michigan. In 1 882 he became accountant in the office of O. C. Kemp & Co., insurance agents in Greeneville, and in 1 884 he secured a position as bookkeeper with the City Na- tional Bank of the same place. Four years later he moved to Grand Rapids where he filled the dual positions of chief accountant and financial man with Tucker, Hoops & Co., dealers in lumber, remaining with that firm until January 1 , 1 890. when he became State Accountant of Michigan, with headquarters at Lansing. In this position and as Secretary of the State Board of Equali- zation he evolved a plan to improve efficiency and economic development and establish a uniform system of accountancy for the various State insti- tutions, including the asylums, schools, colleges and prisons. In May, 1893, Mr. Caldwell was appointed National Bank Examiner for the State of Michigan and northern Indiana by James H. Eckles, Comptroller of the Currency. He served four years under Comptroller Eckles and two years under his successor, Charles G. Dawes. He resigned this position in 1899 to become Assistant Cashier and Credit Man for the Merchants' Na- tional Bank, Indianapolis, Indiana. In 1902 his business accomplishments were transferred to the American Trust and Savings Bank of Chicago, where he became Manager of the investment de- partment. This bank was absorbed by the Con- tinental and Commercial National Bank in 1910. The name of the institution was changed to the Continental and Commercial Trust and Savings Bank and in 1911 Mr. Caldwell became its Vice- President. He rendered important service to this leading bank of the Middle West from 1911 until January I, 1915. when he retired to accept the position of President of the Sperry & Hutchin- son Company and its subsidiary, the Hamilton Corporation. While Vice-President of the Con- tinental and Commercial Trust and Savings Bank, Mr. Caldwell organized the Investment Bankers' Association of America, becoming its first Presi- dent, in which position he served two terms. Mr. Caldwell's entire time since reaching manhood has been devoted to financial affairs and with the ex- ception of serving as City Clerk of Greeneville. Michigan, when in his early twenties, has had no inclination for politics or other political pursuits. He became affiliated with many corporations during his active association with banking interests and is a Director of the United Light and Rail- ways Company of Chicago. Illinois; Chattanooga Gas Company of Chattanooga, Tennessee; Grand Rapid?, Grand Haven and Muskegon Railway of Michigan; Cranford Trust Company of Cranford, New Jersey, and is the owner of public utilities in Iowa, Indiana and Michigan. He also estab- lished and still owns the "Investment Weekly", a financial paper for investors. He is active in club life. Many of the clubs with which he is connected are located in Chicago as his business interests during his short residence in New ^'ork have kept him too busy to devote any time to club life here. He is a member of the Union League Club, Midday Club, Michigan Society and Indiana Society of Chicago; Oak Park Club, Oak Park. Illinois, New York Athletic Club and the Michigan Society of New York. Mr. Caldwell was married in Ionia, Michigan, October 15. 1 886, to Lucy Smith Patrick, daughter of Ben- jamin S. and Harriet E. Patrick. They have one daughter, Helen Marie Caldwell. Mr. Cald- well's business address is 2 West 45th Street and he resides at 155 Riverside Drive. 124 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW STEINWA^ & SONS The firm of Steinuay & Sons had its origin in a little German town and its founder, who was a builder of organs in a small way, never dreamed that the piano he there evolved, after long study, was to become the leader in musical circles the world over. This man who revolutionized piano mak- ing was Henry Engelhard Steinway, born in the hamlet of Wolfshagen, Duchy of Brunswick, in the Hartz mountains, February 15, 1797. He was in military service until 2 1 and then learned the art of building church organs. He began business as an organ builder in the town of Seesen, at the foot of the Hartz mountams, and shortly afterwards began the study of the piano with Steinway & Sons Factory and Warerooms 60 Years Ago — First Home of Firm i a view to its improvement. He built an instru- ment for his son, who was a student of the piano, and his improvement in the mechanical construc- tion, quality and perfection of tone attracted the attention of the musical people of the town and he sold it for a large sum. His success in the building of the first Steinway led him to give his entire attention to piano building thereafter. The "Steinway" soon came to be recognized as an in- strument of the highest excellence and many medals were awarded it in all parts of the world. In 1 849, Charles Steinway, eldest son of Henry E. Steinway, came to America to look over the field here and his report svas so favorable that the family, with the exception of one son, came to America in 1850. The father, Henry E. Steinway, invested his money here and secured employment in a piano factory and on March 5, 1853, he began business on his own account in a factory on Varick Street. In 1858 a building at 48-50 Walker Street was occupied as ware- rooms and offices, the firm eventually erecting the building which it still occupies on Fourteenth Street east of Fourth Avenue, with two large man- ufacturing plants in Astoria. The Steinway piano was awarded its first premium at the Metropolitan Fair, held in Washington in March, 1854, and since that time it has main- tained precedence wherever used or exhibited and to-day occupies the fore- most place in the piano industry. In 1862, after having won thirty-five American medals, the piano was awarded a first prize medal at the London World's Fair and in 1867, HI ll at the Paris Exposition, in competition 1^ with the foremost European makers, the Steinway square, upright and per- fect grand pianos were awa rded the first of the grand medals of honor. These awards gave the house interna- tional fame and the firm became suc- cessively the court piano makers to the Queen of England, the Queen of Spain, the Emperor of Germany, the Prince and Princess of Wales and the Queen of Italy, etc., etc. Their erica, 1858. instruments have been used and com- mended by the greatest artists and com- posers of the world. This supremacy of the Stein- way piano has been attained by a rule of the house for four generations that every male member shall be a practical piano maker by personal ex- perience at the bench. This has made it possible for the skill that has produced excellence of tone to be transmitted from father to son, and the su- periority of construction maintained. The present officers of the organization are: Charles H. Steinway, President; Fred T. Stein- way and Henry Ziegler, Vice-Presidents; Fred- erick Reidemeister, Treasurer, and Nahum Stet- son, Secretary. All of the male members of the Steinway family have been prominent in civic af- fairs and in art and musical circles. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 125 Steinway & Sons' Present Offices in East Fourteenth Street NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 127 HARRY K. BARR Harry K. Barr, one of the younger school ol freight and custom house brokers, whose ad- vanced methods and energy have brought him a large clientele and the confidence and respect of those with whom he does business, was born and educated in New York City. Nine years ago he entered the employ of a firm in the same line and with the experience gained in this connection, started in business for himself early in 1916. He had formulated a plan of procedure that he thought was an improvement on some of the old methods and putting this into effect he was soon directing a large and steadily growing business. His nine years' experience as a freight and cus- toms broker, forwarder and in the placing of marine insurance, was of great value to him and to this general line he recently added war insurance. He has well-equipped offices at 25 Beaver Street and the best facilities for taking entire care of ship- ments passing through New York. Representatives in Liverpool, London, Havre and Buenos Aires and correspondents in Rio de Janeiro, Sydney and Melbourne, Boston, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Nor- folk and San Francisco place him in a po- sition to give every attention to goods en route to and from any part of the world. Mr. Barr has a wide acquaintance in steamship circles and special opportunity for the am.algamation of freight into considerable tonnage, and this places him in a position to secure freight room when most difficult to obtain, at the same time getting extremely ad- vantageous shipping rates. Doing a large business with the insurance companies, with which he is in close touch, enables him to give unexcelled service in this line. As a freight and ship broker Mr. Barr makes contracts on either spot, future or long terms on all classes of merchandise and arranges for charters for either steamer or sailing vessel. He renders prompt, efficient and reliable service in the forwarding of freight to and from any part of the world, whether in single case or train load lots. He also secures through bills of lading and arranges for trucking, lighterage and storage at the lowest obtainable rates. Through Mr. Barr's office marine insurance is effected from warehouse to warehouse, with all necessary clauses to protect the shippers' interest. He does business with over 230 underwriters be- sides British, French and American governments and this places him in a position to get the lowest possible rates on war risks. All classes of mer- chandise, whether in storage cars or on docks, are insured against fire and in the insurance of hulls and full cargoes, either steamer or sailing vessels, Mr. Barr arranges for prompt adjustment and pay- ment of losses. In the banking department ne- gotiable documents are handled, bank drafts ar- ranged and discounted and bills, losses and claims collected. He also acts in the capacity of agent for foreign buyers in this market. Mr. Barr also conducts a statistical department which furnishes information on the imports and exports from any point in the United States on any commodity. For this service only a small charge is made to cover postage, etc. He also furnishes statistics to the Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C, and to the Department of Agriculture of the Do- minion of Canada. In addition to his maritime business Mr. Barr is President of The H. K. Barr Company, Inc., New York, which is engaged in the importation and refining of wool grease from .Australia. This product is converted into "De- greas" and is used as the basis of salves, for tan- ning purposes and the softening of leathers. Mr. Barr is a member of the New York Prod- uce Exchange, New York Maritime Exchange, Marine and Field Golf Club, Waverly Boat Club, Foreign Commerce and New York Commerce Clubs, Lumberman's Club and three business as- sociations. He has compiled and published several articles on freight and stowage. 128 XRW YORK OLD AND \EW J. NOAH 1 1. SLKK Any work recording achievement, where the efforts of tlie individual have benefited mankind by lessening labor, and by the preservation of per- sonal property and that of corporate interests, would be incomplete without mention of J. Noah H. Slee, discoverer and manufacturer of "Three- in-One Oil." Mr. Slee. who after years of re search and experiment gave to the world this wonderful compound, is the son of English parents and was born in Cape Colony, South Africa, September 12, 1861. He came to this country when quite a young man and his education was received in the public schools and at Loyola Col- lege and the Bryant & Stratton Business College, Baltimore, Md. Aftei the completion of his schooling he began his business career with the firm of Hurst, Purnell & Co. and, after a year with that house, came to New York in October, 1881, where he was for ten years employed by Whitney & Kemmerer, miners and shippers ol anthracite coal. He subsequently purchased an interest in a varnish company, of which he be- came Treasurer and it was during this period thai he found a process for manufacturing a lubricating oil that by reason of its remarkable smoothness was especially adapted for bicycle use. Contin- uing his experimental work, he evolved " 1 hree- in-One Oil,'" a compound that flows right to the heart of every bearing and friction point; that cuts out and works out all foreign matter; never gums or hardens; never heats up or smokes at any rate of speed; that cleans and polishes veneered and varnished surfaces, and which, by thoroughly filling every pore of metal, prevents rust or tarnish in any climate, in any weather. It is absolutely free from acid, alkali or any other harmful ingredient, will not soil the hands or the most delicate fabric, and has no varnish odor, but, on the contrary, has a clean, sweet smell. It can be used as a furniture polish, on dusting cloths and on mops for hard wood floors. " Three-in-One Oil" can be used for any purpose where a polish, anti-rust compound or cleanser is needed. Leading arms companies pronounce the product unequalled as a rust pre- ventive and lubricant and its superior qualities, from every point of view and for every purpose, have made it known wherever a lubricant, anti-rust compound or cleanser, is used. "Three-in-One Oil" has been on the market twenty-two years, and, as its name implies, is one compound that iserves three distinct purposes — and serves each one well. It is manufactured in two well-equipped factories, one of which is located at Rahway, N. J., and the other at Montreal. Canada. In each of these "Three-in-One Oil" is prepared, bottled, corked, labeled and packed by the latest machinery. It is put up in one, three and eight ounce bottles, retailing for ten, twenty-five and fifty cents respectively, and also in patented handy oil cans at twenty-five cents each. The coinpany has agencies in London, Australia, New Zealand, South America, China and Japan. Mr. Slee is President, and practically owner, of the corpora- tion and under his personal supervision the busi- ness has grown to large proportions. It is the successor of the G. W. Cole Co.. organized in 1894. of which Mr. Slee was Treasurer. Mr. Slee is a firm believer in the "one idea, one product business" and is not active in any other corporation — hence the wonderful success of "Three-in-One Oil." He is a member of the New York Chamber of Commerce, New York Club. Alpine Club of Canada. Merchants' Asso- ciation of New York. Chamber of Commerce ot the United States of America, the New Jersey Chamber of Commerce, and is a Director of the I rade Mark Title Co. He was married in June, 1 890, to Mary Roosevelt West, the union bring- ing three children: Elizabeth L.. James N.. and Lincoln W. Slee. His busines.s address is 42 Broadway. CHAPTER EIGHT Bench and Bar of New York Some of the Most Noted Practitioners of the City — Law Reforms and Prog- ress IN Simplified Practic e. IN I 795 John Jay, then the most distinguished lawyer of New York, was chosen its Governor, just after he had closed with Great Britain a treaty that gave to the United States the freedom of the seas but brought to him individually the wrath and vituperation of the anti-Federalists. Before his mission to England at which this treaty was drafted he had given many and important services to the cause of Independence. Jay drafted the State Constitution which was adopted by the Convention of 1776-1777 which met successively at Harlem, Kingsbridge, Phillipse Manor, White Plains, Poughkeepsie and Kingston. He was chairman of the secret committee which had charge of plans to defeat conspiracies against American liberties and which by a vigorous system of arrests, imprisonments and banishments frustrated many Loyalist attempts to ruin the patriot cause. He was chosen the first Chief Justice of the State, holding his first term at Kingston on September 9, 1777. With Adams and Franklin he was on the committee that concluded the treaty of peace with Great Britain and he became the first Chief Jus- tice of the Supreme Court of the United States. He consented to be a candidate for Governor of New York in 1 792 but the canvassers declined on technical grounds to count certain votes given for Jay which would have made a majority in his favor, and Governor Clinton was declared elected. He became Governor in I 795, however, and was re-elected to a second term, w hich ended in 1 80 1 , and after that retired to his estate in Westchester County where he lived quietly, declining a reap- pointment to the Supreme Court of the United States by President Adams. He died at Bedford, Westchester County, May I 7, I 829, in his eighty- fourth year. Daniel Webster said of him: "When the spotless ermine of the judicial robe fell on John Jay it touched nothing less spotless than itself." Among Jay's contemporaries at the bar of New York was Aaron Burr, one of the most adroit practitioners at the New York bar, a politician who missed the higher statesmanship for which his abilities fitted him through his overweening ambition and his overreaching cunning. James Duane, who had been the first Mayor of New York after the British evacuation, twice State Senator, one of the original members of the Continental Congress and United States Judge from 1 789 to 1 794, had retired from practice in 1 795 and died in 1797. He had been one of the recognized leaders of the New York bar before his appointment to the bench. Chancellor Robert R. Livingston, a col- lege classmate and later for a time a law partner of John Jay, was a successful lawyer but is noted as having been the first Chancellor of the State of Ne\N' York (1777-1801), then becoming Min- ister to France in Jefferson's administration. In that capacity he was an especial favorite of Na- poleon Bonaparte, with whom he successfully ne- gotiated the treaty ceding Louisiana to the United States. He was a famous orator and was called by Franklin the "Cicero of America." In adapt- ing the principles of chancery practice to the ideas and genius of a republic he accomplished a note- worthy work. His decisions in chancery are said to have been able and accurate but unfortunately his opinions do not appear in formal reports. His successor. Chancellor James Kent, is better known to the lawyers of America because his decisions as a Justice of the Supreme Court and the Court of Errors and Appeals, 1798-1814, and as Chan- cellor of New York, 1814-1823, are recorded in Caine and Johnson's Reports. His "Commentaries on American Law" are as basic in the realm of American interpretation as Blackstone's great work became to the common law of England. Up to the time that James Kent became Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of New York, law in the United States was in an inchoate condition. The 130 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW piccedenis appealed to were lound in the decisions of the English courts; the forms and pro:edure oi courts were copied from those of English courts. The common law of England was in full force except as repealed and modified by constitution, treaties or statutes. Federal or State. The great constructive work of these judges of the earlier courts was the defining of these modifications of common law as well as declaring the scope and limitations of our own constitutions and statutes; in a word, lo create an entirely new body of jurispru- dence. While the earlier judges had made these applications and declared these modifications in particular cases, the value of their work had been circumscribed by the fact that their decisions were unpublished — thus unavailable as precedents. Judicial decisions were largely oral, or if written were brief and merely stated conclusions. Chicl Justice and later Chancellor James Kent origi- nated in this country the custom of presenting, with his decision in all cases of sufficient importance lo make a precedent, a written, argumentative opin- ion, with the citation of legal authorities. He thus exerted a more potent influence, upon the con- structive side, upon American jurisprudence than any other man in its history. As a Chancellor it was his province to apply the principles of equity, which had been created through a long line of English precedents, to conditions as they were in the State of New York. At the age of 60 he re- tired from the bench in 1823 under a law, later repealed, which limited the continuance of judge- ships to that age. Before his appointment to the judgeship he had been a professor of law in Columbia University, and he resumed this chaii from 1823 to 1825, then retiring to devote his entire time to legal authorship, chamber practice and the decision of legal controversies that were often submitted to his judgment to be settled out of cour!. While Chief Justice he was ably backed in his constructive work by Justices Smith Thompson and Ambrose Spencer. Judge Thompson was for some time resident in New York City and decHned appointment to the Mayoralty of the city. When Kent became Chancellor in 1814, he was ap- pointed Chief Justice until entering President Monroe's Cabinet in 1818 as Secretary of the Navy, and after 1823 served as Associate Justice of the Supreme Court of the United States until his death in 1843. Morgan Lewis, who had been a Colonel in the Continental Army and was a brother-in-law of Chancellor Livingston, was Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of New York from 1 792 until his election as Governor of New York, 1804, when he was succeeded by Justice Kent. He did not enter upon the practice of law after ending his term but devoted himself to agriculture until 1812, when he re-entered the army as Quartermaster General. He was promoted to Major-General in 1813, serving on the Niagara frontier, where he c (iplured l ort George and commanded at Sacketls Harbor and French Creek. Alexander Hamilton, great as a statesman, orator and financier, was equally eminent as a lawyer and constantly engaged as counsel in im- portant causes. Another lawyer distinguished for his learning and eloquence was Egbert Benson, who was the first Attorney-General of the State of New York, I 787-1 789, serving partly during the same period in the Continental Congress, 1784-1788, and as a member of the First and Second Congresses, 1789-1793. He was Judge of the New York Supreme Court, 1794-1802. then for a time United States Circuit Judge, and member of Con- gress again, 181 3-181 5. Several of the men who attained high eminence at the bar and on the bench, including Chancellor Kent, were his pupils. As practitioner, before his appointment to the Supreme bench, he ranked as one of the four most success- ful, the other three being Alexander Hamilton, Edward Livingston and Aaron Burr. Colonel Richard Varick, who was Mayor of New York from 1 791 to 1801, was also a prom- inent lawyer of that period. In I 789 he was appointed, with Samuel Jones, Recorder of the City of New York to revise the Statutes of the State of New York. But most of that work was done by Recorder Jones. The latter, then 66 years old, held a high place in the respect of the bar at which, before taking this judicial position, he had been an acknowledged^ leader. After holding the office eight years he was appointed to the newly created office of Comptroller of the City of New York and then retired to private life, dying in 1819. Dr. Hosack said of him that he was by common consent known as the "Father of the New York Bar." Judge Samuel Jones like Judge Benson was the preceptor of many brilliant lawyers, including DeWitt Clinton and his own two sons, Samuel Jones, Junior, and David S. Jones, both of whom attained distinction at the New York bar. Samuel Jones, Jr., was especially prominent, becoming Recorder of the City in 1823, Chancellor of the State from 1826 to 1 828, Chief Justice of the Superior Court of New York City, 1828 to 1847, and Justice of the State Supreme Court from 1847 to 1849, then retiring from the bench at the age of eighty and, like his father, being often called the "Father of the New York Bar." There are numerous cases of hereditary prom- inence at the bar of New York. A case in point is that of Josiah Ogden Hoffman and his sons. Mr. Hoffman was a sound lawyer, a gifted orator and a man of social prominence. He was one of the first members of the Tammany Society or Co- lumbian Order, which was instituted in May, I 789. The Society was at first non-partisan. Of its first seventeen officers only three were anti-Federalist. Hoffman, also a Federalist, became Grand Sachem West Street Building 132 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW III 1791 and took aclive part in many patriotic celebrations. He was a successful practitioner and was Recorder of New York in 1810-1811 and in 1813-1815. Two of his sons became em- ment lawyers, Murray Hoffman. (1791-1878), becoming Judge of the Superior Court of New- York Cily, 1853-1861, and being a noted writer of books of law and practice in the courts and of the ritual and canon law of the Protestant Epis- copal Church; and Ogden Hoffman (1793- 1856), becoming famous, especially as a criminal lawyer. He was District Attorney of New York County, 1829-1835. and during twenty-five years was counsel in almost every noted criminal trial in New York and in many important civil cases. In all its history, from the time of the British occupation to this day. New York has been the home of lawyers of the highest distinction. It is not possible in this chapter to mention more than a few of the most constructive. Of these some- thing may be said of those who at various times have been identified with the important work of consolidating and codifying the laws. Mention has been made of Jones' and Varick's revision. There was another revision published nine years after that one, a privately compiled and published work by Thomas Greenleaf, which was recognized by the courts as a faithful work and thus accorded a quasi-judicial sanction. Justices Kent and Rad- cliff prepared the next revision, under the prcr\ision of an Act of 1801. This lasted until in 1813 a revision was completed, pursuant to an act of the Legislature, by William Peter Van Nest (an able lawyer who had been Aaron Burr's second in his duel with Alexander Hamilton), and John Wood- worth of Albany. 7 he next revision w as made under an act passed in 1824 for a revision by three revisers. This revision was called for on account of changes made in the law by the Constitution of 1 82 1 - 1823. There were at that time sharp divisions of opinion as to the degree of revision needed. Chancellor Kent, who was the extreme of conserv- atism on the subject, was one of the three chosen on the Revision Commission by Governor Gates ; Erastus Root, who had served in Congress from Delhi, N. Y.. and was then Lieutenant-Governor and a radical on the question of law reform, was the second and the third was Benjamin Franklin Butler, then a young man of twenty-nine years, who was a partner of Martin Van Buren and District Attorney of Albany County. Chancellor Kent declined to act on the commission and John Duer of New York City, especially prominent as an insurance lawyer, was substituted. There was a lack of harmony in the commission. Messrs. Duer and Butler submitted to the Legislature of 1825 a report in which they suggested that not only a reduction of all laws on the same subjects into chapters was necessary but also an entire new arrangement of existing statutes. General Root had not concurred in their plans but had proceeded on his own account with a revision of the laws re- lating to taxation and highways. An amended bill was proposed in harmony with these sugges- tions and the name of Henry Wheaton was sub- stituted for that of General Root on the commis- sion. Mr. Wheaton had been a Justice of the Marine Court in New York City and was then reporter for the United States Supreme Court ot decisions which he compiled in a manner that made his twelve volumes of reports an exemplar of edi- torial efficiency in law reporting. Mr. Wheaton did good work on the first part of the Revised Statutes but, being appointed in 1827 as the first diplomatic representative ever sent by the United States to Denmark, his place on the commission was taken by State Senator John Canfield Spencer of Albany (later Secretary of War of the United States). I he Revised Statutes that resulted from the labors of this commission were a great step forward in the simplification of New ^'ork law and procedure, bringing great credit to its members and especially to Mr. Butler, who gained a great repu- tation as a lawyer, which he later increased as Attorney-General of the United States in General Jackson's and part of Van Buren's administra- tions. He was United States District Attorney for the Southern District of New York from 1838 to 1 84 1 . He organized the faculty of law of the University of the City of New York in 1835 and became its principal law professor in 1837. John Duer, the other chief reviser, became by election a justice of the Superior Court of New York and its Chief Justice from 185 7 until his death on August 8, 1858. On the law of insurance he was author of works of high authority at that period. The next important general change in the body of the laws of New York came with the Consti- tutional Convention of I 846 made necessary by the agrarian or so-called "no rent" disturbances which were largely justified by the enforcement of the archaic tyrannies made possible to landlords by the colonial laws about land which survived the constitutional revision of 1 82 1 . Of the prom- inent New York lawyers who took part in the making of the Constitution of 1846, the fame of two, Samuel Jones Tilden and Charles O'Conor, had already been firmly established and continued undiminished for about forty years afterward. Charles O'Conor was born in 1804, Mr. Tilden in 1814. and William Maxwell Evarts. whose career ran almost parallel with theirs, in 1818. The three were closely associated in later years in the work of exposing, prosecuting and breaking up the "Tweed ring." Another distinguished lawyer of that mid-cen- tury period was Thomas Jackson Oakley, who had been in practice at Poughkeepsie for years, had served in Congress and was one of the leading Democrats supporting the candidacies and meas- NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 133 ures of DeWitt Clinton. He had served as At- torney-General of the State and in I 828 was ap- pointed Judge of the Superior Court of New York City. When the court was reorganized after the adoption of the Constitution of 1846, he was ap- pointed its Chief Justice, serving as such until his death in May, 1857. It was the Constitution of 1 846 that set in motion the greatest star in the orbit of legal re- form — David Dudley Field, brother of Cyrus West Field whose impress on the city's progress has been noted elsewhere in this volume. The Constitution of 1846 had made a considerable ad- vance toward freeing the people of New York from antiquated legal forms and processes and had directed that the first Legislature of the State should take steps to secure codification of the laws of the Stale. The question of the scope of the proposed codification became one of great in- terest to the members of the New York bar and the problem was made more clear by the discussion which followed a tentative treatise published by David Dudley Field in January, 1847, entitled '•What Shall Be Done With the Practice of the Courts? Shall It Be Wholly Reformed? Questions Addressed to Lawyers." The result was the signing of a memorial by lawyers all over the State, urging the Legislature to abolish old forms of action and to provide a uniform course of proceedings in all cases, whether of legal or equitable cognizance. On April 8, 1847, the Legislature passed an act appointing Aphaxed Loomis, David Graham, and Nicholas Hill com- missioners on practice and pleadings. Later Mr. Hill resigned and David Dudley Field was ap- pointed in his place, by resolution of the two houses, September 29, 1847. The first instalment of a Code of Civil Procedure was enacted on February 29, 1848, to take effect on July I following. Other instalments were submitted but their passage was delayed. An Act passed in 1857 appointed David Dudley Field, William Curtis Noyes and Alexander Bradford commis- sioners to codify so much of the law as was not included in the reports of the commissioners on pleading and practice, reported to the Legislature in 1850. Lnder this appointm.ent were prepared civil, criminal, penal and political codes, in ad- dition to the codes of Civil and Criminal Proce- dure submitted up to I 850 and later adopted. The whole body of law was covered by the codifica- tion but the civil and political codes were not adopted, though the penal and criminal codes were. The work done by Mr. Field in this codi- fication (for the creative part of it was almost wholly his) stands out as the greatest and most constructive work ever accomplished for the sim- plifying and making straight the way of the law. Mr. Field by his work has created a move- ment for legal reform which has spread not only all over this country but abroad. California and South Dakota have adopted his civil as well as his criminal and penal codes, and his work has been adopted in some measure in the improvement of law in almost all the States, and also in Eng- land, India and Australia. He was one of Amer- ica's greatest lawyers and continued in practice un- til he retired on the completion of his eightieth year, m 1885. He died m 1894. Coming down to recent years it would be possi- ble to mention many lawyers of our own time whose rank at the bar equals that of any of these. Joseph H. Choate was one of these, a man of deepest learning, perfect mastery of procedure and matchless oratory. He died, the "Nestor of the New York Bar," a few months ago. Roscoe Conkling, Senator from New York for many years, had his home in Utica, N. \., but after he left the Senate he practised law in New York until his death. William Mills Ivins, who died two years ago, was a lawyer especially noted for his expert legal knowledge of matters affecting the city and its de- partments. He had served as Comptroller of New York and had made a deep and continuous study of its problems. There never was a stronger or more virile bar in New York than now. The methods of proce- dure have changed and lawyers like other pro- fessional men have been impelled to specialize but, taken as a whole, it is doubtful if any other city has ever gathered a better or more representative group of legal minds than that now in New York City. 134 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW LINDLE^' M. Lindley M. Garrison, former Secretary of War in President Wilson's Cabinet and one time Vice- Chancellor of New Jersey, recently made his entry into New York legal circles as a member of the law firm of Hornblower, Miller, Garrison & Potter of 24 Broad Street. Mr. Garrison was born in Camden, N. J., November 28, 1864, the son of Rev. Joseph Fithian and Elizabeth Vanars- dale (Grant) Garrison. He attended the public schools of his home city and afterwards the Prot- estant Episcopal Academy, Philadelphia. This was followed by a year's study at ^Phillip's Exeter Academy, Exeter, N. H., and a course as a spe- cial student with the class of 1886, at Harvard University. In the meantime he had been reading; law in the offices of Redding, Jones & Carson, Philadelphia, and was admitted to practice in his Harvard year. He remained with his preceptors until 1 888, when he was admitted to practice \n the State of New Jersey. He opened an office in Camden and soon numbered many large firms among his clients, for whom he appeared in a number of important litigations involving issues of great moment, and he soon became recognized as one of the leaders of the New Jersey bar. Much GARRISON of Mr. Garrison's practice was in the eastern end of the State and this led him to organize the firm of Garrison, McManus & Enright, with offices in Jersey City, in 1899. During the ensuing five years the firm was one of the most active in the State. Mr. Garrison went on the bench as Vice- Chancellor of the State, June 15, 1904, and was out of active practice from that time until his recent entry into the firm of Hornblower, Miller. Garrison & Potter. On March 5, 1913, President Wil- son named him as Secretary of War and he was looked upon in many quarters as the ablest man in the Cabinet. Throughout his term of service- he showed a disposition to grapple with problem^ at the start, to act decisively and plan wisely. Never was he lacking for ways and means to ef- fect an end, and at no time did he show a dis- position to shirk what he conceived to be his duty. He piloted the army through some of its most try- ing years and left the service in a much better condition than he found it, although unable to execute carefully considered plans of expansion. It is generally known that Mr. Garrison quit be- cause his scheme for a Continental Army was not supported by the Administration, after he had re- ceived assurances of such support. This scheme, briefly, provided for a regular army of 140,000 men, a National Guard of 1 30,000 and a Conti- nental army of 400,000 men. The latter was to be distinct from the National Guard, with en- listment for six years. Members would be re- quired to drill two months a year for the first three years, receiving regular army pay while with the colors. During the second three years they would be subject to call at any time. Mr. Gar- rison, after long consultation with army chiefs and a close analysis of the subject for himself, saw in this plan a great reserve force of troops for any demand. Almost from the day he took office this idea of a reserve was prominent in all of hi? suggestions. He developed the Continental plan with infinite pains, believing that it would form the nucleus of an adequate defence force which the future was destined to bring. When he saw his expectations dashed to the ground, with a com- promise offered between the Continental army and the National Guard, he very properly quit. Mr. Garrison gave many evidences of organ- izing and executive ability while Secretary of War. He undertook a personal examination of the Panama Canal in an effort to combat the frequent slides and his work helped to increase the effi- ciency of the big waterway. All of his energies were exerted to upbuild the army and his efforts along this line have borne fruit and are destined to influence the army of the future. Mr. Garrison was married June 30, 1 900. to- Margaret Hildeburn, of Philadelphia. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 135 THOMAS CARMODY Hon. Thomas Carmody. for two terms Attor- ney-General ot the State of New York, and widely known as a lecturer and public speaker, was born in Milo, Yates County, N. Y., October 9. 1859, son of Thomas and Mary (Connors) Car- mody. His father was a successful farmer and as a boy and young man Mr. Carmody assisted in the work of the farm and developed into a strong and rugged man. His prelimmary education was received in the public schools of the neighborhood, preparing for college at Penn Yan Academy and after leaving that institution taught school for two years. He then entered Cornell University with the class of 1882, remaining there for three years. While at the University he studied law in the of- fice of A. A. Hungerford at Ithaca. On April 1, 1886, he was admitted to the bar. Immedi- ately upon his admission to the bar Mr. Carmody began the practice of his profession at Penn Yan and soon succeeded in building up an extensive and successful practice. In 1 889 Governor Hill appointed him to the District Attorneyship of Yates County to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Hon. Charles S. Baker. Mr. Carmody in this position showed himself a capable and fear- less prosecuting officer and added greatly to his reputation as a lawyer. Mr. Carmody has always been a loyal Democrat and early became active in local party matters, becoming a power in the party in Yates County and throughout the State. In February, 1893. he was appointed Chief Examiner of the New York State Civil Service Commission, in which position he rendered particularly efficient service. He continued in the office until January 1 , I 896, the last year being under a Republican Commis- sion and a Republican State administration. In Novembei, 1910, Mr. Carmody was elected .Attorney-General of the State of New York and was re-elected to this office in November, 1912. In the latter year he persistently declined to be a candidate for the nomination for Governor, not- withstanding the fact that prominent Democrats, who had the power to carry out their choice, re- quested him to become a candidate. At no time would he permit his name to be used as a candidate for Governor while holding the office of Attorney- General, always taking the position that he would accept no office except that of Attorney-General as he wished to devote the rest of his life to the practice of law, having no liking whatever for the glamor attached to a public position — no desire for the possession merely of political honor or power. As Attorney-General of the State, Mr. Carmody made an unusually excellent record and has the remarkable distinction of never having had one of his many decisions reversed by the courts. On September 1, 1914, Mr. Carmody resigned as Attorney-General to again take up the active practice of his profession, forming a partnership with First Deputy Attorney-General Joseph A. Kellogg, State Senator George A. Blauvelt, under the firm name of Carmody, Kellogg & Blauvelt, the offices of the firm being at 61 Broadway, New York City. This firm continued until December 1, 1915, when it was changed to Carmody, Kellogg & Gormly, which co-partnership still remains. While so eminently successful in his profession and in the arena of active politics, Mr. Carmody's interests have extended beyond those fields of ef- fort. He has always been actively interested in educational matters and for a number of years was a Trustee of the Penn Yan Academy and of Keuka College. He has been a careful student of various subjects outside his profession and has won renown on the lecture platform, being a particularly entertaining speaker upon the various subjects to which he has given special study and concerning which he is thoroughly informed. Among the sub- jects upon which Mr. Carmody has lectured ex- tensively may be mentioned: "Orators and Ora- tory", "Socialism", "The Church and State", and "Irish Eloquence and Song". Mr. Carmody is a member of the New York State Bar Association and of the Beta Theta Pi and the Phi Alpha Delta Fraternities. 136 NEIV YORK— OLD AND NEW { iON. NEWTON WHITING GILBERT One of ihe latest additions to the City's array of brilliant legal minds is Newton Whiting Gil- bert, who had, previous to locating in New York, made an enviable reputation m Western political and legal circles, and as a diplomat in the nation's insular service. Mr. Gilbert was born May 24, 1862, in Worthington. Ohio, the son of Theodore R. and Ellen L. Gilbert. He was educated at the Ohio State University and was admitted to the bar in 1885. He began practice at Angola, In- diana, and soon attracted attention by his forensic skill and thorough knowledge of the law. I he people of the district decided that he was the kind of representative they wanted in the State Senate and he was elected to that body in 1 896, serv- ing for four years. He was then elected Lieuten- ant-Governor of the State for the period between 1900 and 1904. Mr. Gilbert was elected to the 58th Congress from the 12th Indiana district, 1903-5, and in 1906 was appointed Judge of the Court of 1st Instance, Manila, P. I. He retired from this position in 1908 and was the same year made a member of the Philippine commission. He was appointed Secretary of Public Instruction of the Philippine Islands, March I, 1909, and Vice- Governor in February, 1910. He retired from the service of the Government in 1913 and or- ganized the law firm of Gilbert. Hausserman. Cohn & Fisher. His associates, like himself, were among the first lawyers of the Islands and the firm had a large practice and handled much litigation involving big issues. Mr. Gilbert retired from the firm in 1916 and, returning to the United States, was a delegate to the Republican National Convention, and was numbered among those who loured the country in behalf of presidential can- didate Charles E. Hughes. After the echoes of that memorable campaign had finally died away, Mr. Gilbert's thoughts turned to the practice of law and, having decided to remain permanently in the East, he organized the law firm of Gilbert. Campbell & Myers, with offices at 14 Wall Street. While in the Philippines Mr. Gilbert was deeply interested in the welfare of the Filipinos and their scholastic development. In recognition of his serv- ices along this line he was made President of the Board of Regents, University of the Philippines, upon its organization in 1 908 and continued as such until 1913. He received the honorary de- gree of LL. D. from Iowa Wesleyan University in 1913 and the following year the University of the Philippines conferred the same degree upon luiii. Mr. Gilbert served as Captain of Company H., 157th Indiana Volunteers, during the Span- ish-American War. He has been an extensive traveler and has made three trips around the uorld. Mr. Gilbert has already made a reputa- tion in the metropolis as an after-dinner speaker, at functions where some of the most brilliant ora- tors ol the city were gathered. He is a Fellow of the Royal Geographic Society, the American Bar Association, the Indiana State Bar Associa- tion, the Far Eastern Bar Association, of Shanghai, China, of the Masonic and Phi Kappa Psi Fra- ternities, the Army and Navy Club, Washington; India House, New York; Columbia Club, Indian- apolis, and the University, Army and Navy, Manila and Columbia Clubs, of Manila, P. I. Mr. Gilbert was married February 14, 1888, to Delia R. Gale, of Angola, Indiana, who died January 2, 1900. Following her death he was wed a second time to Martha E. Bergr, of New York City, on August 8. 1 906. NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 137 WILLIAM F. William F. McCoombs, who directed the Na- tional Campaign of 1912, at which time President Wilson was first elected, was born in Hamburg, Arkansas, December 26, 1875. After a prelim- inary education in Tennessee he was sent to Princeton University, from which he graduated in 1898 with the usual B. A. degree. He then entered the Harvard Law School, obtaining his diploma in 1901. He came directly to New York City and worked as a law clerk in order to familiarize himself with his new profession. In 1904 he formed a partnership with Gilbert E. Roe, which continued until 1910. Most of the business of this firm was for builders and con- struction corporations and Mr. McCoombs was Photo Campbell Studio drawn into the battle against the proposed new building code in which he helped to win the vic- tory. He was beginning to be recognized as an able lawyer and Mayor Gaynor appointed him a trustee of the College of the City of New York to succeed Edward M. Shepard in 1911. He had become a member of the National Democratic Club and was one of its Committee on Tariff Re- vision. Mr. McCoombs was active in the affairs of the Princeton Club and while he was a student at Princeton he was well acquainted with Wood- McCOOMBS row Wilson, who had in the meantime been elected Governor of New Jersey. When an available candidate was being sought by the Democrats in 1912, Mr. McCoombs decided that Woodrow Wilson was the most logical candidate. He knew all the Princeton alumni, most of them personally, and to these he appealed for support for the former President of the University. He told them the way to nominate a 'President was to elect delegates for their choice and the result was that Mr. Mc- Coombs went to Baltimore with 200 delegates at his back and became one of the most active of the Wilson managers. He had compiled a list of I 50,000 names to be used in helping Mr. Wilson, who named him his Campaign Manager, and he was in the usual order elected Chairman of the National Democratic Committee, serving until the close of the convention of 1916. After President Wilson's introduction into office he tendered Mr. McCoombs the position of Ambassador to France, which he declined for business reasons. He re- turned to the practice of law, working alone, and became counsel for many large concerns. Mr. Mc- Coombs is a recognized authority on political and economic questions. He is deeply concerned with the industrial and commercial needs of New York State and is intimately acquainted with European affairs. While on a trip abroad in 191 3, he mar- ried in London, Dorothy, daughter of Col. and Mrs. John R. Williams, of Washington, t>. C. In 1916 Mr. McCoombs entered into a law part- nership with Francis R. Wellman, Herbert C. Smyth and Frederick R. Ryan. Mr. McCoombs was the Democratic candidate for United States Senator from New York in 1916. Upon his re- tirement from the Chairmanship of the Democratic National Campaign Committee, President Wilson wrote him as follows: "You have made many and great sacrifices already for the party, and I know that I am speaking the sentiments of all loyal Democrats when I express my appreciation of the great service you have rendered. I am sure that the greatest regret will be felt at your retirement and hosts of friends will join me in the hope that your new business venture will bring you abun- dant continued success." Mr. McCoombs is a member of the American Bar Association, New York State Bar Association, Association of the Bar of the City of New York, Southern Society of New York, National Demo- cratic, Princeton, Manhattan, Harvard, Oakland Golf, Sleepy Hollow Country, and Metropolitan clubs of New York, University of Washington and the Nassau of Princeton. 138 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW W ILLIAM 1^ HLKR William P. Burr, who. while head of the h ran- chisc Division of the New ork Law Department, attained national reputation by his masterly han- dling of the "80-cent gas" case, was educated at De La Salle Academy, New York City, and St. James College, Baltimore, Md. His legal train- ing was received at the Columbia College Law School, and after admission to the bar he began practice here in 1879, since which time he has ap- peared in many notable cases. These include the "80-cent gas" case, decided in favor of the city by the United States Supreme Court, January 4, 1909. which resulted m $13,000,000 being re- turned to consumers and a saving to them of $7,000,000 annually thereafter and a saving to the city of $750,000 and $150,000 annually thereafter. The decision also fixed 6 per cent as a reasonable return on the value of property actual- ly devoted to the business of a public service cor- poration. Mr. Burr also conducted the "Death Avenue" case which resulted in legislative action providing for the removal of the N. Y. C. & H. R. R. R. tracks from the surface of the streets at the company's expense. In the litigation instituted by Mr. Burr on behalf of the city against the Electrical Subway Company, to compel the com- |)pany has adopted the business maxim of "Liberty Service" which is an assurance of quick delivery and the lowest possible cost. Mr. Graham gives his personal attention to the business and his wide experience is at the disposal of all purchasers of steel products, to whom it should be of inestimable value. Beginning with a small clerical force, the company now employs a large staff made necessary by the rapidly in- creasing local and export trade. Expansion is Mr. Graham's watchword and he is bending every energy to make the Liberty Steel Products Com- pany, Inc., one of the city's leading commercial corporations. This he will unquestionably do as the present outlook is most flattering. ^ElV YORK— OLD AND NEW 173 174 NEW YORK- OLD AND NEW CHARLES J. GRAHAM One of New York's recent acquisitions from that group of Pittsburghers who after unprecedented success in the Western steel territory have trans- ferred their activities to this city is Charles J. Graham, President of the recently organized Lib- erty Steel Products Company, Inc. Mr. Gra- ham is but thirty-eight years old and is aggressive and alert, two necessary requirements to success in his line of endeavor, where competition is keen and only the fittest survive. For twenty-one years he has been associated with industrial propositions, each succeeding year increasing his interests and acquiring the experience that ably fits him for his present responsible positions. Mr. Graham was born in Pittsburgh, Pa., March 13, 1878, and was educated in the pub- lic schools of his native city and at the Pittsburgh Academy. Upon his graduation in 1 894 he se- cured a clerkship with the Tide Coal Company, which he retained until 1 896, when he entered the employ of John Charles & Co., nut manu- facturers. His success with this company was so great that he secured an interest in the plant and in 1 900 the operating name of the concern be- came the Graham Nut Company, of whi:h he was the Secretary and a Director from I 903 until 1915, when he was made Vice-President. Jn 1916 he %\as a member of the Replogle Syn- dicate in the Cambria Steel deal in which the large holdings of the Pennsylvania Railroad Company in the Cambria Steel Company were purchased. It was some time before full control was se- cured and this was finally sold to the Midvale Steel and Ordnance Company, the syndicate real- izing a handsome profit on the transactioi:. He is also President of the Charles J. Graham Co., Inc.. of New York City; Vice-President and Directoi of the Davis Brake Beam Co., of Johnstown, Pa., Treasurer and Director of the Pittsburgh Export Company; a Director of the Illinois Car and Manufacturing Company of Chicago, 111., the Steel Car Company of Cleveland. Ohio; the Car- bo-Hydrogen Company of America, and the Pitts- burgh-Jerome Copper Company of Pittsburgh. When the Liberty Steel Products Company, Inc., was organized he became its President and his fit- ness for the position is shown by his activity in it:' affairs which has already brought a large volume of trade. Mr. Graham is deeply interested in club life and philanthropic work. He is a mem- ber of ?he Duquesne Club, Union Club, University Club, Railway Club, Automobile Club, Field Club, Oakmonl Country Club, and a Director of the Pittsburgh Country Club and the Pittsburgh Athletic Association. He also holds membership in the Chicago Athletic Association, Missouri Ath- letic Association, Hermit Club of Cleveland, Ben Lomond Golf Club of Sagamore, Mass., the Seaview Golf Club of Atlantic City, and the Old Colony Club. Since becoming a resident of New- York City he has become a membei of the Lambs Club, Bankers' Club and the Press Club. Mr. Graham's charitable and philanthropic work in Pittsburgh included his great interest in the affairs of the Pittsburgh Newsboys' Home, of which he is Vice-President and Director, and his efforts for the upkeep of the Pittsburgh Homepathic Hospital of which he is Chairman of the Board of Trustees. CHAPTER TEN The Mining Interest Financial and Executive Management of Mines Centers in New York — Some OF THE Leading Mining Actix ities THE mining industries of the country, like all other large activities of production, have ad- vanced from the old plan of individual devel- opment, or from development by small groups, to large operations with mining machinery and im- proved processes. Such operations, requiring large capital and efficient organization, are best directed from a great financial center. Thus it is that the mining interests of the country are in large measure financed, directed and managed from New York. Here, therefore, are the central offices from which are managed leading mines of gold, silver, copper, lead and zinc. When the Spanish conquistadores pushed the dominion of Spain from the West Indies on to the great American continent, their main quest was for gold and silver. They found both metals, but principally silver, in Mexico and in Peru, and later in more or less profusion in the other Spanish colonies of Central and South America so that the Spanish Main became the El Dorado of song and story. California was included in the con- quest of Mexico but its auriferous deposits were scarcely more than suspected by the Spaniards though New Mexico and Arizona were reported by the intrepid Coronado as containing the "Seven Cities of Cibola," around which were vast resources of gold and silver. So far as the United States is concerned the first gold workings were in Georgia and North Carolina where mines were worked from which gold was produced in sufficient quantities to justify the establishing by the Government of branch mints at Charlotte, North Carolina, and Dahlo- nega, in Lumpkin County, Georgia, in 1 836, for the minting of gold coins, which were maintained until after the Civil War. That at Charlotte was reopened in I 869 as an assay office. The dis- covery of gold in California by the Australian prospector, Marshall, was the beginning of the era that established the United States as the world's greatest gold-producing region. Silver had been found in various places, largely as a by-product of lead or copper mines, until the discovery in 1859 of the famous Comstock lode in Nevada placed the United States in what was soon to be a neck-and-ne:k race with Mexico as a silver producer. In the early years of mining of gold on the Pacific Coast the chief source of supply was the work of individual miners who washed out from the sands of active or obsolete river beds the gold, in form of dust and nuggets, that had been washed out from the auriferous veins of the sur- rounding mountains by the rains of centuries. The miner on this small scale usually disposed of his product in local stores or took it to a nearby as- sayer who would melt it into a small bar. Later the larger operations of blasting out and mining from the ledge were taken up. Not often did the prospector who discovered or located the ledge undertake the systematic mining of a quartz claim, except enough to do the "assessment work" neces- sary to hold the claim and to demonstrate its min- eral value, unless it developed a very rich pocket of high-grade ore which he could gouge out with his pick. Sometimes, in primitive Mexican fash- ion, he would build an arastra, a rude apparatus propelled by horse or mule-power walking in a circle, by which free-milling gold or silver ores can be ground and amalgamated by dragging heavy stones over the ores in a circular, flat, stone- bottomed pit. More often, however, the discov- erer, if he had a real mine, would find the agent of some San Francisco mine speculator ready to ofl^er to buy the mine at a price that was never too high. There were, however, outside of the Com- stock lode and a few other locations, not many mines worked in a large and systematic way. The methods of reduction were crude and much of the value went to waste in the mill tailings if the ore was free milling or in the slag heap of the prim- itive smelters. The science of metallurgy, how- e\er. made rapid strides. New processes ve.y 176 NEW YORK-OLD AND XFW notably the cyanide process, made possil)le a much higher percentage of recovery and mines that had been passed by as worthless by the prospector or abandoned by the discouraged miner became im- mediately valuable because the new metallurgy made low grade ore in large quantities more val- uable to mme than narrow veins of much richer ore. Transportation had a good deal to do with the problem, many a mine of value being impracti- cable as a working proposition because of the ex- pense of getting in tools and supplies and shipping out ores. San Francisco was the center of the active oper- ations in the precious metals and its Stock Ex- change was the one on the floor of which the campaigns in Washoe (Comstock lode) stocks were fought in the "Bonanza" period of the middle 'seventies. Over-speculation in these stocks, dur- ing which prices went to two or three times their real investment values, led to a local panic in which many of the fortunes which had been made were lost and the Bank of California went to the wall, the President, William Ralston, committing suicide. Darius O. Mills, Senator Sharon, James R. Keene, President of the San Francisco Stock Exchange, and several others made up a fund of $8,000,000 (the three named each contributing $1,000,000), by which the bank was saved and made once more solvent and prosperous, but the Stock Exchange never recovered from the blow. The scepter which departed from San Francisco as a center of mining finance came to New York, which has since reigned supreme as the home mar- ket for the stocks and securities of most of the legitimate mining corporations of the Pacific Coast and other regions of production of the precious metals. There are few gold or silver mining prop- erties of legitimate value whose securities are not dealt in on one or the other of the New York Exchanges. This city is a natural market for these securities because it is also the market par excellence for gold and silver, the trade in which is largely international, with London and New York as the reciprocal arbiters of the current price of silver and the exchange rate on gold shipments. Until the great European War began there was a steady international movement of gold bullion to keep national gold reserves on an equilibrium, but since the beginning of the War the United States has held and retains a constantly increasing supply of gold as the reserve back of the constant outgo of munitions, food and supplies needed by the En- tente Allies. During the present war period the three other metals, copper, lead and zinc, have acquired an importance relatively greater than that of the precious metals. The normal uses of copper have greatly increased with the years, but the war uses of copper are so ijreat that there has been a call of abnormal proportions for this metal by all the belligerents so that although the production of cop- per has been greatly expanded through the attrac- tion of greatly advanced prices, the demand has outrun the supply. Minerals containing copper are of wide distribu- tion, but the chief sources of the world's supply are ncfw, as shown by the latest available statistics (those of 1915), the United States, Japan, Can- ada, Chile, Spain, Portugal, Germany, Aus- tralia, Peru. Mexico, Africa, Russia, Cuba and Bolivia, in the order named, with all other coun- tries aggregating only 25,000 metric tons out of a total of 1,061,283 metric tons. It should be noted, however, that the position of Mexico in this statement is entirely due to the disturbed con- dition of the country, its normal production being 1 5 per cent, larger than that of Japan. The United States, with 646,2 1 2 metric tons, pro- duced 60.889 per cent, of the world's production, being therefore the predominant source of supply of this important metal. Although the copper industry existed in a primitive way in the English colonies of America, and copper was mined in New Jersey, Connecticut and Pennsylvania in the early part of the Eight- eenth century, making shipments to England as far back as 1731, the pre-eminence of the United Stales in copper is a matter of quite recent develop- ment. Those colonial operations in copper were not, however, the first on the continent for arch- aeologists have decided that the prehistoric inhab- itants of the Lake country worked the natne copper deposits of the Lake Superior region. The old Santa Rita del Cobre mine, second oldest in the United States, which was worked by Spaniards in 1805, is now the Chino mine, one of the coun- try's best producers, but did not count as a part of United States production until after the Gads- den Purchase. The modern commercial history of the Amer- ican copper industry dates from the opening up of the Lake Superior district in 1844, including the mines later consolidated as the Calumet and Hecia group and other mines which gave the United States a place among the foremost copper producing countries. The mines of this range are geologically interesting because the ore, which is a native copper carrying some silver but only very small amounts of any other alloy, occurs as a cement, binding together or replacing the pebbles of a conglomerate, as a filling in amygdaloidal trap rock, this Calumet conglomerate being almost unique in mining experience and having no par- allel except in small isolated masses elsewhere. This range also shows irregular masses of copper in veins, but the irregularity of these veins and the variable sizes of their copper contents make it View of Broad Street and the "Curb" Market !78 NEW YORK—OLD AND NFAV unprohtablc to work tliein unit's,', c opix-i piKc- are high. 1 he Michigan mines continued to be the dom- inating factor in American production, with more than fifty per cent, of the production until 1883 (in which year if produced 51 per cent.), and during most of that period they turned out more than 80 per cent, of the entire American output. I he Michigan production, allowing for sHght fluc- tuations, has not diminished, but increased with the years. The total output of the United States as a whole has, however, increased much more rapid- ly than that of the Lake Superior region, and other sections of the country which were in frontier set- tlements when Lake Superior was furnishing the bulk of the copper output, have become prominent in the production of copper. After the opening up ol the Anaconda in Montana, the Michigan mines were soon outstripped in production. Mon- tana's production passed that of Michigan in 1887 and has remained in the leid of that State ever since, though since 1907 Arizona has been the foremost State in the production of copper. The first copper mine in Arizona was at Clif- ton where there were comparatively small work- ings in the early 'Seventies of the mines which since 1 884 have been owned by the Arizona Company, a British corporation which acquired the property in that year. The location of the Copper Queen mine at what is now the town of Bisbee in Arizona; the United Verde properties, started in operation about 1883 and acquired bv Senator W. A. Clark in 1899; the Ray Consoli- dated properties, combined under present owner- ship in 1907; the wonderful Inspiration on which four years' preparatory work was put before actual mining started in 1915; the Magma, the Miami, the Calumet and Arizona, the Shannon, the Shut- luck-Arizona and many other large producers give .'\rizona its established prestige as the most opulent copper region of the world. In New Mexico the Chino, at Harbey, Grant County, is historic, and since it was acquired by the Chino Copper Company has increased its pro- duction from 12,000,000 pounds of copper in 1912 to 64,887.788 pounds in 1915. Nevada, silver queen of the continent, has not been so prominent in copper production as its neigh- bor States, but has one large mine, that of the Nevada Consolidated Copper Company, which produced 62,726,651 pounds of copper in 1915. It is controlled by the Utah Copper Company. Utah has the distinction of possessing in the prop- erty of the Utah Copper Company the largest de- veloped ore body in the world. It has the most extensive mining equipment ever known with fa- cilities for mining and handling on a scale so gigan- tic that in July, 1916, it produced in the one month 20,302.228 pounds of copper. The ore Ijody li ol \ery low grade ttiough ol even distri- bution, and the mining is done on the most exten- sive scale known to mining science. The total output of the company in 1915 was 148.397.066 pounds of copper, 325,352 ounces of silver and 34,729 ounces of gold. Alaska has during a few years past entered the field as a copper producer on a large scale, although the fact that it possessed large copper resources had long been known. The Bonanza mine of the Kennecott Copper Company is the most remarkable mass of high grade copper ore ever uncovered, much of it rising as high as 60 per cent, copper. The mining season varies from five to nine months in length. In seven months ended January I. I 9 1 6. the Kennecott mines pro- duced 63.000.000 pounds of copper. Besides these mines of our own country, and very many more which have not been specifically named, there are vast copper properties in Mexico, Chile and other countries which are owned by American corporations. Formerly the copper con- trol was largely centred in Boston, which still holds an important place as a copper center. But a large majority of the copper properties of first importance are managed and financed from New York, which is also foremost as a market for the metal. The uses of copper have been very greatly mul- tiplied in connection with electrical machinery and service. Copper is an indispensable material, the de- mand for which has grown with the wonderful de- velopment of electricity as a medium for the pro- duction of heat, light and power. Besides this use, the importance of this metal in the manufac- ture of munitions has created a great demand which has incited not only vast increase in the output of existing mines but has also materially stimulated the search for other properties which may be developed into productive copper mines. Zinc, like copper, is a metal which has been advanced to abnormal prominence by the demands of wai. It is also like copper a metal of wide dis- tribution but much of the zinc resources were not found available because it is very difficult to sep- arate, by any chemical process commercially avail- able, the zinc from the other metallic ingredients with which it is in most cases complicated. There are mines in this country in which zinc is the pre- dominant metal and therefore easily separated by treatment of the ore from an exclusively zinc standpoint. The mines which produce these clean, easily worked zinc ores have heretofore supplied the larger share of the American spelter product. But as zinc is a metal largely used in connection with various war activities the United States was suddenly called upon for a much larger quantity of spelter than had ever before been produced in this country. As by far the larger share of the NEW YORK-^OLD AND NEW 179 world's zinc output had come from German and Belgian smelters, now cut off from the Entente Allies, the United States has been put under the pressure of a demand for spelter which has far outrun the present capacity of this country to supply. This has resulted in prices which are three or four times higher than normal, and this result again has stimulated efforts to recover zinc from ores in which its presence had previously been regarded as a detriment rather than an asset. In the smeltme of complex ores the zinc has usually been burned out, or by other modes of separation has gone into the tailings dump. Progress in metallurgical science has created new methods of reduction by which further loss of this valuable metal in such ores can be and is largely being saved by new processes, such as the froth flotation process for the recovery of zinc from ores in which it is complicated with lead, and by magnetic separation in the case of complex sul- phide ores the reduction of which long baffled metallurgists and smelting experts. The zinc industry has been greatly enlarged by these processes and the promotion and management of the zinc properties and the new processes of production are largely centered in New York, which also includes among the activities of its market large transactions in the metal zinc, the volume of which increased about 75 per cent, in 1916 over the similar transactions of 1915. The lead product of the country has increased steadily during the years, being under 100,000 tons per annum until 1881, then under 200,000 tons per annum until 1892, under 300,000 tons annually until 1898, under 400,000 tons yearlv until 1906, and under 500,000 tons until 1914, when it increased to 542,000 tons, which again was increased to 550,000 tons in 1915. The United States is the largest producer, with over thirty per cent, of the world's production before the war period, a proportion now considerably aug- mented. The three leading producing states for lead are Missouri, Idaho and Utah, whose 1915 output was 195,634 tons, 160,680 tons and 106,105 tons respectively. Missouri's production is unique in that the lead ores there are not com- plicated with zinc. The New York market is the principal one for lead, although St. Louis is also an important market for the metal, being the center of a large industry in the manufacture of white lead. New York has grown steadily into larger par- ticipation in the mining industries and interests of the United States. Mines are now financed and managed upon as safe and conservative lines as any other industries, and with their largely increas- ing output responding to heavy domestic and ex- port demands contribute in no unimportant degree to the metropolitan importance of New York. 180 NEW YORK OLD AND NEW JOHNG. One of the most active and energetic members of the group of successful men engaged in the development of the mining interests in the Tonopah section of Nevada is John G. Kirchen, a resident of Reno, in that state. Mr. Kirchen was born June 14, 1874, at Lake Linden, Michigan, and after a preparatory course in various schools en- tered the Michigan College of Mines, from which he graduated in I 894 with the degree of Mining Engineer. His profession called him to Nevada, where he located and soon became interested in mining and other enterprises. He is President and General Manager of the White Caps Mining Company of Nevada, the White Caps Extension at Manha ttan, the Yerington Mountain Copper Co., the Tonopah Mines Corporation and the Nevada First National Bank of Tonopah. He is also General Manager of the Tonopah Exten- sion Mining Company and is a member of the Rocky Mountain Club of New York City, the Mining and Metallurgical Society of America and the American Institute of Mining Engineers. The Tonopah Extension Mining Company, of which Mr. Kirchen is General Manager, is one of the most prosperous in the Tonopah section and has been largely developed under Mr. Kirchen's di- rection. The last annual report, rendered in May, 1917, showed profits for the preceding year of $673,394.08. A surplus brought this amount up to $1,513,005.91, out of which the sum of $702,491.82 was paid in dividends. The Sully group of claims was purchased during the year, which brought the total acreage of the company up to 627.6. There were mined 109,402.20 tons of ore, the contents of which was 2,068,- 650.38 ounces of silver and 19,622,405 ounces of gold, the average gross value of the ore being $17,107 per ton, of which $13,405 was silver and $3,702 gold. Development and exploration work is still going on in the various levels, and KIRCHEN additions to the plant made during the year in- creased Its efficiency 25 per cent and reduced the cost of milling $0,855 per ton. This saving, how- ever, was partially offset by an increased cost of production amounting to $0,286 per ton. Mr. Kirchen, as General Manager, has inaugurated a policy of saving which, with prospective ore re- serves, will greatly increase the company's profits during the present year. The White Caps Mining Company, which is under the direct supervision of Mr. Kirchen as President, owns 120 acres of land at Manhattan, Nevada, forty-five miles from Ton- opah. It is thoroughly equipped with the most modern mining and milling plants in the country. Its development has exposed ore bodies which are estimated to average about $20.00 per ton in gold. The equipment is such that 150 tons of ore will eventually be handled and in the near future the earnings should be around $40,000 per month. Handling and treatment will be under $6.00 per ton and the White Caps, it is predicted by experts and engineers, will be one of the greatest gold mines in the country. Mr. Kirchen looks for simi- larly good results from the development of the White Caps Extension which he is now prospect- ing. The Yerington Mountain Copper Company, another of Mr. Kirchen's enterprises, is now in course of development and is taking out copper ore running six per cent copper, with about four ounces of silver to the ton. These are a few of the corporations that have been and are being suc- cessfully developed through Mr. Kirchen's genius and, while his training and inclinations have led him into many mining ventures, he also possesses executive ability and financial qualifications that elevated him to the presidency of the Nevada First National Bank of Tonopah, one of the strong institutions of that section, which owes much of Its su::ess to Mr. Kirchen's keen knowledge oi Western conditions and investments. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 181 John G. Kirchen A Leader in the Mining- Interests of the Country 18? NEW YORK— OLD AND NEIV BUFFALO II has often been asserted that there is no such thing as luck but the story of Charles L. Denison's puK li.ise and development of a productive mine in the ( nil, ill district of Canada savors greatly of un- aduhc rated chance. Mi. Denison. who had been in the coal business, was lookmg around for a new field of end(M\oi when he picked up a daily paper and read nl ihc possibilities in the mining business at Coball, C .unda. He determined to go there and look around. He was the third American in the district and, learning of a man who wanted to sell a claim, he, with no knowledge whatever of mining, paid $8,000 for the holding and became a mine owner. He liad never seen silver-bearing rock and didn't know whether his investment was good or bad. He remained in Cobalt for some time and then another man chanced along and offered to buy the mine. Here luck again inter- vened. Mr. Denison asked $100,000 for the pioperty and the would-be purchaser offered $90,- 000. Thereupon Mr. Denison refused to sell. Returning to the States Mr. Denison explained the situation to Robert W. Pomeroy and to George C. Miller, of Buffalo, N. Y., to whom he sold a half interest in the claim and the Buffalo Mining Company was formed with a capital of $50,000. The work of develop- ment was begun and, finding more money was required, the three associates on May 1 , 1 906, incorporated the Buffalo Mines, Limited, with a capital of $1,000,000. Machinery and mod- ern appliances were installed and the company was soon shipping ore in such quantities that divi- dends were paid in September and October of the year of incorporation. Already 287 per cent, has been paid in dividends and the company is now making a distribution of capital stock amounting to 25 per cent, which will bring the total divi- dends to 312 per cent. Mr. Denison's entry into the mining field was the result of sheer hick but his grasp of conditions afterwards was the resuh of sound judgment and executive ability which NFS, LTD. made possible the stock distribution. When silver was selling at a low figure three years ago Mr. Denison realized that the war would advance the price and he determined to store the product of the mine. This he did until L000,000 ounces had accumulated, which he sold recently, verifying his judgment and earning a tidy sum lor the slo( khnldi IS. The Buffalo mines are modernly equijiiicd \silh every appliance lor ex- tracting and handling ore at the lowest figure and unexcelled railroad facilities keep the cost of shipments down. A complete concentrating plant was installed last year and the company now re- fines its own silver. The corporation is a close one, only about 25 or 30 per cent, of the stock being on the market. The mines give promise of future rich production as the last annual report of Superintendent Jones slates: "There is broken ready for hoisting approximately 15,700 tons of ore in the stopes, of approximate value of 25 ounces per ton. Unbroken ore developed, I 7,200 tons of the same estimated value, or 951,125 ounces. There is 8,000 tons of ore on the dumps of approximate value of 120,000 ounces, making a total of 1,071,125 ounces. Sand tail- ings of approximately 275,000 tons remain of es- timated value of 1,400,000 ounces, also 3,000 Ions of residues at the high grade plant for fur- ther treatment. " The officers of Buffalo Mines, Ltd., are: Charles L. Denison, President ; Robert W. Pom- eroy, Vice-President; Albert W. Johnston, Sec- ond Vice-President; George C. Miller, Secretary and Treasurer. These, with Edward McM. Mills, constitute the Board of Directors. Recently Mr. Denison and his original asso- ciates, Mr. Pomeroy and Mr. Miller, purchased the Teck-Hughes mine. This company had an is- sue of 2,000,000 shares and the price paid was SIX cents per share. 7 he present quotation is sixty cents and the mine, which is fully equipped, gives promise of yielding a large amount of gold. NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 183 Charles L. Denison President of the Buffalo Mines, Ltd. 184 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW CONSOLIDATED INTERSTATF.-C ALLAl IAN MINING C OMPAN>' John A. Percival The Consolidated Interstate-Callahan Mining Company, whose property is located at Wallace. Idaho, in the famous Coeur d'Alene mining dis- trict, has shown marvelous development since its incorporation. June 12, 1912. It began paying dividends April I, 1915, since which time it has paid more than $6,000,000.00 to holders of stock, an amount greater than forty per cent, on the par value of the stock. $10.00 per share, and equal to 25 per cent, of the present market price. The company was organized June 12, 1912, by the consolidation of the Interstate Silver-Lead Min- ing Cotnpany and the Callahan Mining Company, with a capital of $5,000,000.00, divided into 500.000 shares of the par value of $10.00 per share. The principal physical asset at that time was the uncovered orebody of the Callahan Mine although it was thought that the mines had excel- lent prospects because both of the properties were located immediately west of the Hercules Mine and northwest of the Tamarack and Custer Mines, all of which were large producers of lead ores. A short time after the consolidation a very rich vein of zinc ore was opened up on the Interstate NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 185 property, the discovery and development of which marks an epoch in the history of zinc production in Idaho. Robert N. Bell. State Inspector of Mines, in his annual report of the mining industry of Idaho, published January I, 1913, made spe- cial reference to the geological significance of the discovery. He said: "This property comprises a very extensive group of claims in the strike to the west of the famous Hercules vein. It is situated almost entirely in the black mud slates of the Pritchard formation in their perfect and typical unaltered condition, and the success of this de- velopment is of decided importance to the general welfare of the district." His judgment has been fully vindicated as the experts who had so confidently declared that no permanent vein would be found in this formation have been converted or silenced by the development within it of one of the greatest and most persistent ore deposits in the world. The report made by the President, Mr. Percival, on June 30, 1916. asserts that the operations of the past year totalled a net profit of $3,100,491.28. Adding to this the surplus as of June 30. 1915, makes a total surplus of $4,243,458.32. Out of this there were paid dividends of $7.00 per share during the year, making a total of $3,254,930.00, and for the acquisition of new property $181,817.17. leaving a surplus as of June 30. 1916, of $806,- 710.66. The dividends paid in December, 1916, March 31, 1917, and the dividend of $1.00 per share paid June 30, 1917, make a grand total in two years of more than six million dollars paid (dis- bursed) to the stockholders, which is equivalent to $13.50 per share. The company owns forty- five mining claims upon which title is held under patents of the United States Government. The company has increased its holdings by the pur- chase from time to time of valuable properties. The company now owns the adjoining property known as the Nipsic Mining Co. and has a con- trolling interest in the Blue Grouse Mining Com- pany, the Silver State Mining Company and the Virginia claim. These properties all adjoin the Consolidated Interstate-Callahan Mining Company and have become a part of it. All these holding; have proven valuable additions. The acreage at the present time amounts to something better than twelve hundred acres. This great company of mining holdings, consolidated and known as the Consolidated Interstate-Callahan Mining Co., pro- duces silver, lead and zinc ore. During the quarter ended March 31, 1917. the total ore mined amounted to 37,700 tons, which had an average content of 23.7 per cent, zinc, 2.5 ounces of silver and 6.7 per cent, lead. Ore reserves blocked out in mine are suffi- cient for approximately three years' supply at present rate of production. In the management of the Consolidated Inter- state-Callahan Mining Company there are asso- ciated men from various sections of the country, including some whose knowledge of the Idaho mining field is based on long and intimate famil- iarity with its developments, some of them going back to pioneer days in the Nine Mile section of the Coeur d'Alene. Others are men of varied business and financial experience whose judgment has been schooled in connection with the manage- ment of other great enterprises. Their direction of this great enterprise, whose income last year ex- ceeded four million dollars, is marked by methods of enterprising industry and financial conservatism which testify to the progress as well as the safety of the large interests confided to their hands. The official roster of the company is as follows: President, John A. Percival; M. G. Rodearmel, First Vice-President; Milie Bunnell, Second Vice- President and Treasurer; Julian B. Beatty, Sec- retary. The Directors are: John A. Percival, New York City; Otto Sussman, New York City; Joseph B. Cotton, New York City; Milie Bun- nell, Duluth, Minn.; A. L. Warner, Duluth, Minn.; P. H. Nelson, Duluth, Minn.; M. G. Rodearmel, Minneapolis, Minn. ; S. S. Titus, Grand Forkes, N. D. ; James F. Callahan. Wal- lace, Idaho. The principal office of the company is at 61 Broadway, New York City, and branches are maintained with the Stoddard Incorporating Com- pany, Phoenix, Arizona, in the Sellwood Building. Duluth. Minnesota, and at the mines, Wallace. Idaho. C. W. Newton is Manager at the mines and D. F. Haley, of Wallace, Idaho, Consulting Engineer. The Title Guarantee and Trust Company. I 76 Broadway, acts in the capacity of Transfer Agent, while the Registrar and Transfer Company, 120 Broadway, fills the position of Registrar. 185 NEW YORK—OLD AMD NEW MARYSVILLR GOLD MINING CO. Surrounded by a group of gold mines that have produced over $30,000,000, llie properties of the Marysville Gold Mining Company occupy the geological center or core of the Marysville district, Lewis & Clark County, Montana. There are nine historical mines in this surrounding group. I hey have for years been rated as the richest gold mines in the state of Montana. All are withm a radius of half to three quarters of a mile of the Marysville Gold Mining group. The company's mineral estate is in a compact body, its holdings comprising appro-ximately 500 acres, forming a group of six gold mines. The Marysville con- solidation, accordmg to incomplete records, has produced between $500,000 and $1,000,000, although it has never been systematically or exten sively operated. Litigation involved an important section of the group over a period of 14 years, which prevented development or the extraction of ore. This has recently been cleared up. Some idea of the value of the Marysville and the pos- sible production can be gleaned from a description of the territory. From the Drumlummon on the east to the Marysville is a distance of less than half a mile. This mine has produced $28,000,000 and its veins strike directly into Marysville terri- tory. The Cruse and Belmont mines, which have produced $5,500,000, adjoin the Marysville on the northeast. Their principal veins also traverse the northeastern section of the Marysville group. I he Piegan & Gloster is half to three quarters of a mile northwest. Its production has totalled $8,000,000. Less than three quarters of a mile west lie the Empire and Penobscot, which have recorded a production of $5,000,000. Approximately three-quarters of a mile south- west IS located the Bald Butte mine, which is credited with a production of $3,500,000. The Shannon mine of the Barnes King Development Company endlines the Blue Bird mine of the Marysville on the southwest. During the past two years an orebody 700 feet long has been developed on the Shannon to within a very short distance of the Blue Bird line. The ore reserves blocked out to a depth of about 400 feet are estimated at $3, 00 J, 000. The east face of thi Shannon workings shows 9 to 1 2 feet of high grade gold ore, sampling from $60 to $65 a Ion. This is in reality the continuation of the Blue Bird & Hickey vein of the Marysville. from which has been extracted approximately $550,000 under exceedingly adverse conditions. This was prior to the litigation referred to — at a time when ore had to have a value of $20 to $25 per ton to be worth anything. The Blue Bird & Hickey vein has been opened along its strike for a dis- tance of approximately 4,000 feet on Marysville ground. It has been proven rich and permanent. In all probability it is correlated with one of the major veins of the Drumlummon. Attention is called to the fact that most of the major veins of the district strike directly toward and into the Marysville property. This is shown by the lay of the various mining claims of the surrounding prop- erties, which, as usual, are, with few exceptions, located on the strike of the main ore channels. The Marysville Gold Mining Company owns out- right ten of the above lodes and holds favorable options on the remainder. Options will be exer- cised on properties which develop to the satis- faction of the management, and such properties will be added to the company's mineral estate. The Marysville Gold Mining Company holds in its treasury 473.000 shares out of a total author- ized of 1.000,000 shares, of the par value of $1. A limited number of the treasury shares are beint; sold for the purpose of carrying on further develop- ment operations, to build a milling plant for the reduction of ores, and to complete payments on additional properties acquired. The stock of the Marysville Gold Mining Company has been listed on the New York Curb. The vein of the Blue Bird & Hickey property has been opened to a maximum depth of 350 feel and mine samplings show average values in gold, with" some silver, ranging from $30 to $50 per ton. The two claims are expected to produce several millions of dollars in gold, with some silver. The main Honeycomb shaft is approximately 250 feet deep. At the bottom it shows eight feet of ore. with NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 187 an average value of $25 a ton. The Mt. Pleas- ant claim shows a value of $60 to $75 a ton and some shipments have netted as high as $4,000 a car. The Spokane group shows values from $20 to $30 a ton while the Annie Dillion shows ore of an average value of from $30 to $40 per ton. In addition to the veins above described, there are, in all, 1 4 known veins on the Marysvil!e group of mines. These have been prospected so superficially that their true mining importance is an unknown quantity. That they all have big possi- bilities, however, is a statement which has been endorsed by many of the more competent mining authorities of the State of Montana. Plans as out- lined for the systematic development of the Marys- ville properties include the continuation of the Blue Bird & Hickey crosscut tunnel to open and explore the Mr. Pleasant-Honeycomb veins. This will give a depth of about 400 feet on the veins of this group. Drifts will then be driven the full length of the veins with a view to opening a large ton- nage of ore for later production. In the previous operation of these mmes, power was an important and costly item. With the development of the Shannon, however, an electric power line has been built across the Marysville and ample electric power is now available for all purposes. The saving of this single item is shown by the fact that power now costs one-fifth of what it did prior to the installation of the power line. Its importance is reflected in the fact that ore of an average grade of $10 per ton can now be mined and milled at a substantial profit, whereas all ore less than $20 per ton of metal contents was prac- tically worthless. There are a number of substantial and modern mills operating in the immediate locality, all engaged in handling ore from adjoining or nearby mines. The fact is brought out as showing that there are no metallurgical problems confronting the company. It is planned to build a mill of 300 tons capacity at the mouth of the Spokane tunnel. The plant will be equipped with most modern machinery, including adequate crushing and cyaniding units. iProvision will be made to in- crease capacity by building additional units as ore developments may warrant. Metallurgical deter- mmations show conclusively that a saving of from 90% to 95% of the gross values of the ore is entirely feasible. Careful estimates of all items of cost on an output of 300 tons daily show that a net return of at least $10 per ton on all ore milled will be realized. This deduction is made only after an exhaustive consideration of the average grade of ore that will be extracted and wholly disregards the higher grades, of which there are substantial tonnages running from $40 to $75 per ton. In this connection, it may be interesting to note that exceptionally rich vein sections have been handled separately on the Bald Butte, Cruse, and other rich mines, and have yielded values from $1,000 to $2,000 per ton. On a net realization of $10 per ton from milling operations, the esti- mated net earnings of the company are placed at $900,000 annually. Shipments of higher grade ore are counted upon to materially increase the average yearly income, the closest estimates ap- proximating $1,000,000 net, which would equal $1 a share yearly on the company's capital of $1,000,000. Whatever increase is made in mill- ing facilities later will, obviously, mean an equiva- lent increase in production and net earnings. The Marysville Gold Mining Company's mines have been examined and reported upon at various times by many of the foremost engineers of the State of Montana as well as practical mine opera- tors of wide experience and prominent standing. Included among these are such men as James Higgins, who was for years connected with the Anaconda Company as an assistant superintend- ent and is widely known throughout Montana as a consulting engineer; W. W. Lytzen and E. M. May, engineers of mines, Butte, Montana, L. S. Ropes, Edward Swan and John W. Wade, prominent engineers of Helena, James Deering. one of the big mine operators of the state, and Duncan MacVichie, E. M., of Salt Lake. All these experts have made flattering reports of the group. The New York offices of the company are at 120 Broadway. 188 WEIV YORK OLD .-lAV) NEW Cornelius M. Garrison President of the Calumet & Jerome Copper Co. iVElV YORK— OLD AND NEW 189 CORNELIUS M. GARRISON A prominent figure in the copper industry of the country, whose energy in mining and marketing that indispensable product has materially added to the nation's wealth, is Cornelius M. Garrison, who was born at Brookville, Pa., May 9, 1866. the son of John Nelson and Mary Angeline (Thomp- son) Garrison. He is of Scotch-Irish ancestry, and on the paternal side is descended from the old and well-known Garrison family of Boston. The maternal forebears were among the early settlers of Chester County, Pa. Mr. Garrison was grad- uated from the public schools of Brookville in 1 883, and began his active business career two years later with the Orford Copper & Sulphur Co. in laboratory work at Constable Hook, N. J. His next connection was with the Butte Reduction Works, of Butte, Mont., where his knowledge of copper was largely added to, and he then returned to the Orford Copper & Sulphur Co. as night foreman of the Constable Hook, N. J., plant. He retained this position for some time and then began business for himself in Pittsburgh, Pa., dealing in copper and other metals and working in close affiliation with the W. A. Clark interests. He was subsequently occupied in assisting to dis- pose of the United Verde Copper Co.'s output through the Waclark Wire Co., of Bayway, N. J. After this he transferred his interests to New York City, where he dealt in copper wire and later directed his attention to copper mining and other phases of the copper industry in California and Arizona. One of the principal companies with which Mr. Garrison is affiliated is the Calumet & Jerome Copper Company, an Arizona corporation of $1,500,000 capital, full paid and non-assess- able, with a par value of $1.00 per share. There are no bonds or other fixed charges. The registrar 15 the Security Transfer & Registrar Company, 66 Broadway, New York City. The property com- prises SIX claims of approximately one hundred acres of patented land. The claims are. Reming- ton, Clara, Duluth, Franklin, Calumet, Bald Eagle and St. Paul — all in one body and located in the Jerome Mining District of Arizona. All buildings are of galvanized corrugated iron and equipment includes 285 H. P. Mcintosh & Seymour Diesel Engine coupled to a 200 K. V. A. Generator and Exciter with panel board and current regulator; Ingersoll Rand Air Com- pressor driven by 75 H. P. motor; Lidgerwood Double Drum Counterbalance Hoist with motor; Gallows Frame of Oregon pine timber; well fur- nished blacksmith shop with latest type drill sharp- eners; oil storage tanks; water storage tanks with water cooler; superintendent's cottage; automobile truck; entire plant including shaft, electrically lighted and, in fact, the most complete plant in the Jerome district. The property is end-lined and side-lined by the United Verde Copper Company, which is owned by e.x-Senator W. A. Clark, undoubtedly the rich- est copper mine of the world. The property is also side-lined by the United Verde Extension, which has recently opened up an heretofore unheard of body of rich copper ore. The Jerome District is traversed by what is known as thort trade. The imports include light and heavy chemicals of domestic manufacture. The entire building at 181 Front Street is used for executive and stock-carrying pur- poses and Mr. Cone is one of the few merchants in his line to use a large warehouse and carry stock for immediate delivery. Mr. Cone was married in 1908 to Ethel Woolverton of New York City. He is a Director of the Iron Steam- boat Co., of New Jersey, and the Edgewater Basin Co. He is a member of the Chamber of Commerce, the Automobile Club of America, the Aero Club of America, the Orchard Lake Club, the Rubber Club of America, the Merchants' As- sociation, the Orchard Lake Club and the Apawa- mis Golf Club of Rye, New York. 258 NEIV YORK^OLD AND NEW Michael Golodetz Presidri.t c: the Bengol Trading: Company, Inc., and in Charge of the American End of tlie Business. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 259 BENGOL TRADING COMPANY, INC. The Bengol Trading Company, which main- tains offices at 1 70 Broadway, is engaged in an active campaign in European and Asiatic Russia in order to bring the merits of Ameri- can made goods to the attention of the con- sumers in those far-away districts. The company also has offices in London, Petrograd and Mos- cow and a thorough knowledge of the conditions in the territory in which it is working leads the officers to predict remarkable growth for this country's exports. The Bengol Trading Company was incorporated January 1, 1917, by Messrs. Golodetz Brothers Trading Co. and a prominent Russian-English banking institution with a capital stock of $300,000, half of which is controlled by Messrs. M. & B. Golodetz, who owned the Golodetz Brothers Trading Company, and the other half by this Russian and English Bank. Messrs. Golodetz Brothers Trading Company were actively engaged in commerce between Eng- land and France, Russia and Germany for about twelve years before the beginning of the war, and because of this experience are considered authority on international trade. Of course, the office which was maintained in Hamburg was discontinued at the beginning of the present war. The Bengol Trading Company has lately con- cluded exclusive agency arrangements with several of the largest and most prominent manufacturers of agricultural and industrial equipment in this country to represent them exclusively in the sale of their products in Russia. Among these con- cerns are the Thomas Manufacturing Co. of Spring- field. Ohio, Hart Grain Weigher Company of Peoria, 111., R. R. Howell Co., of Minneapolis. The Bengol Trading Company at present has two of its representatives in Japan and further- more has its own agents in France, Spain and Italy and agents appointed throughout Cuba and Mexico from which its representative has just lately re- turned after an extensive trip. The connection of the Bengol Trading Company with the banking institution and its subsequent financial strength, the experience and ability of its officers and staffs, the company's connections with various trades and industries in this country and also in European and South American connections which will enable it to develop business between those countries and Russia, will assure the Bengol Trading Company of a prominent part in Russia's post-bellum commercial affairs. When it is considered that Russia has a pop- ulation of 180,000,000 and that thousands of miles of her territory are ripe for development, to say nothing of the mineral wealth that is practically untouched, some idea can be had of the possibilities in opening up this wide field. Germany has pre- viously monopolized Russian foreign trade to the disadvantage of the Russian people but the Euro- pean war has changed conditions there and with the return of peace Russia will naturally turn her business to an ally rather than an enemy nation. The revolution in that country has also had a tendency to improve the prospects of the American manufacturer. It was not merely political. It was a general strike against old conditions, which means the introduction of modern tools, machin- ery and methods in every department of Russian effort. The President of the company is M. Golodetz, who is in charge of the American business of the company. He is considered an authority on inter- national trade and is in a position to advise manu- facturers as to the best way to reach the purchas- ing centers of Russia and the Far East. Much of the Bengol Trading Company's export business is for the account of the Russian Government and it is therefore in close touch with affairs there. The company's representatives make frequent trips Uj Siberia, Asiatic Russia and the Far Eastern countries gathering full information as to the needs of the people and by this means no mistake is made as to the character of the goods it will pay the best to exploit there. 260 NEW YORK OLD AND NEW FREDERIC HENJES, JR. Frederic Henjes, Jr., was born in Brooklyn, April 7, 1877, and it is a matter of pride with him that he spent his entire life in a district which produced many men that have become notable in New York's financial and commercial affairs. Mr. Henjes was educated in the public and high schools of Brooklyn and when only fifteen years of age entered the employ of Passavant & Co. One year later he became office boy for the well- known firm of Oelrichs & Co., and during twenty years with this firm filled many positions in the steamship and importing departments, being ad- vanced, as he grew familiar with the details of the business, until there came a time when he took the initiative and laid before his employers plans for the formation of a forwarding department, which would also include custom house brokerage, ware- housing and a commission business. His plans met with the approval of Oelrichs & Co. and he was authorized to put them into effect. This was in 1907, and after the building at 31 Water Street was secured the new department was launched with Mr. Henjes in full charge. Shortly after the breaking out of the European War, Oelrichs & Co., who were agents for the North German Lloyd, decided to retire from the steamship and forwarding business and devote their entire time to the importation of wool, hides, cocoa and coffee. In keeping with this decision, Mr. Henjes became sole proprietor of the business at 31 Water Street, which had grown to large proportions under his able management. As a commission merchant Mr. Henjes buys American products for shipment to foreign countries and as forwarding agent, custom-house broker and warehouseman, acts for some of the leading manufacturers of the United States and Europe. He employs a large clerical staff and having a high rating for strict business integrity finds no difficulty in steadily increasing his already large business. During the time Mr. Henjes was in charge of the business for Oelrichs & Co. and since succeeding that firm he made many trips to the commercial and manufacturing centers of Europe and the United States and formed connections which he still retains. He employs no solicitors, the reputation of his house bringing the business to him unsought. Mr. Henjes is the son of Frederic and Henrietta (Koster) Henjes and comes of an ancestry that dates back to the time of Richard Cour de Lion. He was married in 1905 to Anne Helen O'Brien, the union bringing three daughters. Mr. Henjes is fond of outdoor sports and is a member of the Crescent Athletic Club, the Traffic Club of New York and the Merchants' Association. Mr. Henjes resides at 292 East I 7th Street, Brooklyn, and still occupies the building 31 Water Street, formerly used by Oelrichs & Co. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 261 GEORGE GRAVENHORST The importing and exporting firm of Graven- horst & Co., 90 Wall Street, owes its origin to George Gravenhorst, senior partner of the present house, who was formerly associated with F. El- menhorst, in the same line of business, since 1874. The firm assumed its present title in 1 908 when Fred W. Gravenhorst, a son of the senior mem- ber, became associated with the business. George Gravenhorst was born in Germany in 1 843 and came to New York in 1864, his entire business career having been spent in the same line of busi- ness, gaining an experience that has been a strong factor in the extension of the business. Fred W. Gravenhorst, the junior partner, was born in Brooklyn, in 1877, and like his father has a ccfmplete knowledge of the trade. With this ex- perienced guidance the firm's business has in- creased from year to year until it is recognized as one of the leadmg importing' and exporting houses in New York City, employing a clerical force of twenty and having a thorough equipment to handle the largest and most important trade. Its ramifications extend over the entire world and the goods exported consist of general merchandise, anything of American origin or manufacture. The imported goods include sugar from the West Indies, coffee, hides, skins and tanning materials from South America, and a specialty is also made of crude rubber, both South American and Plan- tation, while Mexico and South America also yield beans, which figure largely among the firm's staple imports. The products are sold largely in New York through the various importers who spe- cialize in these commodities. TTie success of Gravenhorst & Co. is not entirely due to business knowledge. Its recognized integrity and absolute fairness in all transactions have helped materially in the progress of the house. 262 NEW YORK-OLD AND NEW W. TYRIE STEVENS W. Tyrie Stevens, Importer and Exporter, with offices at 5 State Street, was born December I I , 1867, in Dunnville, Ontario. Canada, where he was educated. He came to New York City in January, 1889, and established a business of his own here six years later. Previously he visited the West Indies and South America, gathering material to be used in the compilation of Wright's Trade Directory and made several voyages around the world in. the interest of American manufac- turing. Mr. Stevens' principal line of endeavor is exportmg and he has for ten years paid much attention to the South African trade. His exports include lubricating oils, leather, brass, fire arms, the product of the Stevens Arms Company, and prepared wool and fur for hats. He also exports ail American products and manufactures for clients abroad. His imports include wool, hides and skins from the Argentine. Mr. Stevens has clients in every trade center in the world and maintains offices in Montevideo, Buenos Aires and Sao Paulo, Brazil. He is a member of the Chamber of Commerce, the Pan-American Society, India House, Whitehall Club, was President of the Circumnavigators' Club for two years and is now First Vice-President of the Canadian Club of New York. Mr. Stevens has been married twice; in 1898 to Marie Claire Perkins, who gave him one son, Robert T. Stevens, born 1905. and in 1915 to Anne Gaillard O'Bryan of South Carolina by whom he has one son, Walter Tyrie. Jr., born January, 1917. He resides at 420 Riverside Drive. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 263 OTTO ISENSTEIN & CO. Albert M. Hersch Otto Isenstein The corporation of Otto Isenstein & Co., formed in 1907, has aheady taken its place as one of the leading importing and exporting houses of the country. The officers of the company are; Otto Isenstein, President; Richard Sidenberg, Vice-President, and Albert M. Hersch, Treas- urer. The active members are Mr. Isenstein and Mr. Hersch, who started the business with offices at 90 Wall Street and salesrooms and ware- houses on the west side of the city. The business had grown to such an extent by May 1, 1916, that the offices and salesrooms were combined in the building No. 1 Hubert Street, near Hudson Street, and the warehouses in various parts of the city were continued. The firm are importers of raw products from the Far East, Africa and Aus- tralia and specialize in gums for varnish, paint and similar trades, mother-of-pearl shells and cop- rah. They also represent various firms in China, India, Singapore and the Dutch East Indies, for whom they sell, to importers here, rubber, gutta percha, hides, spices and drugs. They export American products and manufactures to the houses from which they import. The building at No. I Hubert Street, where the firm has handsomely fitted up executive offices on the second floor, is a five-story structure, the balance being used for exhibiting sample cases of the firm's imported prod- ucts. Their trade territory covers the entire United States and Canada and a branch is main- tained at 311 California Street, San Francisco, California, to more expeditiously handle their trans-Pacific shipments. They also have exclu- sive connections throughout the Far East, Africa and Australia. Both Mr. Isenstein and Mr. Hersch are active and energetic in the manage- ment of the business which has grown steadily since the firm's formation and increased very largely during the last three years, despite the dis- turbed conditions of the world's commerce. 264 NEW YORK -OLD AND NEW ANTONIO ZUCCA One of the leading factors in the Itahan trade of New York is Antonio Zucca, who has, while engaged in building up a large business in foreign products, devoted much time to the political, finan- cial and benevolent interests of his adopted city. Mr. Zucca was born in Trieste. He was educated in the schools of his native city, from which he received a sound commercial training, and, after spending considerable time in Northern Italy, came to the United States in 1869. He at once established the house of Zucca & Co., and began the importation of Italian products for the American market. Mr. Zucca's strong personality and energy, coupled with his reputa- tion of handling the highest grade goods only, assured the success of the new venture and the business has increaised steadily since its inception. Attracted by Mr. Zucca's growing trade, other merchants entered the same field and the commerce between the two countries grew to large propor- tions — a result that is unquestionably due to Mr. Zucca's early efforts. After acquiring citizenship in New York City, Mr. Zucca organized the Italian Political Association, a body of natural- ized citizens that wielded considerable power. He was a School Trustee for several terms, was elected Coroner in the Borough of Manhattan, and afterwards became President of the Board of As- sessors of New York City. His interest in Italy's development, his efforts to promote and increase trade between that country and the United States and his care of and aid to Italian subjects resid- ing in New York City, led to his being three times decorated by the King of Italy. Mr. Zucca is a member of Tammany Hall and hai served as President of the Italian Chamber of Commerce and the Italian branch of the Inter- national Peace Society. He is a director of the Italian Savings Bank and the Italian Benevolent Society. His business address is 25 West Broadway. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 265 DANTE ANTOLINI Dante Antolini, proprietor of the firm of D. Antolini & Co., of 45 Broadway. New York City, was born in Florence, Italy. March 20. 1879. He was educated in the city of his birth and, upon coming to this country as a young man, became associated with the importing and exporting business. Connection with several leading firms in this line brought Mr. A.ntolini a thorough knowl- edge of the trade and he started in business for himself in 1 906 under the present name. The firm does an extensive business with Central and South America, Spain, Italy. France and Eng- land, importing the products of these countries and exporting to the same localities all goods of American manufacture, and has branches in Buenos Aires, Valparaiso, Para, Rio Janeiro, Florence (Italy), and a dozen other foreign trade centers, with correspondence in every quarter of the civilized globe. H. MARQUARDT & CO., INC. The house of H. Marquardt & Co., Inc., one of the oldest and most successful in the importing and exporting line, was founded by the late H. Marquardt in 1864. Despite the depression at that period on account of the Civil War, the firm was successful and its business grew steadily. Mr. Marquardt died in the eighties and the business was afterward incorporated under the laws of the State of New York, with Hans Triest, Sr., as President. The business of H. Marquardt & Co.. Inc., is conducted on a commission basis and the exports handled include every known product from Mexico, Central and South America, Europe, the West Indies, and the French colonies in Africa. These goods are sold all over the United States and Canada. All character of goods and machinery manufactured in the various factories of this country are numbered among the exports and H. Marquardt & Co., Inc., have made American products knorwn in nearly every section of the civilized world. The firm has commodious offices at 35 South William Street and a large clerical force, which is necessary in the conduct of the vast business. It also has connections and corre- spondents in the various trade centers abroad. CLAUDIO VIDAL Claudio Vidal, exporting and importing mer- chant, was born in Spain, where he was educated. He spent three years in England as representative of his father's firm and upon his return to his native country, established his present business in Barcelona. The year of 1914 was spent in Buenos Aires, where Mr. Vidal gained a wide and comprehensive knowledge of South America's prod- ucts and needs. In Spain he acted as agent for several foreign firms but the outbreak of the European War made it impossible for him to get shipments from foreign firms and he came to New York in 1915 in order to avoid this obstacle. Mr. Vidal retained the Barcelona business as a branch, and he has representatives in all the lead- ing cities of Spain and a part of South America, where the majority of his goods are bought and sold. He handles all raw materials, automobiles, commercial and pharmaceutical chemicals, dye- stuffs, etc., and, having excellent business connec- tions in Spain, is enabled to handle American and foreign products to the best possible advantage. His New York offices are at 23 and 25 Beaver Street. 266 NEIV YORK OLD AND NEW CHARLES H. DEM ARES 1 Charles H. Demarest, one of the city's younger merchants who has made a success of the impor- tation of China and East India goods, acts as agent for Henderson & Co., of Colombo, Ceylon, in the sale of spices, etc., and for the Iwai Com- pany of Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, in the im- portation of menthol, camphor, etc. Mr. Dem- arest, who is also a large importer of rattan, states that the European war seriously affected that commodity and eventually changed the place of purchase from Germany to Singapore and China. Before August I, 1914, this article had been largely shipped from Singapore to Germany, where it was manufactured into chair cane and reeds and distributed to all parts of the world. Very large quantities of this manufactured reed were reed, which had always been imported to thi« market to a limited extent. A large business re- sulted but this has been curtailed somewhat be- cause qualities produced in China have not been good. Recently qualities have improved and the prospects are fair for a continual business in China reed. It might be well to consider, however, that several of the largest furniture manufacturers have installed reed-making plants and arc buying raw rattan in Singapore, and quite likely will never go back to purchasing either the China reed or the German reed, particularly when the rattan can be obtained freely. At present, however, there is a large immediate demand for reeds of good quality because of the delay in receiving supplies of both rattan and reed. Mr. Demarest's offices are at 150 Water Street. sold in America in competition with the seven American manufacturers of reed. At the time of the outbreak of the war great uncertainty as to future supplies prevailed among the users of reed and to meet this situation they turned to China T. F. WILMOT & CO. The business of T. F. Wilmot & Co., Freight Brokers and General Forwarders, has expanded greatly since its organization in 1908, At that time the firm found that a single office and one clerk was sufficient to meet all demands, while now a large suite of offices is used at 24 State Street and a score of typewriters and clerks are necessary to transact the large volume of business. The firm is composed of Thomas F. Wilmot and Philip Thiel, both native New Yorkers, with long experience in the line. Before the organ- ization of the present firm, Mr. Wilmot was for several years connected with the Mexican Central Railroad and had charge of the New York exports to Mexican cities, while Mr. Thiel was connected with the firm of Holder, Weir & Boyd, in the steamship business. The firm now handles, as brokers and forwarders, exports to all points in the world and in addition conducts a marine insurance business. The trade was originally con- fined to Mexico, but the internal troubles in that country greatly reduced the export trade and attention was turned to European and Asiatic points. The business has increased wonderfully since the outbreak of the European war. CHAPTER SIXTEEN Chemical Manufactures New York City as a Central Market and Producing Point for Drugs, Chem- icals, Paints and Dyes. IT would be difficult to name a staple line of trade in which New York is not the chief market of the United States. There is no line among them in which the leadership of the metropolis is more emphatic than in that which has to do with the production and handling of goods in the drug and chemical line, under which general head the trade in paints, pigments, varnishes, dyes and dye- stuffs may be with propriety included. Drug staples in the early days were imported from the Netherlands or England and sold by general merchandise stares handhng general stocks. The list of drugs was not large and medicine and surgery were at a primitive stage, of which a few drugs generously administered in large doses were the principal therapeutic feature, supplemented by a free and not too discriminatmg use of the lancet and leeches for bleeding the patient. But after Colonial days the medical profession moved to a higher plane. The practitioners in the city included men of deep learning and much skill who not only knew what their preceptors and schools had taught them but were themselves en- listed in the great work of medical progress and improvement which has been going on ever since. Step by step with this progressive development has been the advance of American pharmacy which has not only added constantly to the re- sources of the officinal Pharmacopaeia but has im- proved the whole list by strict attention to the re- quirements of uniform strength, standardization and careful and elegant packing of pharmaceutical preparations. The imparting and wholesale handling of crude drugs is a business of which New York is one of the world's most active market centers. This business includes among its representatives business firms that have been identified with it for several generations, the Schieffelins (established 1794), Tarrants, Hegemans, Rikers and other's teing well known and familiar instances. It is a busi- ness the ramifications of which extend to sources of supply which cover the habitable globe. The purchase and assembling of these, their milling and preparation in forms suitable for the prescrip- tion table and their manufacture into officinal phar- maceuticals or preparatory articles are activities all well and extensively represented in New York, the volume of which has maintained a progressive pace more than proportionate to the growth of the city. Many important establishments are engaged in the manufacture of medical specialties and by confining their productive attention to a few prod- ucts, or in some cases to a single article, have established their goods and brands as representing the highest standard of merit in these particular classes of products. It would be difficult to find any drug store in this country which does not carry on its shelves goods of New York origin. The chemical industries of New York cover every line of production coming under that com- prehensive head, chemicals for the use of the va- rious industries, for sanitation, for disinfectant pur- poses, for bleaching and cleaning, for tanning, cloth finishing, for agricultural work and fertiliza- tion, and for every other purpose. Many large manufacturers have their offices and warehouses here and their factories in convenient locations near the city, but others are the New York offices of firms that conduct their industries elsewhere but maintain offices in New York for sale and export purposes. Others are the representatives of for- eign houses either as direct agents or as sole im- porters. Much of the business in the chemical line during a decade or two past has been by houses repre- senting German manufacturers, this being a branch of industry in which Germany had forged ahead of other countries. These houses, being cut off from their source of supply by the war, soon 268 NEW YORK- OLD AND NEW found their stocks depleted. 1 he shortage was so great in many lines after the war had been going on for some time that industries of various kinds had to shut down for shorter or longer periods. This condition, however, had a reflex effect in many lines, acting as a spur to American chemists to produce goods in which there was a shortage so that American chemical works are now pro- ducing lines of goods formerly imported which will become staple in the market, the production of these being now "naturalized" and placed on a permanent basis. The dye industry is similarly situated in rela- tion to the important connection with it that German manufacturers formerly held. New York has al- ways been the leading center of the dye business on this side of the Atlantic and all of the great German factories were directly represented here by branches, agents or jobbers. In Colonial days the advertisements of general merchandise stores included items of dyestuffs and particularly indigo. Later a large business was done with foreign coun- tries in the importation of dye woods and other dyeing materials, vegetable and mineral, and the range of dyes and mordants being very great and procured from many lands, the dyestuff in- dustry formed a very important branch of foreign trade. But the discovery by W. H. Perkins, an English chemist, in 1 836, of a method of ob- taining a violet dyestuff by oxidizing impure aniline with chromic acid, for which he took out a patent, revolutionized the art of dyeing, this first invention leading up to the manufacture of many colors from coal tar. The industry was first established in England and France, but later Germans began to develop the art and finally had it established upon so strong a basis as to practically enjoy a mo- nopoly of it. They not only created new colors as derivatives of coal tar but also many other products such as synthetic indigo. German chemists soon obtained such a mastery of the business that many of the American textile industries were practically dependent upon their products. The war, there- fore, curtailed production and controlled styles so that certain colors for a time were not used. The visit of the merchant submarine Deutschland brought some relief to the market. Meanwhile the chemists of America set to work to make dyes of the class and quality required to fill the gap in the market. Several factories of coal-tar dyes were established and the situation has been so much improved that most of the mills have reached nor- mal capacity while others have never experienced much trouble because their fabrics have not been made of colors dependent upon the German supply. I he manufacture of colors by domestic concerns has been so enlarged that it has been predicted that another year will make it possible to supply home needs independently of all outside manufactures of dyes, either in respect to variety or quantity. In like manner there was a great falling off in receipts of potash for which American industry and agriculture had depended largely on German sources, which have, indeed, furnished more than half of the world supply. The potash situation has led to the institution of a home manufacture of potash, including the extraction of potash from the kelp of the Pacific Coast, and the exploitation of other sources of supply which are gradually adding to the resources of the market. New York is the supply center of the industries of America in dyes and chemicals, and especially of those that are used in the textile trades. In paints and varnishes, together with the oils and materials that belong to the painters' trade. New York has long been a market covering the national field. Some of the brands of New York manufacturers have been nationally famous for a century, the business being one in which the city has been an active participant since Colonial days. The manufacture of white lead is one of the old- est industries of the country, having been begun in Philadelphia in the early years of that city. It IS now carried on in various cities, St. Louis being one of the most important manufacturing centers because of its nearness to the principal source of lead supply. All the large producers of paints, some of the largest having their factories in or near the city, find New York their leading market and exporting point, from which a large and increasing foreign demand is filled. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 269 U. S. INDUSTRIAL ALCOHOL CO. With its main office in New York City, the U. S. Industrial Alcohol Co., a national ccmcern, may well be classified as a New York institution, and its influence upon commerce may be treated as one of the important factors of the city's business supremacy. To many minds the word "Alcohol" is offen- sive; it spells drunkenness, poverty and decay. They recall it as a beverage, or at least the basic element of intoxicants, and set it aside as an evil agency. But there is another side, and a far pleasanter one. Alcohol is one of the most im- world of an article which is responsible for many of the comforts and enjoyments of life, while its elimination from the field of chemistry, medicine and surgery would bring unspeakable added suf- fering to the human family, for ether, chloroform and other anaesthetics, with a long list of the most valued medicines, are possible only with an alco- iiolic base. The Federal Government makes a sharp dis- tinction between the malevolent and the benevolent properties of alcohol by imposing a heavy tax upon it m its various potable forms, and by re- portant commercial agencies in the business world, and it is that phase of the product with which this great company deals. There may be ground for the contention that the manufacture of alcohol as a beverage should be suppressed ; that the world would be better, hap- pier and richer if no alcohol were drunk. In that contention this company has no part. It can well be left to the judgment and conscience of the men and women of the land; but the suppression or even the undue taxation of the industrial commod- ity is quite another thing. That would deprive the lieving It from taxation when, after having been rendered unfit for consumption as a beverage, it is used in art, science, industry, medicine and surgery. What is known a« "industrial alcohol" has been rightly declared to be "next to wafer, the most valuable liquid known, one of the most important implements of our civilization." Its production for use in chemical and manufacturing plants is under the strictest governmental supervision and control. The Bureau of Internal Revenue requires that, in the manufacture of industrial alcohol, there shall be used some substance for its denaturation. 270 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW some ingredient uUerly repugnant to tlie human system, to the taste, or to the stomach, such as kerosene or wood alcohol. So treated, and relieved of the heavy govern- mental tax imposed upon the potable variety, in- dustrial alcohol enters into a long and widely varied list of industries, many of which would be impossible were it not for the governmental lax relief afforded. The list ranges from artificial silk and artificial leather to varnish and smokeless powder. Alcohol is employed in the production of disin- fectants and embalming fluids, in the manufacture of hats and soap. Without it, millions of people would be deprived of the fascination they now find in amateur photography. It is the basic raw ma- terial of ether, chloroform, and iodoform, as al- ready stated, and the only possible solvent in the composition of scores of medicinal and remedial preparations. The distinction between industrial alcohol and al- cohol for beverage purposes was officially and legal- ly recognized by the leading countries of Europe during the last half of I 9th century. Largely by reason of practical laws and regulations affecting this commodity, Germany secured the mastery of the chemical trade of the world. For many years the industries of the United States paid tribute, in millions of dollars annually, to that country. Ten years ago somewhat similar laws were adopted here with the result of a rapid emancipation and an ever increasing freedom on the part of Amer- ican industries from German domination. Since the adoption of those laws, at the beginning of the year 1907, the demand for the commodity has risen from three millicm gallons in the year 1 907 to more than twenty million gallons today. This is exclusive of the enormous quantity produced for use in the manufacture of gunpowder and other explosives for the European war. In Europe, denatured alcohol finds an extensive market as a source of heat and light. Thus far, this country has had no occasion for its use for those purposes. 1 hat requirement has been met by our vast supply of coal and fuel oils. But the present enormous draft on that source points clearly to a time, probably not far distant, when our natural fuel resources will be so diminished, if not practically exhausted, that some substitute will be imperative. This substitute will, presumably, be less important in the supply of light and heat than in the supply of fuel for use in automobile and motor boat engines. For that purpose, whether by itself or in combination with other liquids, alco- hol, cheaply produced, is the one great promising material. As long as the sun shines and the rain falls, alcohol can be manufactured from plant sub- stances in practically unlimited quantity. In the development ol this industry, the iounda- tion of innumerable enterprises, large and small, the U. S. Industrial Alcohol Co. is the leader. It has spent and is spending millions of dollars in increasing the quantity and in improving the qual- ity of its product. Its eflorts are persistently di- rected toward a more economical production of in- dustrial alcohol as a raw material indispensable in the manufacture of a multitude of articles of daily use and consumption. It operates extensive manu- facturing plants in Boston, Brooklyn, Buffalo, Baltimore and New Orleans. 1 he plant at Cur- tis' Bay, just out of Baltimore, is the largest and most complete of its character in the world. The company owns and operates an extensive fleet of vessels in the West Indies for the collection of molasses, from which its product is derived. The molasses thus gathered would be an otherwise wasted substance; in fact it is refuse from the sugar mills of that district. 1 he company also owns and operates a fleet of five oil burning steel steam- ers for the transportation of its raw materials from the sugar mills to its plants in this country. It distributes its product throughout the United States in hundreds of tank cars, and, directly and in- directly, affords most remunerative employment to an army of employes. It is practically impossible to over-estimate the importance of industrial alcohol in the future of American enterprise. Upon its economical produc- tion, free from unnecessary and unreasonable of- ficial restrictions, there hangs no inconsiderable part of the commercial and industrial independence of the country. 1 he commodity is in no way whatever involved in the prohibition movement. Industrial alcohol and beverage alcohol serve ab- solutely different purposes. Any action that may be taken by the Federal Government or by the individual States regarding the production or sale of alcoholic liquors used as beverages, should in no way be allowed to fall upon this essential ele- ment of our commercial life. Any step tending to suppress or even to restrict unduly the industrial use of alcohol would only be a step toward a na- tional injustice and a commercial folly. Industrial alcohol should not be condemned or degraded from its high estate because of the drunken misuse of beverage alcohol. A great national industry has been built around the manufacture of industrial alcohol. The best brains and energy of the country are interested in its success, to say nothing of the financial problems at stake. The company above described has faced and conquered a new American emergency. It is in the hands of able pilots with no men- acing clouds on the horizon, if the fair minded public can be made acquainted with the real facts as stated above. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 271 ISAAC FRANK STONE The commonly accepted belief that the United States was entirely dependent upon Germany for colors has been exploded by I. Frank Stone, Presi- dent of the National Aniline & Chemical Co., and Vice-President of the Schoellkopf Aniline & Chemical Works. Mr. Stone, who is an author- ity on dyes and chemicals, delivered an address be- fore the National Silk Convention in Paterson. choosing as his subject "The Manufacture of Aniline Dyes in America ; the Progress Made and the Promise of the Future." In upholding the quality of the home product. Mr. Stone contended it was just as good as the foreign. He showed conclusively that American made colors are as good and as fast as those made in Germany or any other foreign country and claimed that upon the conclusion of the war the bulk of the trade will remain in the hands of the American manufactur- ers. Mr. Stone has spent his entire life in the chemical and dye business and his complete knowl- edge of the trade makes his statement of great value. He was born in Chicago, 111., March 2, 1867, the son of Theodore and Mary S. (Owens) Stone. The ancestors were English, the American branch being established at Guilford, Conn., by John Stone, as early as 1 650. Mr. Stone was educated in the public schools of Chicago and when but twenty years of age established him- self in business in the Western city. In I 890 the firm of Stone & Ware succeeded Mr. Stone, and seven years later the Stone & Ware Co. began business in New York City. This firm was highly successful and Mr. Stone's intense interest in everything pertaining to dyes and the thorough knowledge gained by his long experience led to his selection, in 1900, as Vice-President of the Schoellkopf Aniline & Chemical Works. In 1 906 he was chosen head of the National Aniline & Chemical Co., and since that period has been a most important factor in the chemical trade of the entire country. In ad- dition to these interests Mr. Stone is a Director of the Importers & Traders National Bank, the Contact Process Co., a member of the Advisory Committee of the Metropolitan Bank and Rollin Chemical Co., a member of the Chamber of Commerce, the Board of Trade and the Lotos, Union League, New York Athletic and City clubs. He was President of the Chemists' Club m 1910, the Heights Club m 1906 and Vice- President of the Drug & Chemical Club in 1 909. Mr. Stone was married in Chicago on June 5, 1889, to Miss Mary Louise Peck. They have one daughter, Grace H., born March 12, 1892, and reside at Greenwich. Conn., where their home, "Rock Ridge," is one of the handsome houses of that picturesque locality. The principal aniline and chemical companies located in New York City and the immediately contiguous territory were recently amalgamated and are now operated by the National Aniline & Chemical Company, Inc., which took over the National Aniline & Chemical Co., the Schoellkopf 272 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW Aniline & Chemical Works. Inc., W. Beckers Arviline & Chemical Works, Inc., the Benzol Products Company and certain plants and prop- erties of the General Chemical Company, the Bar- rett Company and the Semet-Solvay Company. DR. WILLIAM BECKERS Dr. William Beckers, founder of the W. Beckers Aniline & Chemical Works, Inc., re- ceived his first education in Germany and Belgium, and followed the profession of his father, Gerard Beckers, as manufacturer of chemicals. After spending seven years at the Polytechnic Institute at Aachen, and the universities of Frei- burg and Heidelberg, he graduated from Heidel- berg, receiving the degree of Doctor of Philos- ophy. He then served in the army, securing the rank of First Lieutenant. Acting as Assistant Professor of Chemistry for a few years. Dr. Beckers connected himself with one of the largest dyestuff and chemical manufacturing concerns — the Bayer Company, in Elberfeld — and came to this country in 1902 to take charge of the tech- nical end of the American branch of this concern. In the year 1912 Dr. Beckers founded the W. Beckers Aniline & Chemical Works, which con- cern, under the able management of Dr. Beckers, grew within five years from a comparatively small business, employing about one hundred workmen and a few chemists during 1912, to the second largest dyestuff manufacturing concern in this country, employing over sixteen hundred men and close to one hundred chemists and engineers. The W. Beckers plant, with its forty-two separate buildings, located on a plot of about sixty acres near Jamaica Bay, is considered to be a model plant in every respect. The welfare institutions in this plant are numerous and prove that Dr. Beckers, even during the extremely rapid develop- ment of his concern, always had the welfare of his employes at heart and found time to develop these welfare institutions at the same rapid pace at which the manutacturing end of the business grew. Dr. Beckers was Chairman of the Board of Directors and President of the W. Beckers Ani- line & Chemical Works up to its consolidation in 1917 with five others into the National Aniline & Chemical Company, Inc., of which he is now Director and First Vice-President. The object of this combination, which has a capitalization of 24 million dollars, is to insure the national inde- pendence of the United States in the coal-tar prod- uct? industry and the aim of the management is to manufacture coal-tar dyes and intermediates which can compete successfully, both in quality and variety, with those heretofore imported. As the constituent units of the new company include manufacturers of raw materials, of intermediates, and of coal-tar dyes, the National Aniline & Chemical Company, Inc., in one organization covers the industry from raw material to finished product. For the last twelve years Dr. Beckers has been residing at 49 Eighth Avenue, Brooklyn, and has been an active member of many prominent Brook- lyn and New York educational and charitable institutions and clubs. He is a Trustee of the Polytechnic Institute and generally very active in the development of chemical science and industry in the United States. 274 NEW YORK-^OLD AND NEW INNIS, SPEIDEN & CO., INC. The house of Innis, Speiden & Co., which has entered upon its second century of business activity IS the outgrowth of a small business established in 1816. At that time Nathan Gifford began cut- ting dyewoods m the then small town of Pough- keepsie on the Hudson. He did not possess the necessary capital to msure the success of his ven- ture and sought the aid of Aaron Innis, a success- ful merchant. The prospects looked flattering to the merchant and he advanced the money to con- duct the busmess and became a silent partner of Gifford. Howland R. Sherman married the daughter of Aaron Innis about I 840 and he was made the active representative of his father-in-law's interest in the dyewood business, the name of the firm bemg changed to Gifford & Sherman. Nine years after Sherman's advent into the business, Gifford's interest was purchased. Aaron Innis died about 1 844 and his eldest son George aban- doned a college career to become a salesman in the dyewood business of which his father's estate held the controlling interest, the name of the firm being shortly afterwards changed to Gifford, Sher- man & Innis. In 1858 Howland R. Sherman died and George Innis acquired the remaining in- terest, becoming sole owner of the business which he conducted for twenty-six years under the old firm name. In 1 885 the business passed into the hands of Hasbrouck Innis, only son of George, and his cousin, William R. Innis, only son of Aaron Innis second. The firm name was then changed from Gifford, Sherman & Innis to Innis & Company, under which style it continued until 1904 when the firm was dissolved, George V. Sheffield purchasing the name and good will and continuing the business as Innis & Company. In January, 1906, C. C. and M. Speiden became partners in the business which was incorporated as Innis. Speiden & Co., March 3. 1906, with Clement C. Speiden, President, George V. Shef- field, Treasurer, and Marion Speiden, Secretary. During its century of existence the house has by prompt, efficient service and honest value products made phenomenal progress in the extract, chemical and color line. Its first entry into New York's commercial life was on West Street between Bar- clay and Vesey Streets, where desk room was sufficient for its modest needs. From 1850 to 1858 the store and office at 27 Barclay Street was occupied and the following two years the lo- cation of the steadily increasing business was at 83 Murray Street. From 1860 until 1898 the location of the firm was 120 William Street and the next nine years' business w^as conducted at 3 Cedar Street and 181 Front Street successively, when the large building at 46 and 48 Cliff Street, now occupied by the company, was acquired. These frequent movements were made necessary by the need of more room as the methods the house employed brought the confidence of the trade and an expansion of business that now extends all over the country with branches at 84 High Street, Boston; 120 West Kinzie Street, Chicago; 217 South Front Street, Philadelphia. There are few commercial houses in the United States that can boast of such a long and successful career and the longevity of the firm is the result of a policy of strict business integrity established by the rugged founder and adhered to by his successors up to the present time. Looking back, a century seems to be a short period but when crowded with the events that have occurred since the establishment of the business of Innis, Speiden & Co., Inc., contemporaneous with Perry's victory on Lake Erie, it seems incomprehensible and awe-inspiring. In 1856 the first aniline dyes were made by Perkins, an Englishman, and these were more fully developed in Germany during the last generation. This was followed by the gradual replacement and supplementing of many of the old natural dyes by the development of coal tar dyes. During the period when many important world-events were occurring, the house of Innis, Speiden & Co., Inc.. and its predecessors were building up a strong commercial business and an honorable reputation and it must be a source of gratification to the mem- bers that they can look back over this changing history, most of the events of which are forgotten while their house is still alive and steadily pro- gressing. NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW lib THE ROESSLER & HASSLACHER CHEMICAL COMPANY The Roessler & Hasslacher Chemical Company, with its vast ramifications, owes its origin to the modest efforts of Franz Roessler, who came to this country in 1882 and took up, in Brooklyn, N. Y., the manufacture of Liquid Bright Gold, a Jacob Hasslacher preparation for gold decoration on china, porcelain and glass. In I 884 Jacob Hasslacher joined him, they to- gether forming the co-partnership Roessler & Hass- lacher. the Deutsche Gold & Silber-Scheide- Anstalt, vormals Roessler, in Frankfurt-on-the- Main, Germany, being special partner. In 1 885 they transferred to Perth Amboy. N. J., the manufacture of Liquid Bright Gold, and there began in the manufacture of acetone from acetate of lime, and the manufacture of chloroform from the acetone. In 1 889 Roessler & Hasslacher incorporated under the name of The Roessler & Hasslacher Chemical Company. In 1891 the manufacture of ceramic colors for decorative china, porcelain and glass was added. They also took up the manufacture of oxide of tin on a large scale in order to supply the new industry of enameling works (stamped wrought iron goods for kitchenware and cast iron goods for bath tubs and sanitary ware). The company then took up the manufacture of cyanide of potas- sium from imported and domestic prussiate of potash, in the first two years without the addition of sodium, and then with the addition of sodium, according to Castner's Process. The first sodium was imported, but when the consumption of cyanide developed to a large extent for mining purposes (extraction of gold by weak cyanide solution) the company founded, in 1896, the Niagara Electro-Chemical Company, with electro- lytic works in Niagara Falls, N. Y., where metal- lic sodium and peroxide of sodium were manu- factured under patented processes of Hamilton Y. Castner, an American and graduate of Columbia University. In I 902 the company in its Perth Amboy works took up the synthetic manufacture of cyanide of sodium, and in 1 903 formed the Perth Amboy Chemical Works for the manufacture of for- maldehyde, installing in 1 906 a platinum smelting works which turns out platinum sheet, wire, etc. In the beginning of 1910 the company formed the Enamel Company of America for the manu- facture of leukonin — an antimoniate of soda — used by enamelers, and also the Mexican Roessler & Hasslacher Chemical Company for the transaction of their Mexican business. During the last year the company developed its peroxides manufacture to a large extent, add- ing to the peroxide of sodium the peroxides and perborates of other metals, introducing by these the oxygen bleach in mills, households and laun- dries. One article of their manufacture is oxone (patent by Drs. Foersterling and Philipp), a fused peroxide of sodium, which delivers in the most convenient manner pure oxygen for use in laboratories, for physicians, calcium light appa- ratus, etc. Another article is "Persil," an oxygen washing compound for the household and "Bor- ono-O," an oxygen washing compound for the laundry. During all this time the Roessler & Hasslacher Chemical Company did a large busi- ness in alkaloids, manufactured by Dr. Louis Schaefer, Maywood, N. J., oxalic acid, sal am- moniac, chloride and carbonate of barium, arsenic, carbonate and prussiate of potash and many other chemicals for the arts. 276 NEW YORK OLD AND NEW A. R. HAEUSER COMPANY New York City is noted for the large amount of capital invested in the manufacture and sale of drug and chemical products within its limits and the territory immediately adjacent and the charac- ter and stability of the houses engaged therein. William Schongalla The trade in these commodities is steadily grow- ing. The European War made it almost im- possible to secure many of the chemical products, which it was previously thought could be obtained only abroad. The altered conditions were met by the American manufacturer who succeeded in producing goods that equal, and in many cases ex- cel, those of foreign make. The result was a big trade increase and American products in tech- nical, chemical and other kindred lines have in- vaded fields abroad which they previously could not enter. Among the prominent houses engaged in the business is that of the A. R. Haeuser Com- pany, which manufactures and deals in chemicals and their allied products. 1 he business of the A. R. Haeuser Company was first established by A. R. Haeuser and subsequently carried on by him for about twelve years, when he was joined by William Srhoiigalla, who had been for sixteen years associated with another firm in the same line. In 1907 the business was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York as the A. R. Haeuser Company, with Mr. Schongalla as Presi- dent and Leonard Hafner, Secretary and Treas- urer. The company makes a specialty of two products used extensively in the hat trade which they manufacture. One of these is Milan Hemp Finish, a varnish invented by Mr. Schongalla, now almost universally used by manufacturers of ladies' hats in the United States and Canada and rapidly attaining a reputation and sale among the foreign trade. The other specialty is American Lac Sul- phur. Owing to the difficulty experienced in get- ting foreign goods this product, which is used in bleaching Panama hats, is now being used by manufacturers everywhere. There are but one or two makers of Sulphur Lac in this country and the A. R. Haeuser Company controls the bulk of the business. In addition to these two products the company manufacture shellac. Oil and French varnishes. Ideal and Simplex Kalsomine and lac- quers in all colors for wood, metal and leather. The articles dealt in by the house include wood stains and fillers, glues, colors, gums, glycerine, technical drugs, chemicals and anilines, lubricating, rubbing and drying oils, paints, brushes, sponges, chamois skins and manufacturers' supplies in gen- eral. Since the incorporation of the company and under its present management the business has grown phenomenally both on the American conti- nent and in the manufacturing centers abroad. The warehouse and offices of the A. R. Haeuser Com- pany are located at I 63 William Street, where a large stock of the firm's products is carried. The house has a high reputation for standard goods and invariably fair treatment of its customers and for these reasons the trade has increased even be- yond the expectations of those who direct the manufacture and sales of the products. Mr. Schongalla, the President, has had long experience in the business and he gives his personal attention to every detail that is necessary to insure prompt delivery, high grade goads and uniform courtesy in the treatment of the many customers of the house. NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW 277 E. FOUGERA & CO., INC. The house of E. Fougera & Co. was founded in 1849 by Mr. Edmund Fougera, a Frenchman who conceived the idea of opening an estabhshment where any of the leading French medicines ana toi- let articles could be purchased. The business quick- ly developed into that of wholesale importing from France, and after a time, from England, and today the concern imports and are agents for nearly 3,500 French and English proprietary medicines and ethical remedies which comprise practically all the well known products of this line manufactured in France and England. In 1874 Mr. Ed- mund Fougera sold the business to Mr. William R. Woodward, an American, and Mr. Victor Heydenreich, a Frenchman, born in Alsace con- siderably before the Franco-Prussian War, who conducted the business until the death of Mr. Victor Heydenreich, in 1879, shortly after which his brother Mr. Emile Heydenreich entered the firm. The next change in the personnel of the firm came upon the death of Mr. William R. Wood- ward in 1 890, a short time after which his son, Mr. Edward S. Woodward, entered the firm. In 1904 the son of Mr. Emile Heydenreich, Mr. Louis V. Heydenreich, an American of French descent, became associated in the business. Mr. Emile Heydenreich died in March, I9n, and the business was then conducted by Mr. Edward S. Woodward and Mr. Louis V. Heydenreich, the surviving partners. On January 15, 1912, Mr. Montaigu M. Sterling, who had worked his way from office boy to member of a Stock Exchange firm, entered the concern which very soon after, on March 29, 1912, changed from the form of co- partnership to that of a corporation. The first officers and directors of the corporation were: President, Louis V. Heydenreich; Vice-President, Edward S. Woodward; Secretary and Treasurer, M. M. Sterling — who were also directors with Edouard Foullon, Rudolph Wirth and Wil- liam H. Ball, the three latter having grown up with the business and were the heads of their respective departments. In October, 1915, Mr. Edward S. Woodward retired and in his place was elected Mr. Charles M. Russell, an Attorney of No. 50 Church Street, New York. The last change to take place in the personnel ot the Fougera Corporation came through the death of Mr. Edouard Foullon, who had served the concern for forty-six years in various capacities. There has been some confusion in the trade of the name of E. Fougera of Brooklyn with that of E. Fougera & Co., Inc. Mr. E. Fougera of Brooklyn is a son of the founder of E. Fougera & Co., who manufactures the famous Fougera Mustard Plasters and various Toilet Articles, but who has no connection whatever with the business of E. Fougera & Co., Inc., 90 Beekman St.. New York. The drug trade will remember the victory ob- tained by Fougera in the Appellate Division which sounded the death knell of the ill-fated "Formula Disclosure Ordinance" of Dr. Goldwater. which was so actively championed by his successor. Dr. Haven Emerson. The Fougera end of this legal battle was handled by their Vice-President and Counsel, Mr. Charles M. Russell, and it has been said of Mr. Russell's primary brief in this mat- ter that it was the most comprehensive brief ever written on the patent medicine question. In the last few years the house of Fougera has been very active in protecting its rights and those of the drug trade in general, having been always will- ing to go to the front on a matter of principle, when it was thought constitutional rights were being threatened. Among the many items which E. Fougera & Co., Inc., has supplied to the American market is the Prat Dumas Filtering Paper, probably the best known Filter paper on the market. In the last few years Fougera has been a very heavy advertiser to the trade on its whole line, to the doctors on their ethical preparations and to the public on the proprietary remedies which they rep- resent in this country. In later years, in order to protect their customers against counterfeit and im- position, Fougera placed upon all the merchandise which they imported, a blue guarantee stamp. 278 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW KATZENBACH & BULLOCK CO., INC. Kalzenbach & Bullock Co.. Inc., importers, ex- porters, manufacturers and dealers in chemicals, colors and pigments, is one of the younger firms that has shown extraordinary growth in its special line. The business was founded in 1 909 by Welling S. Katzenbach, a son of F. F. Katzcn- bach, one of the most prominent business men of Trenton. N. J., widely known in commercial, political and masonic circles throughout New Jer- sey. In establishing the chemical business. Mr. Katzenbach used desk room in his father's office and in a most modest way got in touch with the trade. He was persistent and energetic and soon acquired a clientele that very shortly developed to such an extent that Mr. Katzenbach saw the ad- visability of incorporating a company that could more advantageously handle the increasing trade and also establish a plant where many of the goods handled could be manufactured. He ac- cordingly formed the firm of Katzenbach & Bul- lock Co., Inc., under the laws of New Jersey, w'ith himself as President, E. L. Bullock, Vice-Presi- dent, and F. F. Katzenbach, Treasurer. The executive offices of the new company were located in Trenton, N. J., with a selling office, of which Mr. Bullock had charge, in New York City. Welling S. Katzenbach died in 1912 and the corporation was reorganized with E. L. Bullock, President. F. F. Katzenbach, Vice-President and Treasurer, and Robert F. McGrory, Secretary. The death of Mr. Katzenbach was a serious loss to the company. He was only twenty-eight years old at the time of his death, was a Princeton graduate, expert in chemistry and was noted throughout the trade for his executive ability and greatly esteemed for his genial personality. Prior to the war Katzenbach & Bullock Co., Inc., were sole representatives of a number of leading Euro- pean chemical and color manufacturers. They specialize in materials for rubber and paint manu- facturers and since the beginning of the war have developed a large export business with England. France, Russia. South America and other coun- tries. Owing to the shortage of whiting or Eng- lish chalk and in order to take proper care of their large trade in this commodity, they incorpo- rated the Gulf States Whiting Company, of Mo- bile, Alabama, of which H. J. Warsap is Presi- dent, E. L. Bullock, Vice-President, F. F. Kat- zenbach. Treasurer, and Aubrey Boyles, Secre- tary. This business is growing rapidly and is be- coming an important factor as a subsidiary com- pany. The firm of Katzenbach & Bullock Co.. Inc., manufacture and handle a general line of chemicals and other products for the rubber, paint, textile and allied trades. E. L. Bullock, the President of the company, has had long and varied experience in the business and is widely known to the trade throughout the world. For a number of years he was connected with the Highland plant of the General Chemical Company and was for a long time purchasing agent of the Charles E. Sholes Company. At the time of organization of the company, of which he is now President, he was connected with The Sholes Co., acting in the capacity of Purchasing Agent for the Naugatuck Chemical Co., Binns Chemical Co. and George- town Chemical Co. Mr. Bullock is a member of Manufacturers' Association, Business Men's Association of New York, National Oil, Paint & Varnish Association, Drug and Chemical Club, Rubber Association of America, etc. The main sales office of the com- pany is located at 100 William Street, New York, executive offices at Trenton, N. J., with branch offices at Boston, Chicago and San Francisco, at all of which places warehouse stock is carried for convenience of their large and increasing trade. The works of the company are equipped with most modern machinery and competent chemists are employed in the laboratories for research work. Prompt, attentive service, courteous treatment, at- tention to detail and high standard grade products account for the phenomenal increase in business that has made Katzenbach & Bullock Co., Inc., one of the leading chemical houses of the country. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 279 THURSTON & BRAIDICH The importing firm of Thurston & Braidich. one of the oldest in its line in the city, was founded in the early I 860's as T. B. Merrick & Co. Mr. Merrick retired in 1882 and the firm was re- organized under its present title. Upon the death of Mr. Thurston in 1889, James G. Shaw, who had entered the employ of the firm as an office boy in 1872, was admitted to partnership. Upon Mr. Braidich's death in 1902, J. Edward Young, Jr., who was office boy in 1880, and Charles R. Rosevear, a salesman, were taken into partnership James G. Shaw and the business was continued under the old name. Thurston & Braidich has risen from an un- important position to leadership in its line and the high character of the house is a guarantee of the character of the goods handled. The firm now occupies the entire five floors and basement of the new and modern building. 27 Cliff Street. The executive offices, handsomely appointed, are on the fifth floor while the balance of the structure is used for stock. Thurston & Braidich imports vanilla beans from Mexico and the Indian Ocean Islands, gum arabic from Egypt, Tonka beans from Venezuela, gum tragacanth from Persia and Turkey and Karaya gum and nut galls frorni East India. The trade territory includes the J. Edward Young, Jr. United States and Canada and a large force of salesmen covers every purchasing center in these two countries. Charles R. Rosevear 280 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW P. E. ANDERSON & CO., INC. 1 horoughly cosmopolitan New York, where anything grown or manufactured m any part of the globe can be purchased, has, however, but one or two firms that make an absolute specialty of crude drugs. The leader in this important line is the firm of P. C. Anderson & Co., Inc., which suc- ceeded to the business of A. U. Andrus & Co., formerly located at 7 and I 3 Gold Street. The original firm was organized in 1889, by A. U. Andrus and C. W. Anderson, who is Vice-Presi- dent of the present corporation. P. E. Anderson 6». Co., Inc., imports gum arabic, senna and a gen- eial line of crude drugs, which are grown in every part of the world. P. E. Anderson, President of the company, is a son of the Vice-Pre'.ident and is the active managing head of the business. He was born in New Jersey and after leaving school joined the firm which his father had helped to establish. Gaining a thorough knowledge of the trade, he was admitted to partnership when only twenty-one years of age and has been continuously in the business since. C. W. Anderson, the father, who fills the position of Vice-President, is not ac- tive in the company's affairs, being engaged in an- other line of business. C. W. Anderson. Jr., who acts as Secretary and Treasurer, could not with- stand the call to arms. Five months ago he en- listed as an ambulance driver and is now doing service "somewhere in France." The company is capitalized at $200,000 and has offices at 99 John Street, with a warehouse in another section of the city. The trade territory covered by the house in- cludes the entire United States, the products being sold to pharmaceutical manufacturers, patent medicine makers and wholesale drug jobbers. Mr. Anderson has been in the same line for twenty-nine years and is particularly fitted to direct the business which he has organized along improved efficiency lines that give the best possible results to the cus- tomers of the company. Since taking over the business of A. U. Andrus & Co., in 1905, his thorough knowledge of every detail of the trade, coupled with excellent service and a policy of strict integrity, has increased the output enormous- ly. In 1910 P. E. Anderson & Co. made ar- rangements to lake over the entire selling end of the crude drug department of the New York branch of Parke, Davis & Co. and at the same time engaged several of the well-known salesmen connected with the department. All these men are well and favorably known to the drug trade throughout the country and have had wide and varied experience in the business that has resulted in large clienteles. They include George S. Mac- kay, formerly with Farrand, Williams & Clark, Detroit; Lord, Owen & Co., Chicago, and after- wards with Parke, Davis & Co. He has charge of the territory west of Pittsburgh, a district that he has always covered and one in which many of the large concerns using the products of the house are located. H. W. Mitchell looks after the corpo- ration's interests in New York State, New England and Canada, while New York City, another pro- lific field, is taken care of by W. H. Rethwisch. The personal assistant of Mr. Anderson in the buy- ing and selling end at the John Street office is F. A. Cornelius. This coterie of active, energetic men has been of great assistance to Mr. Ander- son in building up the business to its present large proportions. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 281 THE HEYDEN CHEMICAL WORKS The Heyden Chemical Works, incorpor Ued in 1900 with a large plant for the manufacture of chemicals, may be considered pioneers in some of the most important lines of chemistry. It was the first concern in this country to manufacture sac- charine, an artificial sweetener 550 times sweeter than sugar, and the first to make formaldehyde, which is now so extensively used on the farms as well as in the industries and for the disinfection of sick rooms, etc. In the manufacture of sali- cylic acid, sodium salicylate and salol the Heyden The plant at Garfield, New Jersey, covers an area of about seven acres, closely studded with sub- stantial buildmgs of fireproof construction, which are equipped with the most modern machinery, de- signed by their own experts and to a large extent manufactured in their own work shops. A large staff of high class chemists is constantly employed in research work and a corps of competent engi- neers is engaged in designing and manufacturing any new machinery that is required in special processes. The Heyden Chemical Works, Garfield, N. J. Chemical Works lead the world at the present time. Besides these products they have developed in their laboratories a number of new processes for the manufacture of medicinal chemicals which have proven of great value in the treatment of a variety of diseases. Through the manufacture of inter- mediates used in the coal tar color industry the Heyden Chemical Works have done their share in the development of this line. Many colors could not be made here were it not for the intermediate products supplied by the Heyden Chemical Works. The officers of the organization are: Ellett T. Hodgskin, President; George Simon, Vice-Presi- dent, Treasurer and General Manager; Dr. Robert Tischbein, Secretary. Mr. Simon was one of the incorporators of the organization and his efficient work as General Manager has developed the busi- ness from a very small beginning to the position it now occupies as one of the largest, most im- portant and successful chemical factories of the country. The New York offices of the Heyden Chemical Works are at 1 35 William Street. 282 NEW YORK—( LD AND NEW THE E. VIRGIL NEAL CHEMICAL WORKS Of special interest to America and Americans is the recent establishment of a Chemical Works in Long Island City by E. Virgil Neal, of whom it was said in Paris, "Would that we had more 'grands industrials* of so fine a calibre." Mr. Neal's large manufacturing plants in both Paris and London have for the past twelve years shown a growth and expansion such as is possible only where there is a man whose dominant personality sends its powerful influence radiating through every department. The chemical products manufactured by the E. Virgil Neal interests are sold in practically every country of the civilized world. Branch offices and agencies are located in most of the principal cities to aid in distribution. The E. Virgil Neal Chemical Works at Long Island City, which is the latest plant to be es- tablished by this organization, will be devoted chiefly to the manufacture of salicylic acid and dyestuff intermediates. Like most great captains of mdustry, Mr. Neal has built up around his own creative genius an able organization composed of men whose train- ing and knowledge as well as an unquestioned loy- alty to their chief eminendy fit them for carrying forward the business to still greater successes. To supplement his own personal knowledge of chemicals, Mr. Neal has gathered about him for this most recently established factory, a corps of experts whose experience ranges from the primary elements of the industry to its most advanced stages — men of proven worth, each and every one a demonstrated individual success. The combined E. Virgil Neal interests are now doing a business of many million dollars a year and in view of the war conditions abroad, it is only fair to assume that the Long Island City Works will soon forge ahead as the leader. The world-wide use of chemical products from the E. Virgil Neal factories has firmly placed the interna- tional stamp of quality upon everything bearing the approval of this man of monumental brain and extraordinary commercial genius. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 283 E. Virgil Neal President, The E. Virgil Neal Chemical Works 284 NEIV YORK~( LD AND NEW HERMAN A. ME TZ Herman A. Metz, President of the Consolidated Color & Chemical Co., and the Farbwerke-Hoechst Co. of 1 22 Hudson Street, has taken an active part in national and municipal politics and is interested in many industrial plants. He was born in New York City, October 19, 1867, and studied chemistry in the evenings at Cooper Institute. After various positions with a local concern he or- ganized the firm of H. A. Metz & Co. He is principal owner in many corporations manufactur- ing pharmaceutical preparations, chemicals, colors, carpets and rugs. He was a member of the School Board of Brooklyn and of the Board of Education of Greater New York and also mem- ber of the State Board of Charities. He was Comptroller of the city from 1906 until 1910 and a member of the 63rd Congress. He was also a member of the Charter Revision Commission and Commissary of the 1 4th Regiment N. G. N. Y. Mr. Metz belongs to many foreign and local organizations connected with his trade and is a member of many of the most prominent political and social clubs. BIDTEL CHEMICAL WORKS, INC. The Bidtel Chemical Works, Inc.. whose plant is in Jersey City. N. J., with offices at 5 1 Front Street, New York City, manufacture Bidtel's antisepticum, chromic acid and other chem- ical specialties. The corporation represents sev- eral large producers of coal tar products, of which they are also manufacturers, and these goods are sold to large chemical and dye manufactur- ing firms and to others that make goods in which coal tar figures as a base. Crude materials are also Imported from Canada and these are con- verted into finished products by the Bidtel Chemi- cal Works, Inc. The house was founded thirty years ago in Milwaukee by Bidtel Brothers and was incorporated in 1894. After removal to New York City the business expanded greatly and the trade territory now extends to every part of the world. William Berrell Alexander, President of the company, entered its employ four years ago as a salesman. His energetic business methods result- ed in his being called to an executive position and after that his rise to the Presidency was rapid, since which time the concern's plant and sales de- partments have been taxed to their capacity. HANLON & GOODMAN Long years of experience have made the Hanlon & Goodman Co. leaders in the manufacture of brushes for painters and decorators. The firm was established in 1 867 and in the intervening half century it has been the earnest endeavor of the house to improve the quality of its output until today the Hanlon & Goodman brushes are every- where accepted as standard. The trade is con- stantly growing more particular and exacting, for the advantage gained by working with good brushes is better understood than it used to be. In consequence Hanlon & Goodman brushes are made of absolutely pure bristles, the finest obtainable, and every brush is warranted to give perfect satis- faction. The line of goods manufactured by the Hanlon & Goodman Co. include painters' brushes of all kinds, kalsomine brushes, smoothing brushes, wall brushes for big work, varnish brushes and brushes for flat graining or rubbing in. The "Rubristo" brush made by the firm is of the finest bristles set in rubber that is vulcanized as hard as steel. It can be used in anything that is not injurious to bristles and these will not come out whether the brush is used in paint, varnish, shellac, or hot glue, and it can be cleaned with turps, naphtha, benzine, alcohol or any fluid not injurious to bristles. It will never dry out, and the rubber setting will always remain solid and tight. The Hanlon & Goodman Co. is located at 270-272 Pearl Street. NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 285 THE BAKER CASTOR OIL CO. The Baker Castor Oil Co., one of the largest producers of castor oil in this country, is the out- growth of a business started in Jersey City, N. J., in 1857, by a wholesale druggist named Baker, who was succeeded by Conrad Brakes & Co. The business was eventually incorporated under the pres- ent name and in 1 905 the present company pur- chased the plant. The original buildings used by the founder in 185 7 are still in use but the ca- pacity of the plant has been largely increased by the present management, who recently erected a six story concrete building for manufacturmg and storage purposes and an additional structure for the extraction of oil from the bean by solvents, the pressing process leaving about 20 per cent of un- extracted oil, which the company's improved proc- ess saves for commercial purposes. The medical IS cut off and removed to what is called a bean floor. The heat of the sun causes the burrs to contract and the beans pop out, when they are winnowed to remove the hulls and other impurities. A great amount of labor is required in harvesting as the spikes ripen irregularly and must be cut off in proper condition else they pop off the bush and are lost. There is a great variety of beans. Some are suitable for making fine oil while others are not. The Baker Castor Oil Co., with sixty years of experience, use only the best quality from the world's markets. The beans after reaching the factory are thoroughly cleaned of all admixtures and are assorted for the different grades of oil produced. The extraction of the oil is by light hydraulic pressure. The beans are pressed cold and only the first run of the oil is reserved for ESTABLISHED 1857. KACTORY JERSfV CIT> N J The llvKKR CASiX)K Oil Comrvn^- also "/N? <3"or Lubricating Castor 1 1 Office, 120 Broadway faculty considers castor oil one of the most useful and health-preserving products known and those who make a wry face when taking it, will find the objectionable features practically removed in the product of The Baker Castor Oil Co. The story of castor beans and oil is interesting. The beans are grown at the present time most largely in India, but some are raised in South America, the United States, China, Java and many of the tropical islands of the globe. The plant grows to quite a good sized bush containing a number of what are called spikes, which are the fruit of the bush. These spikes grow in lengths of from 8 to 1 5 inches. They are covered with burrs like a chestnut and these contain the castor bean of commerce. After the spike is sufficiently ripe it "Crystal" and "A A," thereby securing a virgin oil free from albumen, stearin, etc. Oil produced by the English process is made by double the hy- draulic pressure and while a larger quantity of oil 13 obtained, it is not the equal of the oil secured by light pressure. Great care is taken in refining the oil to a white color and brilliancy. The proc- ess is all done by machinery, thereby avoiding all contamination by human hands from the extracting press to the barrel and can for the consumer. The No. 3 grade is the second quality from the shells after the first pressing. This is secured after heat- ing, which causes the oil to turn to a golden brawn color. This grade of oil is used only for indus- trial and mechanical purposes and is a pure castor oil. Baker's "Crystal" and "A A" castor o'lU 286 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW are the standards in the markets of the United States and have been for over half a century. They are always fresh, pure and sweet; are prac- tically odorless and tasteless and excel in quality, color, purity and brilliancy. The officers of The Baker Castor Oil Co. are F. C. Marsh. President; F. A. Marsh. Secretary and Treasurer, and Kendall Marsh. Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer. The New York offices are at 120 Broadway. AMERICAN ALCOHOL CO.. INC. American Alcohol Co., Inc., with its distillery actively operated in the manufacture of Denatured Alcohol in all its lormulas, also alcohol for com- mercial purposes, as well as Cologne Spirits. Main Office. 60 Wall Street, New York City. PACIFIC COAST BORAX CO. The Pacific Coast Borax Co. was organized to develop and commercialize the borate deposits of the Pacific Coast, discovered in 1872. The market price of borax at that time was thirty- two cents per pound, a prohibitive figure, but the development of the deposits and the in- crease in production greatly reduced the price and augmented the consumption, until now borax is indispensable in many industries and the house- holds of America. The original deposits were long since exhausted and now the crude material is being principally procured from Death Valley, California. The trade of the company ex- tends to all parts of the world and it is used for the toilet, in the kitchen and laundry, in the sick room as a cleanser and antiseptic, m the nursery as a remedy for chafing and irritation and affections of the throat and mouth and by chemists, jewelers and in the industries and arts. The product of the company is known by the trade mark "20 mule team." This mode of con- veying the product I 65 miles over the desert and up and down the rocky canyons and steep grades of the Funeral Mountains to Mojave, California, has long been discontinued but its use is indelibly associated with Death Valley and the Pacific Coast Borax Co. WILLIAM E. JORDAN. INC. I he house of William E. Jordan, Inc., im- porters and exporters of chemical products, was established in 1913 and incorporated one year later. The organizer, William E. Jordan, who is President of the company, is a native of Eng- land, who came to this country when very young. He was educated in Great Britain and in New York City and began his business career with the firm of Tarrant & Co.. where his technical training was received. He afterwards became associated with the National Aniline and Chemical Company, where he remained for twenty-five years and sup- plemented his previous training with a complete knowledge of heavy chemicals and dyestuffs and then began business on his own account. At the present time William E. Jordan, Inc., represent several manufacturers and specialize in cresylic acid, carbolic acid, crude or refined, cresol, phenol, U. S. P., naphthaline, either refined, flakes or crude, beta naphthol. sublimed or technical, beta- napthylamine, sublimed or technical, benzoic acid, crude and U. S. P.. benzol, toluol, xyol, sol- vent naphtha and disinfectants. The exports of the corporation have exceeded the imports since the breaking out of the European War and the products handled by the house now find sale in China, Japan, England, Italy. Spain and South America, while the domestic trade cov- ers the entire United States. Mr. Jordan was one of the first to recognize the possibilities of American made coal tar products and in conse- quence of his judgment and foresight his firm was one of the first to get into this comparatively new field with resultant business advantages to the con- cern. The offices of William E. Jordan, Inc., are at I I Cliff Street. The Secretary of the com- pany is Robert J. Jordan. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 287 GEORGE H. SEGAL & CO., INC. A number of American industries which lan- guished for lack of patronage before the war, for the double reason that competition with foreign lands was too strenuous and materials were too dlifficult to obtain to enable the American manu- facturer to successfully place his goods on a mar- ket subject to the inroads from these old estab- lished European makers, have been revivified and reorganized and in many cases started anew since the great conflict began. The drug and chemical world has been subject to many dizzy changes in America's effort to keep pace with the demand. New York, as the seat of the country's industries, has witnessed many interesting happenings. New firms have come and gone on the wave of prosperity the country has known. Many failed because they were founded on shifting sands. Others have survived and promise to take their place with our permanent and solid institutions for the reason that they have been backed by experience and the excellence of their products. The phenomenal success of the house of George H. Segal 8c Co. in the short time that has elapsed since its organization is not alone due to the excellence of the chemicals manufac- tured and sold but is in a great measure the result of the energy and business activity of the young men composing the firm. George H. Segal & Co. was incorporated under the laws of the .State of New York in 1915. with George H. Segal. Presi- dent. L. G. Cahill. Vice-President, and Sylvan Segal, Secretary. It was established for the sale of drugs and chemicals and the products handled at that time were benzoic acid. U. S. P., ben- zoic acid crude, sodium benzoate, xeroform, benzo napthal. salicylic acid, U. S. P., sodium salicylate. U. S. P.. salol. U. S. P.. benzyl chloride, ben- zaldehyde. benzyol chloride, bismark brown, methyl violet, nigrosine, W. & S., hematine crystal, aniline oils, beta napthol, para-nitro aniline and para-nitro napthol. Finding some of these chemi- cals hard to get on account of war condition* in Europe, the company began manufacturing in a small way. specializing at first in the production of benzoic acid. U. S. P. This chemical wa» eagerly sought by the trade and the success of the venture was soon assured, the company now being the largest manufacturer of benzoic acid. U. S. P.. in the United States. The house of George H. Segal & Co.. Inc.. was the first in this country to make xeroform. This product was originally made exclusively in Germany and large quantities of it were imported by dealers in this country. The success of the company has been unprece- dented in the manufacture of these chemicals, it now being necessary to run three factories twenty- four hours a day to supply the demand. One of theie plants is located in Newark and the other two in Jersey City. N. J. The offices of the company are at 95 William Street. Mr. Segal and Mr. Cahill had many years experience along kindred lines before beginning business for themselves. Mr. Segal was formerly General Superintendent of the Castle Lubricating Company of New York and Mr. Cahill was for a long time buyer for the Myer Drug Company, of St. Louis. Mo. They are young men of unusual energy and business ag- gressiveness as their success shows and they have made for the house a strong reputation throughout the country for upright business methods and quality of the goods manufactured. CHAPTER SEVENTEEN New York Harbor and Its Maritime Interests ExoLUTioN OF Ships and Steamers Engaged in Ox erseas Trade in What Is Now THE World's Greatest Port — New York Clippers and Present Liners. THE harbor of New York has reached the point of pre-eminence in the number and ton- nage of ships which enter and depart from it, Hendrick Hudson, who chanced into it while seek- ing for a western passage to "Far Cathay," noted its beauties and its practical convenience as a har- bor large enough to hold all the ships then saihng the Seven Seas. In the earlier history of the harbor it was ham- pered by European restrictions and inhibitions im- posed upon it first by the Dutch and later by the British who claimed overlordship. Even after the Independence of the United States there was no freedom of commerce from our ports until John Jay secured immunity from some of the hampering annoyances by the Treaty of I 795. Trouble again appeared when both England and France claimed the right of search and threatened our trade through British "Orders in Council" and French "Napoleonic Decrees." Embargo was tried, first by Jefferson and again by Madison, but only made matters worse. Our troubles with France ended by the repeal of the Decrees in 1810, but the issue N\ith Britain had to be fought out and won. Our rights on the seas being established, the Stars and Stripes advanced to a place of much honor in all parts of the navigable globe. New York had not been the principal port until the Nineteenth Century. All foreign trade had lan- guished m all the Atlantic ports during the years of the Embargo and the War, but after the Treaty of Ghent, signed December 24, 1814 (although the news of it did not reach New York until February 14, 1815), trade both coast- wise and overseas began to be brisk, shipbuilding was resumed with vigor and the United States became one of the greatest of maritime nations, with New York as its principal port. At that time there were in New York City three large shipyards: That of Adam and Noah Brawn, on the East River at Houston Street; that of Christian Bergh, on the East River near Gouv- erneur's Slip; and that of Henry Eckford, on the East River near that of Bergh. These shipyards had been busy during the war with England, building war vessels and privateers in great num- bers, until the British blockade caused a slacken- ing. But after peace all the shipyards of the city became suddenly busy from morning to night lay- ing keel after keel to meet the demand for ves- sels. Regular packet service was established by several ship firms. The "Black Ball Line" of C. H. Marshall & Company was established in 1816, plying to Liverpool. The Black Ball packets of that period took twenty-two days, on an average, for the voyage out, and twenty-nine for the homeward voyage. In 1824 the same com- pany established its line to Havre, with twelve ships; and besides these ships the "Black Ball" flag topped packets from Liverpool to Savannah, Charleston, Mobile and New Orleans. Many of these vessels were built in New York and others in Maine. Other packet lines were established, the Red Star in 1 82 1 , running swift and hand- some packets weekly between New York and Liverpool. Depau put four ships in Havre packet service in 1 822 and Grinnell, Minturn & Company began to send monthly packets to Lon- don in 1823. Steam was not used to any very great extent for transatlantic service. The size of the vessels was not so large in those days and for small vessels it was felt that the increased speed would not com- pensate for the considerable part of the space that would be taken up by the bunkers. In the building of wooden ships the American builder acquired a knack of combined beauty and speed that astonished the maritime world. In the early 'forties the type known as the "Clipper" was developed. In the bringing of emigrants from Europe speed paid. The passage money covered NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 289 fare and food. The packet had been a good- looking ship, but it had a rounding bow and a square stern. It was intended to be convenient for stowing cargo. The chpper would sacrifice carry- ing capacity to speed. Her lines were sharp, and she was long and narrow. Full-rigged and rush- ing through the water, she was a thing of beauty. Baltimore is credited with having first developed the "Clipper," but it was not long before the build- ing as well as the sailing of them was transferred to New York. The number of yards in the city and the size of them had greatly increased. Gold was discovered in California in 1 848. A man by the name of Marshall, who had come from Australia and was familiar with alluvial gold deposits, discovered the precious metal while dig- ging a mill-race for a Captain Sutter on the Sacra- mento River. His find was followed by others made by other adventurers. The news, traveling slowly overland, reached New York in September. 1848, and the gold fever broke out all over the East. Shipping was greatly stimulated. Men settled their affairs, sold out their goods and left their families to seek fortune in the new Eldorado. Shipyards were taxed to supply the demand for new and fast ships. Merchants, seeking profitable ventures, sent their clippers around the Horn to California, thence to China and back tea-laden. A voyage which illustrates some of the noteworthy ventures of that feverish day was that of the Sur- prise, built in East Boston and owned by A. A. Low and Brother of New York. She sailed to San Francisco in ninety-six days, carrying 1 ,800 tons of cargo of the value of $200,000. One day during this voyage she covered 284 miles; she made the entire distance of 16,308 miles without furling her topsails. From San Francisco she sailed to Canton and took on board a cargo of lea and proceeded to London. Her freight money since leaving New York paid her cost and running expenses and netted her owners $50,000. The earliest of these clippers, built from 1843 to 1850, were comparatively small craft of from 750 to 940 tons. The first clipper was the Rain- bow (750 tons) built by Smith and Dimon for William H. Aspinwall. The Samuel Russell, 940 tons, was built by Brown and Bell for A. A. Low and Brother and became famous for speed as well as beauty. In 1851 William H. Webb, one of the most famous of the shipbuilders, de- signed larger ships which combined speed with strength and capacity. No finer vessels were ever built than these: the Challenge, 2,000 tons; the Invincible, 2,150 tons; the Comet, 1,209 tons; and the Sword-Fish, 1,150 tons. The Comet made the 16,308 miles around the Horn to San Francisco and return in seven months and nine days, her homeward voyage being made in seventy- six days, the shortest time on record. The Sword- Fish made a voyage from Shanghai to San Fran- cisco in thirty-one days, an average of 240 miles a day. Other vessels made wonderful runs. The Flying Cloud on a voyage from New York to San Francisco made 433 1-4 statute miles in a single day; the Sovereign of the Seas sailed for ten thousand miles without tacking or wearing, and the Dreadnought, most famous of all these early clippers, sailed from Queenstown to Sandy Hook in nine days and seventeen hours. On her first return trip from Liverpool in February, 1854, the Dreadnought beat the Cunard steamer Canada, reaching Sandy Hook before the steamer arrived at Boston, although the steamship had left Liverpool a day earlier than the Dreadnought. The versa- tility as well as the skill of the American ship- builders is shown in the fact that while they pro- duced in these famous clippers the highest type of wooden sailing ships that has ever been evolved, they have also been equally successful in the con- struction of racing yachts. The famous schooner- yacht America, which won the famous Queen's Cup (since better known as the America's Cup) in the regatta of the Royal Yacht Squadron in 1851, was built by James R. and George Steers, shipbuilders of New York, and although there have since been many contests between American built and British built yachts to regain that famous trophy the cup has remained with the New York Yacht Club for sixty-six years. The heyday of American building of wooden ships was embraced in the twenty years from I 840 to 1860. An article by George W. Sheldon, published in Harper's Magazine about a quarter of a century ago, gives a list of the important ship- yards of New York a year or two preceding the Civil War. That of Christian Bergh, (father of Henry Bergh, founder and first President of the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals), was at Scammel and Water Streets. "Below him" said Mr. Sheldon's article, "at the foot of Montgomery Street, was the shipyard of Thorn and Williams, and lower still, near the foot of Clinton Street, the shipyard of Carpenter and Bishop. Picket and Thom's yard (afterward at the foot of Houston Street), adjoined it and further south James Morgan and Son had built a bark at the foot of Rutgers Street, and Joseph Martin the brig Mary Jane at the foot of Pike Street, and the ship General Page at the foot of Pike Street. Above Mr. Bergh's was a series of yards ex- tending along the East River as high up as Thir- teenth Street. Sneden and Lawrence's yard near the foot of Corlaers Street; Samuel Harned's yard, near the foot of Grand Street; Brown and Bell's yard, from Stanton to Houston Streets, which was formerly occupied partly by Henry Eckford and partly by Adam and Noah Brown; Smith and Dimon's yard from Fourth to Fifth Streets, Allen and Webb's yard (afterward William H. Webb's) from Fifth to Seventh Streets; Bishop and Simonson's yard (afterward Westervelt and Mackay's). from Seventh to Eighth Streets; James 290 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW R. and George Steers yard, William H. Brown's Yard and Thomas Collyer's yard, higher still." Besides these leaders there were other shipyards (another authority says thirty-two in all) along the Manhattan shore of the East River. But the Civil War interfered with the building of ships to engage in foreign trade. The Confederacy had a on the high seas and practically all the trans- atlantic lines took British registry and transferred their home offices to Liverpool or London. The "Black Ball" line was one of these, and its American ships, rechristened with names more characteristically British, in many cases floated the Union Jack. The clippers largely transferred to New York Chamber of Commerce navy too small to cope with that of the United States and those ships which could develop suffi- cient speed as well as strength were sent out to destroy or capture American ships. Other ships were fitted up by the Confederacy as privateers or provided with letters of marque. It became a dangerous adventure to fly the American flag the Australian and South African trade, the Red Jacket, Dreadnought, and Adelaide which had been record-breakers on the New York-Liverpool run, transferring their triumphs to the trade with Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane. For passenger service on the trans-Atlantic route, steamship liners had already largely taken the NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 291 place of the sailing ships but as late as I 863 the only regular steamships running direct from British ports to those of Australia were of the auxiliary- screw type, using sail when the wind was fair and sufficient and steam to navigate through "the dol- drums" or other becalmed areas. Of the steamship lines those that had been American changed their nationality as the clipper lines had done. Thus the "Inman" and "Guion" lines besides several others became English, per- manently as it turned out, because the navigation laws after the Civil War cut out the transfer of ships from foreign to American registry, requiring that American built ships only could be sailed under the Stars and Stripes and making it so that the British owner, unless he wanted to engage in coastwise trade, had the advantage over American lines desiring to engage in foreign commerce m that he had the option to buy his ships where he pleased and could trade between the United States and foreign ports, otherwise, on the same terms as the American owner. The result was that for a fairly long period the American flag was rarely seen in a foreign port. The pioneer of ocean-gomg steamers was the Phoenix, which John Stevens of Hoboken sent around to Philadelphia. The first steamship to make a trans-Atlantic voyage was the Savannah, 380 tons. New York built, which steamed from Savannah, Georgia, in 1819 to Liverpool, Cron- stadt and Copenhagen. In I 838 Brunei's steam- ship Great Western, 1,340 tons, steamed from Bristol, England, to New York in fifteen days, and the Sirius ran across from London, via Cork, to New York. The Collins Line was the first American line of importance and operated under a large subsidy from the United States. It oper- ated from 1850 to 1858 with a fleet of five Amer- ican steamships: the Pacific, Arctic, Adriatic, Bal- tic and Atlantic. The cost of these vessels was $4,000,000. The first two were lost at sea; the cost of the voyages exceeded the receipts; the sub- sidy was withdrawn, and in 1858 the Collins Line ceased to run. The British Cunard Line, starting service in I 840, was earliest in the field and has continued in service through the years. The In- man Line, which started business in 1 850, began operations under the title of the Liverpool, New York and Philadelphia Steamship Company. Its ships, named after cities, "City of London," "City of Pans," etc., were noted for their speed and at several periods made record runs. In 1 886 the Inman Line was purchased by the International Navigation Company, of Philadelphia, but con- tinued to sail under the British flag because of our navigation laws. A movement being set on foot to endeavor to again make the American flag a factor in foreign commerce was finally so far successful as to give the company the opportunity to naturalize their two best ships, dropping the words "City of" from their names and making them simply the New York and Paris. The ceremony of transferring the flag to the New York was performed on Washington's birthday, by President Benjamin Harrison. Other ships of American build were added from time to time, the line being one of the mast successful. The Red Star Line, under foreign registry, is also owned by the International Navigation Company and has also continued in regular service. The White Star Line (or Oceanic Steam Navi- gation Company) was founded in 1870 and has produced and run many of the finest and largest of the trans-Atlantic steamships. The Hamburg-American and the Norddeutsch- er Lloyd, German lines, had taken a conspicuous place in the steamship service from many European ports to New York until the beginning of the War in 1914, when many of the vessels of these lines were self-interned in American ports until the United States itself entered the war, when they were seized by the United States authorities. Great competition has been maintained between the greater lines as to the speed, size, elegance, and service of their "ocean greyhounds." The Cunard Line, with the Lusitania and Mauretania, sister ships, set a new record for trans-Atlantic ships, and these were favorite vessels with trav- elers until the Lusitania was sunk without warn- ing by a German submarine, and the Mauretania was pressed into service as a transport by the Biitish Admiralty. The White Star liner Titanic, which came to a tragic end in collision with an iceberg in 1912, was a still larger vessel and the Imperator and Vaderland, German vessels, stretched the record a little further. The Vaderland was one of the German vessels seized by the United States after the declaration of war. Coastwise lines from New York include some of the finest vessels afloat and they cover all the principal Atlantic ports which passengers are wont to reach by water. These vessels, all of Amer- ican build, represent a continuation, in steel, of the shipbuildmg prestige of America, the foundations of which were laid in wood by the old builders of packets and clippers. These great coastwise lines, all American owned and American built, represent the highest standard of steamship effi- ciency in build, equipment and service. In the foreign trade the business was very largely in foreign hands, both as to the regular lines and the "tramp" steamers. The management of the va- rious lines, or their New York business, is in the hands of business firms of prominence, some of them among the oldest commercial houses of the city. Recent tendency of legislation aims to build up the United States merchant marine not only with reference to the domestic but also in the in- ternational trade, so that a much larger share of international freight and passenger traffic may be 292 NEW YORK—CLD AND NEW carried in American bottoms. A rather large number of American vessels have been destroyed by submarines since the war began and m con- nection with international traffic there has been a much larger participation of American bottoms during the war period than for a long time be- fore the destruction of ships by submarine warfare, calling many more ships of American registry into the foreign trade. It has also stimulated ship- building so that more ships are now being built in America than ever before, and larger forces and equipment for the building of ships. So that it may well be that after the issues of the war are settled. New ^ ork and the country at large will find the means and instrumentalities at hand for American bottoms to handle a much larger share of international sea-carriage than ever before. As a seaport, the island of Manhattan rises from a land-locked harbor large enough, still, to float the world's navies. About eighteen miles south of the Battery begin the entrance channels to the Lower Bay. These include the South, Main, Gedney and Ambrose Channels, the last named, completed in 1907, being the deepest of all and used by ships of deepest draught. The Lower Bay is connected with the Upper Bay and Newark Bay by the Kills around Staten Island. To the east of Manhattan Island the Upper Bay is connected with Long Island Sound by East River, which affords a route safely protected from the storms of the Atlantic for vessels bound either way between New York and the cities of Southern New England. On the north of Manhattan Island the Harlem Ship Canal, which was opened with appropriate ceremonies June 17, 1895, con- nects East River with the Hudson. The Hudson River itself is one of the world's greatest water highways. Upon it ride the most magnificently equipped river steamers that float anywhere on inland waters. I o commerce it af- lords an outlet from the great Barge Canal Sys- tem, of the products of the Northwest into the har- bor, warehouses and vessels which ply from New York Harbor in domestic and world-wide trade. At ebb-tide there is a depth of twenty-one feet of water on the outer bar between Sandy Hook and Long Island. The tidal wave rises and falls only six feet. The port is open to navigation all the year, even when the Delaware and Chesapeake bays are frozen over, as has occasionally happened. The Lower Bay has eighty-eight square miles of anchorage and the Upper Bay fourteen square miles, or one hundred and two square miles in all. 1 he harbor has 478 miles of water front and seven hundred miles of wharf room. Great improve- ments have been made in the water front of the city by a wonderfully complete system of docks and jetties. Such is the great harbor of New York, peerless as a center of commerce and of shipping. Uld View of the City and Harbor NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 293 FURNESS. WITHY & CO., LTD. Furness, Withy & Co., Ltd., steamship owners and brokers, who operate lines between several domestic ports and Europe, have placed contracts for the construction of fourteen steamers for its own and associated companies. This will make the firm's fleet the largest engaged m the trans- Atlantic service, which includes fortnightly sailings between Boston and Liverpool; between St. John's, N. F., and Halifax and Liverpool; Halifax, N. S., and St. John, N. B., and London; between Philadelphia and Liverpool; New York and Car- diff; Philadelphia and Glasgow; Philadelphia and Manchester; and between Baltimore and Man- chester. In addition there are regular sailings between Newport News, Norfolk and Lverpool; Newport News, Norfolk and London; New York to Leith and Dundee, Philadelphia to Leith and Dundee and Baltimore to Leith and Dundee. There are also monthly sailings from St. John's, N. F., to London direct. The firm makes direct deliveries from cars through covered piers to steamers and gives special attention to handling and promptly for- warding flour to London, Manchester, Cardiff, Glasgow, Leith, Dundee and Aberdeen. The offices are located at 32 Broadway, New York City; 4 Liberty Square, Boston; 454 Bourse Building, Philadelphia; Chamber of Commerce, Baltimore; Newport News and the Law Building, Norfolk, Va. James P. Robertson is the Gen- eral Western Passenger Agent, with headquarters at 111 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, and F. C. Thompson, Board of Trade Building, To- ronto, looks after the Canadian interest. .All the American offices are under the supervision of H. C. Beackestor, who has been with the company since Its incorporation. The firm also acts as agent for the Quebec Steamship Co., which operates the twin screw steamer "Bermudian " between New York and Bermuda and the new steamship "Guiana" and other steamers between New York and the West Indies. The latter line has fort- nightly sailings, for St. Thomas, St. Croix, St. Kitts, Antigua Guadaloupe, Dominica, St. Lu- cia, Barbadoes and Demerara. The company recently purchased the remaining half interest in the Johnson Line, which is a valuable addition to its service, trading as it does between Baltimore and Liverpool and Liverpool and Mediterranean, Black Sea and Danube ports. The latter service, however, has been somewhat disorganized by the war. Being sole proprietors of G. V. Tumbull & Co., Ltd., of Leith, to which port the Furness Line has regular service from New York, Balti- more and Philadelphia, the offices at Leith will in future be conducted under the name of Furness, Withy & Co., Ltd. The opening of the Leith office under the company's name completes the chain to most of the British ports to which it runs regular service of steamers, viz., London, Liver- pool, New Castle, Cardiff, Leith and Glasgow. The organization, both at the British and American ports, includes stevedore plants and regular super- intendents, which gives increased efficiency. The company has been of great aid to the European countries during the war, its fleet of steamers carry- ing full cargoes of meat from the River Plate to the United Kingdom, France, Italy and Egypt, thus contributing in no small measure to the meat supply necessary to maintain the armies and for home consumption. 294 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW KERR STEAMSHIP COMPANY The Kerr Steamship Line was organized shortly after the outbreak of the European war to take advantage of the opportunities offered by the de- velopment of transatlantic shipping and its growth since that period has been marvelous. H. Far- quharson Kerr, President of the company, is a son of the late J. E. Kerr of Jamaica, W. I., and New York City, who was a pioneer in the banana business between Jamaica and this country. He enjoyed the distinction of having built the "Pom- ona," the first steamer specially designed for carry- ing bananas. H. Farquharson Kerr was former- ly engaged in the shipping business with the firm of J. E. Kerr & Co. He was thoroughly trained in maritime matters and, realizing there would be a large increase in transatlantic shipping due to war conditions, he relinquished his connection with J. E. Kerr & Co., and established the Kerr Steamship Line in association with A. E. Clegg, who became Vice-President, and H. S. Quick, General Freight Agent. His judgment in regard to largely increased business did not err and his foresight has been rewarded by the building up of one of the most powerful steamship organizations operating from the port of New York. The com- pany was only in its incipiency when Mr. Kerr, looking the situation over carefully, de:ided upon the ports where the largest and most advantageous business could be done, and the line soon had regular sailings to Havre, Bordeaux and Mar- seilles. About ten steamers per month were re- quired for this service and their regular sailings were established with the steamers of the Compania Maritime del Nervion, to all Spanish and Portu- guese ports. The steamers of Wilhelm Wilhelm- sen, of Tonsburg, Norway, the largest shipowner in that country, were utilized to form a regular service bet^veen New York. Brazil and the Plate and this branch has taken its place among the important lines operating between this country and South America. Mr. Kerr's firm has important connections among steamship owners in Europe and on a recent trip to that country he made arrangements for the development of the Kerr Steamship Line, in many directions after the war, and established an office at 7 Rue Scribe, Paris, and an efficient dock organization and office at Bordeaux. Other offices maintained by the line outside of New York are located in New Orleans, Chicago and Mar- seilles. Among the steamships operated by the Kerr Steamship Line is the "Rochester," which was one of the first American vessels to defy the German submarines, arriving at Bordeaux soon after the Kaiser had inaugurated his new campaign of maritime ruthlessness. The line has. in addition to its present fleet of owned and chartered steam- ships, several under construction and it recently ac- quired eight Austrian cargo boats which had been laid up in American ports since the beginning of the war. Recently at Hoboken, N. J., interesting ceremonies accompanied the raising of the Ameri- can flag on one of the recently purchased boats. This was the "Kermanshah," formerly the "Hima- laia." This vessel, which is of 8,100 tons dead weight, built in 1910. has been lying at New York since August. 1914. The other Austrian vessels acquired by the line which will hereafter sail un- der the American flag are the "Kerkenna," for- merly "Borneo." 5.500 tons, built in 1910, which had been lying at Tampa; "Keresan." formerly "Erodiade," 6,780 tons, built in 1910, which had been lying at Buenos Aires; "Kerlen," late "Virginia," 4.805 tons, built in 1906. lying at Havana; "Kerwood," formerly "Budapest," 5,350 tons, built in 1911, lying at Norfolk; "Kermoor," formerly "Morawitz," 6,980 tons, built in 1907, lying at Galveston; "Keresampa," late "Franconia." 7,300 tons, built in 1903, ly- ing at Philadelphia; and the "Kerowlee," former- ly "Campania." 6,100 tons, built in 1901. lying at Galveston. It will be noticed that in renaming these foreign boats the name of Kerr appears as a part of all the titles. This large increase in ton- nage will greatly strengthen the service of the Kerr Steamship Lines and greatly benefit the American trade. The enormous increase of the business of the Kerr Steamship Line makes it a most important factor in deep sea trade and places it among the most successful sailing from American ports. The offices of the line in the Whitehall Building. 17 Battery Place, teem with business activity and over each department Mr. Kerr keeps a watchful eye and personally supervises every detail. Raising the Flag on the Steamship Kermanshah of the Kerr Steamship Company at Hoboken, July 19, 1917. 296 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW BARBER & CO.. INC. Barber & Co., Inc. steamship owners, operating lines to many parts of the world, was established m 1888 as Barber & Co., by James and Herbert Barber. The firm was incorporated in 1 900, with James Barber as President and E. J. Barber, Vice-President. The business has had a remark- able growth since its modest establishment, the various lines now requiring eight steamers, which the company owns, and many chartered vessels. The Barber Lines have regular sailings from New ork to Havre, Bordeaux and La Pallice, while the Uruguay-Argentine service sails from New^ York to Montevideo, La Plata, Buenos Ayres, Rosario, Bahia Bianca and Port Madryn. The Union Clan Line is from New York, thence to Cape Town. Algoa Bay, East London, Port Natal and Delagoa Bay. The London repre- sentatives for this line are Cayzer, Irvine & Co., and the Union Castle Mail Steamship Co., Ltd., where rates from the English metropolis can be obtained. The Australia and New Zealand Bar- ber Line makes direct sailings from New York to Wellington, Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide, the various New Zealand ports, Phil- ippines, ('hina and Japan. Steamers in this serv- ice intended to sail via the Panama Canal can be diverted to the Cape of Good Hope or any other routes as the owners reserve the right to make such change and all liberties as per bill of lading. Another important line is that between New York and Vladivostok, Yokohama, Kobe and Shanghai and Manila. Steamers also make sail- ings from Norfolk and Newport News when in- ducement offers. Barber & Co., Inc., have a most complete organization, the offices, in the White- hall Building, 1 7 Battery Place, being so ar- ranged that business is conducted quietly and most expeditiously by the one hundred employes. So perfect is every detail of the service that the visitor gets but a small idea of the vast business being done. Steamers of large tonnage with general cargoes are constantly being cleared for all ports of the world and as often arriving with extracts, dye, wool and hides from La Platte, sugar and hemp from the Philippines, wool from Aus- tralia and the many products of South and East Africa, China, Japan and France. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 297 SIMPSON, SPENCE & YOUNG The firm of Simpson, Spence & Young, steam- ship brokers and agents, originated from the firm of Joshua S. Tucker & Co., with which Mr. Ernest L. Simpson and Mr. Lewis H. Spence were connected from the establishment of the business, January I, 1876. In December, 1880, Simpson & Spence entered the field as successors to Joshua S. Tucker & Co., with Mr. William M. Young as their representative in England. A year or so later Mr. Young became a member of the firm, which then assumed its present title. The principal office of Simpson, Spence & Young is at I 1 Broadway, New York City, where Mr. Simpson and Mr. Spence are located. In London, vvhere Mr. Young resides and has charge of the European business, in association with Mr. John S. Kitching, a junior partner, the firm's offices are at 117 Leadenhall Street. Mr. Thomas Kitching, now a partner, is in charge of the West Hartlepool office. The Liverpool office, managed by Mr. Charles R. Johnson, is located at I 7 Water Street and that in Glasgow, managed by Mr. Robert Muir, a junior partner, is at 7 Royal Bank Place. The firm does an extensive chartering business in British, French, Italian, Scandinavian and Greek steamships, etc., to all parts of the world. The firm has close connections with the principal char- terers at the different ports in the United States. It has acted for many years as chartering agents for the Strachan Shipping Co., the largest ship- loading and chartering concern at Savannah, Bruns- wick, Charleston and Fernandina. Simpson, Spence & Young are also managers of The Texas Transport & Terminal Co., Inc., with offices at New Orleans and Galveston. At New Orleans that company acts as agent for the Compagnie Generale Transatlantique (French Line), operating a regular service to Havre; the Holland-America Line, with a regular service to Rotterdam and the Creole Line operating a regular line to Genoa. At Galveston, The Texas Transport & Terminal Co. occasionally load steamers for Havre for the Compagnie Generale Transatlantique and have a regular service of the Creole Line, to Genoa. Simpson, Spence & Young also manage The Port Arthur, Texas, Trans- atlantic Line, Inc., which operates lines from Port Arthur, Texas, to the different European ports, under an arrangement with The Kansas City Southern Railway, the only railroad entering Port Arthur. By reason of the firm's extensive connections, through their various agencies at the principal ports of the United States, they are in the best position to offer to steamship owners the most comprehensive information as to the best employment of their steamers and, as their different British houses receive, every day, the most exhaustive cable advices regarding the freights that are offering from all the United Stales ports, they are in a position to give to clients the best information obtainable. The firm has established a very efficient depart- ment for the sale, purchase and construction of steamers and has during recent years, particularly since the outbreak of the great European war, effected a large number of sales of steamers. They are in close touch with shipbuilders in the United States and are in the best position to make con- tracts for the construction of vessels. 298 .WEIV YORK OLD AND NEW McDonnell ^ truda NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 299 tonnage and touring service. The offices are located at 5 State Street and the loading berth is at Pier B, Pennsylvania Railroad wharves, Jersey City. The firm of McDonnell & Truda although a young one, has gained a wide reputation in maritime af- fairs. It does not confine itself to the steamship agency business alone but is also engaged in the ergy of the individual members of the firm. They are young men full of the spirit of progress and give their undivided time to the interests of the firm. Mr. McDonnell, senior member of the firm, was born in New York City and Mr. Truda is a native of Italy. They served long apprentice- ships in the business and possess a thorough knowl- Dominick A. Truda general shipping business as charterers, owners and loading agents. Acting as brokers for ex- port tonnage, the firm supplies every kind of vessel for clearance to any open port in the world and this branch of the business has ex- panded wonderfully since the firm's organization. This grcmth is unquestionably the result of the en- edge of everything pertaining to the line. With this full equipment the firm was organized and the perfect familiarity of each member with every de- tail of procedure known to the business makes success assured and McDonnell & Truda are now ranked with the leading and successful steamship agents and brokers doing business at this port. 300 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW WILLIAM H. RANDALL & COMPANY One of the largest concerns engaged in ship- ping and its subsidiary lines at this port is the firm of Wilham H. Randall & Co., of Boston and New York. The firm was organized, under its present title, on March I, 1916, at which time Captain Randall resigned from the Presidency and they have never lost their love and instinct for the sea. This doubtless accounts for their en- trance into maritime affairs and the success that has followed that association. William H. Randall & Co. act as managers and agents of the Shawmut Steamship Company, of J. S. Emery & Co. of Boston to form his present connection. This firm, of which Capt. Randall was the executive head, is the oldest en^ gaged in the shipping line in the New England metropolis, having been in business for over one hundred years. The other members of the firm of William H. Randall & Co. are: Harris Livemorc, who was at the time of the organization of the new firm President of the Shawmut Steamship Com- pany, a position he still retains; Lester H. Monks, whose family has been in the shipping business far nearly three hundred years, first down on Cape Cod and later in Boston; G. Peabody Gardner, Jr., whose ancestors were famous ship owners of Salem, Mass. The last named member joined the firm in May, 1916. It will thus be seen that each member of the firm is by heredity and tradi- tion closely connected with ocean transportation, which in July, 1916, sold its fleet to the French Gcrvernment, retaining only the coal barges which it operated. The money received from the French Ga\ernment for these vessels was added to by con- tributions from the stockholders and the total sum was set aside for the construction of five large steamships which run from 7,500 to 10,000 tons deadweight. The first of the new fleet, the steamship "Sudbury," 7,500 tons deadweight and I 1 knots speed, was launched at Chester, Penn- sylvania. September 29. 1917. The same yard is building for the Shawmut Company two other ships of similar type which should be off the ways some time during 1918. The Sun Ship Building Co. are also building two ten thousand ton ships for them. William H. Randall & Co. are bankers and brokers in maritime securities and probably do NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 301 the largest business in unlisted ship securities of any house on the street. They are also ship brokers, buying and selling vessels and chartering the same and specializing in coal tonnage. The firm since its organization has taken up many sub- sidiary lines and it is largely interested in several corporations, among which is Rojas, Randall & Co., Inc., of New York, who are importers and exporters specializing in the West India and East Coast of South America trade; the Ocean Com- pany, Inc., freight forwarders, with offices in New York, Boston, Philadelphia and Chicago, and Randall, Livermare & Co., Inc., insurance under- writers, specializing in marine risks. The Marine Associates, a Massachusetts voluntary trust, which holds shares of steamship companies and interests closely allied, is under the management of the firm, which also acts in a like capacity for the Marine Investments Company. The offices of William H. Randall & Co. are located at 60 Federal Street, Boston, and 26 Beaver Street, New York City. They employ about I 00 people, mostly Americans, with a sprinkling of Spaniards and South Americans, who are engaged in the departments devoted to the Latin-American countries. HARRISS. MAGILL & CO., INC. This firm of steamship owners, agents and brokers, 1 5 William Street, New York City, N. Y., was organized shortly after the outbreak of the European war to take care of General Ship- ping business in vessels of all descriptions. When organized, the firm was General Agent of the Harby Steamship Co., Inc. They now are General Agents of the Pyne Company, Inc., of New York; also managers of Kinn Limited, Inc., a New York corporation whi;h handles sail ton- nage exclusively. They are also General Agents for Messrs. Solleveld Van der Meer and T. H. Van Hattum of Rotterdam, Holland. While the company is of comparatively recent organization, it is one of the best known and most successful in its particular field. The officers are W. L. Harriss, President; J. P. Magill, Vice- President and General Manager, and Mr. E. S. Bull, Secretary and Treasurer. A. O. ANDERSEN & CO.. INC. An Old Copenhagen Shipping Firm That Has Become a Competitor for the Trade of the Port. The European war, which made radical changes in New York shipping circles, brought into the field several foreign firms that are making them- selves felt in the trans-Atlantic trade. Among these is A. O. Andersen & Co., of Copenhagen, a concern that is recognized abroad as one of the leaders in the foreign shipping trade and one that enjoys an enviable reputation for strict business in- tegrity. This firm, recognizing the possibilities for an increased American business, established a New York City branch in November, 1915. In September, 1916, the business was incorporated under the laws of this State with a capital stock of $250,000, under the title of A. O. Andersen & Co., Inc. The President of the corporation is A. O. Andersen, of Copenhagen, with A. Reimann as Vice-President and V. Reimann, Secretary and Treasurer and General Manager. The two last named gentlemen, both of whom have had wide experience in the business, have charge of the New York office. The main office is still in Copenhagen and additional branches are maintained at Christiania, Elsinore, San I raii- i^vO, Seattle and Portland, Oregon. The Portland and San Francisco branches conduct a business that reaches every port in the seven seas and to parallel this vast business is the ultimate aim of the New York corporation. It works under its own capital of $100,000 in Portland and $50,000 in San Francisco and, in addition to its foreign business, is interested in a fleet of schooners, equipped with oil-burning motor auxiliaries, for use in the Pacific Coast lumber trade. The company is operating on an extensive scale and owing to the knowledge and combined efforts of the New York representatives, the business is steadily increasing. It owns steamships and conducts a general bro- kerage business and was the first corporation in this country to build tonnage for foreign accounts and contract for a large number of steamers of 7,000, 9,000 and 10,000 tons capacity. The corpora- tion also acts as chartering agent for many large Norwegian and other Scandinavian concerns and its correspondents and connections are to be found in all parts of the world. A. O. Andersen & Co. rank with the biggest shipping concerns in the world and none has better facilities or conducU business along more honorable lines. Its entry into the New York trans-Atlantic trade will stim- ulate business here, by friendly competition, and materially add to the tonnage of the Port. 302 NFJV YORK^OI D AND NEW PH. VAN OMMER In anticipation of a large increase in the trade between the United States and Holland, including the Netherlands Colonies, the shipping house of Ph. van Ommeren. one of the oldest mercantile and shipping concerns in Holland, opened on July I. 1916. a branch in New York City under the name of The Ph. van Ommeren Corporation of New York with offices at 42 Broadway. This corporation has experienced a wonderful growth and development and is now in a position to handle merchandise imported to this country from any portion of the Dutch East Indies or Con- tinental Europe and to ship from America to many of the European countries and the Levant ports. The Ph. van Ommeren Corporation acts as international conveyers, shippers and forward- ers to England. Scandinavia. South America, Holland, the Dutch East Indies and the Far East. 7 he corporation has brought to America the prestige of the oldest, foremost and strongest shipping house in Holland. For over a cen- tury the house of Van Ommeren in Rotterdam has been an active shipping concern with in- ternational connections. The branches of the company, located in London. Antwerp, Amsterdam, Batavia and other prominent world ports, have become large and important shipping factors and the combination offers the best facilities obtainable to American shippers engaged in either the import or export trade. It is not only as handlers of freight that the corporation has established itself in New York, but rather to maintain and enlarge upon the reputation of the house by extending its usefulness and facilities and to act as agent abroad for American manufacturers who are producing goods for export and who are looking for the best possible outlet for the same. This, of course, refers to goods of standard quality only. The corpora- tion will not exploit untried mcichandise, but, where American goods have found favor in foreign markets, the Ph. van Ommeren Corporation it ready to become sales agents for the manufacturer and is in a position to handle business into the tens of millions. CORPORATION Although the American house has been estab- lished but little over a year, it has made wonderful progress. The personnel of the office has growTi from two employees to about thirty in that period and several new departments have been added. These include a shipping department, the princi- pal work of which is dispatching goods from New York to the Dutch East Indies and the Far East. Shipping to Holland being prohibited by the United States authorities, that branch of the serv- ice has been temporarily discontinued. The cor- poration takes care of the shipments of the Colonial Department of the Netherlands Government and acts in a similar capacity for the Batavia Petro- leum Company and the Royal Dutch Company, two of the largest organizations of their character in the world. This department is in charge of Mr. E. Haarbosch, a Netherlander especially conversant with all details of the Far Eastern trade. Arrangements are now being completed for the establishment of a branch house in San Francisco in order to take better care of the Dutch East India and Far East trade. Another addition to the corporation's activities is an Oil Department under the supervision of experienced oi! experts. Through this branch of the service oil is purchased and shipped in the corporation's own ves- sels to Holland. Spain and other neutral countries. The Chemical Department, of which Benjamin Frank is the head, was created to meet the demand of the house's many foreign connections. Close re- lations are maintained with leading American pro- ducers of drugs, chemicals and pharmaceutical! and there are available for the corporation's cus- tomers materials of the highest standards of purity and strength at the lowest price. The necessity of juch a department is shown by its increased growth and activity. All materials furnished are care- fully tested before shipment in order to insure the maintenance of the highest standards for which the Van Ommeren goods are noted. The Traffic Department, recently organized, is in charge of J. F. Powers. It looks after the charter- ing of vessels, the placing of insurance and all the NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 303 other details necessary to the handhng of ship- ments, both trans-continental and trans-Atlantic. The Ph. van Ommeren Corporation is justly tak- ing credit for the first release of one of the Duldi ships that have for months been tied up in Ameri- can waters. There were seventy or eighty of these, and it is hard to compute the loss of earnings from their enforced idleness. The Van Ommeren Cor- poration owns four of these vessels and the first Dutch vessel released is one of its fleet. It was chartered to carry coal to South America and the articles of release stipulated that the boat return William H. Scholz with freight to an American port. The charter was arranged in London vvith the permission of the In- ter-Allied Chartering Commission, and was ap- proved by the United States Shipping Board. The commendable activity of the Van Ommeren Cor- poration attained this result, which will be of great value to American shipping as their boats are of large tonnage. William H. Scholz, formerly Commercial Adviser at the United States Legation in The Hague, is the Managing Director in charge of the New York office and his wide experience in varied lines of commercial activity formed the basis ot the Holland firm's choice. Mr. Scholz was for a time associated with the United States Depart- ment of Commerce under Hon. William C. Red- field, Secretary of the Department in a business way, and it is due to this connection and the im- portance of the movement to strengthen American trade vvith Holland that the Federal Government through the Commerce Bureau looked with interest and favor upon the extension of the Van Ommeren activities to America. Mr. Scholz is particularly fitted to handle the Ph. van Ommeren Corporation's interests here. H« is an American with an unusually wide foreign experience along lines of commerce and diplomacy, and speaks half a dozen languages fluently. He was born in Milwaukee. Wis., November 9. 1872. and after a collegiate education became secretary to the actuary of a leading western life insurance company, afterward becoming foreign correspond- ent of the Wisconsin National Bank, which was followed by a position in the United States Treasury Department. In 1902 he was sent to Manila by the Department of Agriculture in con- junction with Professor F. Lanson-Scribncr to or- ganize the Philippine Bureau of Agriculture, and acted as its chief clerk and disbursing officer until 1904. when he became identified with the Lake Torpedo Boat Company of Bridgeport. Conn., as confidential secretary to Simon Lake, president of the company and widely known inventor. He went to Petrograd. Berlin and London with Mr. Lake, living two years in each of the three cities, and aided in building a number of submarines for Russia at Kronstadt. The foreign business of the Lake company was discontinued in 1912 and Mr. Scholz became manager of the cable and foreign department of L. Vogelstein, New York City, a large metal house of international scope. He remained with the house until December, 1914, resigning then to take up the duties of commercial adviser to the .American Embassy in Berlin. This wide experience, coupled with Mr. Scholz's executive ability, eminently fits him for his present connection and in a great measure ac- counts for the Ph. van Ommeren Corporation's wonderful success in the American field. In its ultimate scope the American corporation can en- gage in shipping as either charterers or as owners of ships and can offer the greatest latitude to shippers in the matter of rates and terms of sale. Its banking connections in New York are with such prominent financial institutions as Brown Brothers, the Equitable Trust, the Guaranty Trust, and the National City Bank and in pursuance of the home office policy all transactions are done upon a cash basis only. It will be a matter of universal interest to ex» porting manufacturers to know that the Rotterdam home corporation has established a commercial subsidiary in Holland for taking over agencies and handling products of American manufacturers. This goes to show the scope of the house of Van Ommeren. The Rotterdam office acts in unison vvith, and will supplement the activities of, the New York offices. 304 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW STEPHANIDIS, BENAS & CO. Stephen D. Stephanidis Organized in February, 1916, the firm of Stephanidis, Benas & Co. has already acquired an enviable reputation in steamship circles. The firm controls the Vigo Steamship Company, 'which operates between New York City and Italian ports. They are managing agents of thi? company, of which they are the largest stock- holders, and also act as ship, freight and insur- ance brokers for outside interests, chartering and selling bottoms for the transatlantic trade and in- suring tonnage to all parts of the world. Steph- anidis, Benas & Co. were owners of the steamship Algonquin which was destroyed by a submarine in Germany's ruthless warfare on neu- tral shipping and it was the destruction of this vessel that undoubtedly led to the declaration of war by the United States. After the destruction of the "Algonquin" the steamship "Vigo" was purchased, the line which the firm controls taking its name from this vessel. As soon as normal conditions are re-established in Greece, it is the intention of the firm to run a regular line of steamers to that country. Stephen D. Stephanidis. senior member of the NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 305 John M. Benas firm, is a Greek by birth and a naturalized Ameri- can citizen. He is descended from one of the oldest Grecian families, his great-grandfather fig- uring prominently in the Revolution of 1 82 I . He was educated at Robert College, an American institution located in Constantinople, from which he graduated in 1905. He came to New York two years later where his first employment was as night librarian at the Twenty-third Street branch of the Y. M. C. A., studying at the City College during the daytime. He afterwards attended New York University with the idea of adopting law as a profession but discontinued the course to take up commercial pursuits. He entered the railroad business as a clerk in the office of the Trunk Line Association where he gained a thorough knowledge of that branch of public service and rose to the position of assistant to the Immigrant Agent. His experience in the steamship line was obtained while acting as representative for the Greek Line at Ellis Island. He filled these two positions at the same time and resigned them to establish the present business. John M. Benas was born in Greece in 1885 306 NEW YORK OLD a\ND NEW and was educated in Syria and at the Greek Lni varsity of Athens. He also comes from an old and well-known Grecian family all of whom were shipowners with the exception of one relative who devoted himself to linguistic work and was the creator of the modern Greek language. Mr. Benas came to New York City in 1913 and was engaged in commercial lines until 1916. when he joined Mr. Stephanidis in the formation of the present firm. The firm has been remarkably successful, owing to Mr. Stephanidis' knowledge and Mr. Benas' quick grasp of conditions and it now employs a large clerical force and occupies an extensive suite of offices at 24 State Street. They represent fully fifty per cent of the Greek shipping and act as agents for many individual steamship owners. Both Mr. Stephanidis and Mr. Benas predict a great future for the maritime activities of this port and while their business had steadily increased since the organization of the firm, they expect it to reach maximum proportions after the declaration of peace has stopped ocean depredations. From an Old Drawing LLOYD BRAZILIERO The Lloyd Braziliero, a steamship line owned and operated by the Federal Government of Bra- zil, is one of the most important factors in the South American trade. The line was originally owned by private interests, heavily subsidized by the Brazilian Government, and in 1913 was tak- en over by the government to be operated under the supervision of the Minister of Finance. The head office ol the service is in Rio de Janeiro. It consists of about sixty steamers, mostly coast- wise, which touch all the important points between Rio de Jeneiro and Manos, a city located 1 ,000 miles up the Amazon River. This is known as the North Coast Line and is one of the most prominent of the various lines operated. The South Line operates between Rio de Janeiro and the River Plate and the steamers of both lines carry large cargoes of such goods as inter-locality points trade in. The American service between New York and the principal Brazilian ports was inaugurated in 1 906, and it has largely in- creased trade between the United States and South America. After the outbreak of the Eu- ropean war Brazil's neutrality resulted in an in- flux of business to the line as shippers could on this account secure lower insurance rates on car- goes and the line carried about 40 per cent of the tonnage to that country. Since the severance of diplomatic relations with Germany this has been slightly reduced, but the line is still carrying on a successful business as the government's interest in the lines assures complete service. The New York service includes both freight and passenger transportation and the former will be largely add- ed to as soon as the necessary tonnage can be secured. There are at present ten steamers engaged in the line operating between New York and Bra- zil and there are three departing and three arriv- ing steamers each month. The reputation of Lloyd Braziliero is such that it enjoys the patron- age of the most prominent of the exporters of New York City and the country at large. These recognize that a line, operated in the interest of a country under government supervision, will ren- der more efficient service than one controlled by private interests and that every effort will be made by the power of that government to reduce sea depredations to a minimum. Captain D. Willing- ton, a practical ocean transportation man, is the New York representative of the company. He has been connected with the line for about thirty years, which were mostly spent as commandant of some of the company's largest steamships. When he was finally transferred to New York as the line's representative, he brought with him a knowledge of localities and general steamship work that has been of inestimable value to the large number of shippers to South American ports. Capt. Willington is always at the service of the shipping public and is in a position to give use- ful advice to those who are seeking the most di- rect outlet for their products. The line issues through bills of lading to all Brazil coast, Uruguay, Argentine and Paraguay ports. The offices of Lloyd Braziliero are lo- cated at 44 Whitehall Street and the loading berth is at Pier 5, Bush Docks, South Brooklyn. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 307 GASTON. WILLIAMS & WIGMORE STEAMSHIP CORPORATION The Gaston, Williams & Wigmore Steamship Corporation, chartered in Delaware. February 28. 1916. has recently added several more ships to its service, making a total of nine now engaged in the foreign trade. This company, which operates under the name of the GLOBE LINE, maintains regular sailings to Archangel, Lisbon and Bordeaux and is playing an important part in the re-establish- ment of the American merchant marine. The Archangel service was inaugurated in May of this year when the S. S. "Lord Dufferin" sailed J. B. Austin, Jr., Manager from New York for that port with a general cargo. She was followed by other steamers of the line at regular intervals during the summer and while this service is discontinued during the winter months, it will be resumed with the opening of navigation in the White Sea next spring. Regular sailings to Bordeaux were established when the S. S. "Vigilancia" sailed from New York for Bordeaux with a cargo of tobacco and steel. The "Vigilancia" has been kept in this service all summer. The S. S. "Berit" opened the Lisbon service during the month of July. Regular sailings to that point have been maintained ever since. Sailings are also made to South America and West Indian ports and to Rotterdam. Two schooners flying the GLOBE LINE ensign are employed mostly in coal, logwood and mahog- any trade to the West Indies and Africa. The GLOBE LINE is contemplating the pur- chase of other ships and has several steamers and auxiliary power schooners under contract for early completion and delivery. When the new vessels are ready for service, regular sailings will probably be established to South African and South .Ameri- can ports and also to the Orient. The President of the company, George A. Gas- ton, has been closely identified with the American shipping interests for many years. James A. Wig- more, one of the Vice-Presidents, is Vice-President of the Gaston, Williams & Wigmore, Inc., and affiliated companies. William H. Williams, Treasurer, is interested in many Long Island fi- nancial, realty and industrial enterprises and also in a number of transportation companies. The other Vice-Presidents are M. J. Budlong, who is also one of the Vice-Presidents of Gaston, Williams & Wigmore, Inc., and J. B. Austin, Jr., who is also General Manager of the Line. Mr. Austin has been closely identified with tlie transportation bus- iness for many years. R. H. Lee Martin is Secretary. At present the office forces of Gaston, Williams & Wigmore, Inc., occupy space in the Equitable Building and the Singer Building, while the GLOBE LINE is domiciled in a spacious build- ing at 20 Pearl Street. The company is now erecting a new six-story building at 35, 37 and 39 Broadway and upon its completion the various interests of the organization will be grouped there. The general front of the new building will have a strong base course with two monumental columns and two monumental pilasters at each end — 47 feet high in the clear from base to cap, and ap- proximately five feet in diameter. This will make the facade one of the most imposing and dignified among all buildings that exist in this section of most handsome structures. In addition to its im- pressive exterior appearance, the building has the advantage of maximum natural light on the interior. 308 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW HASLER BROTHERS, INC. Frederick E. Hasler President of Hasler Brothers, Incorporated One of the most prominent and successful or- ganizations engaged in the shipping business at the port of New York is that of Hasler Brothers, Inc., whose interest in world democracy is attested by five enlistments from its office — two of which are officers of the corporation now serving as lieutenants with the overseas armies. The busi ness of Hasler Brothers, Inc., was established in 1909, as Hasler, Leitch & Co., the organizers of the firm being Frederick E. Hasler, T. B. Hasler and John D. Leitch. Upon incorpora- tion, January 6, 1915, Frederick E. Hasler be- came President; James McFarlane, Vice-Presi- dent; Thomas B. Hasler, Treasurer, and R- Taylor, Secretary. The stockholders of the com- pany include the President, Vice-President, Treas- urer and R. T. Hasler. The company and its subsidiaries has capital and assets of over $1,000,- 000 and its trade territory embraces the West Indies, Cuba, Central America, Mexico and the United States. The business is that of ship- owners and brokers and in this capacity the can- NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 309 Thomas B. Hasler ;r ot Haslcr B.others. Incorporated cern has an annual turnover of about $2,000,- 000. American and British employees constitute the personnel of the office. Frederick E. Hasler, President of the com- pany, was born in Wethersfield, England, Feb- ruary 27, 1882, and began his active business career with the ship brokerage firm of J. Bell & Co., London, England, in 1898. He came to New York City in December, I 90 1 , and entered the employ of Daniel Dacon, of Havana and New York, in 1902. The following year he became associated with the firm of J. H. Winchester & Co., New \ ark City, where he remained until June, 1905. In 1906 he was made Assistant Manager of the American Smelters Steamship Company, continuing in this position until August, 1 908. when he became assistant to the president of the Chesapeake & Ohio Coal & Coke Co. He resigned this position in September, 1 909, to aid in the organization of Hasler, Leitch & Co., where his wide experience in every branch of transporta- tion and shipping was of inestimable value. In addition to his interest in Hasler Brothers, Inc., Mr. Hasler is President of the Inter-American 310 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW Steamship Company ol New ^ oik City; V ice- President of the Inter-American Steamship Com- pany, Ltd., of Toronto, Canada; Vice-President of Robert Hasler & Co., Inc.. of Norfolk, Vir- ginia, and a partner in the firm of Morris & Has- ler, of Havana, Cuba, ^vho own sugar plantations and cattle ranches in Camaguey, Cuba. He is also James McFarlane Vice-President of Hasler Brothers. Incorporated a Director in the Lone Star Shipbuilding Com- pany of Beaumont, Texas, and Treasurer of the Powhattan Steamship Company of Norfolk, Vir- ginia. He resides on Rumson Road, Little Silver, New Jersey. James McFarlane, Vice-President of the com- pany, was born in Sunderland, England, in 1884. His first employment was with Mail Brothers, shipowners, in Sunderland, with whom he became associated in 1 900. From there he went with the firm of Fearnley & Eger, who were shipovvner« and brokers of Christiania, Norway, and remained with that concern from 1904 until 1906. At this period he became connected with the Standard Oil Company, Rotterdam, continuing in the posi- tion until 1909, when he entered the employ of Duncan Stewart & Co., Glasgow. Scotland. He came to America the same year and in February, 1910, entered the firm of Hasler, Leitch & Co.. to which, like Mr. Hasler, he brought a large experience that has materially added to the com- jiany's suci ess. Mr. McFarlane joined the British .Army in February, 1916, and is now a Lieuten- ant in the Royal Field Artillery, British Expedi- tionary Force in France. 1 homas B. Hasler, I reasurer of the concern, was born in Wethersfield, England, November 9, 1879, and was educated in the country of his birth. After leaving school he entered the employ of Simpson. Spence & Young, London, England, in 1897, and came to New York City in Jan- uary, 1 899, as an employee of that firm. He severed this connection July 1, 1909, to enter the firm of FJasler, Leitch & Co., and was elected Treasurer of Flasler Brothers, Inc., when the re- organization and incorporation of the business took place. Mr. Hasler is now a Lieutenant in the United States Naval Reserve, having enlisted foi the duration ot the war. His home address is "The Maples", Little Silver, New Jersey. Robert Tabor Hasler is interested in the cor- poration but occupies no official position beyond that of a Director. He was born in i ollesburv, England, October 27, 1891. He also began Robert T. Hasler Hasler Brothers, Incorporated his active business career with Simpson, Spence & Young in London in 1907 and came to New York City in September, 1908. He was em- ployed by the United Coal Co., New York City, from the time of his arrival until July, 1909. NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW 311 From July. 1909, until December of the same year he was with the Chesapeake & Ohio Coal & Coke Co.. at Newport News and Norfolk and then joined Hasler, Leitch & Co., at the Norfolk office of the firm where he remained until May, 1914, when he became a stockholder of Hasler Brothers, Inc., and the Norfolk representative of the corporation. In January, 1917, he became interested in Robert Hasler & Company, Inc., one of the largest coal bunkermg and shippmg com- panies in Norfolk. This is a subsidiary of Hasler Brothers, Inc., of which Robert T. Hasler is President. Although Hasler Brothers, Inc., is a compara- tively new concern, its ramifications are such that its business extends to the principal ports of this and many of the Latin-American countries. The company's tonnage to the West Indies has run as high as 150,000 and in normal times it will average as high as 50,000 to 60,000 tons, con- sisting of everything intended for export trade that is manufactured in the United States. The cargoes of returning steamers consist of the various products of the countries reached by the service. The offices of the company are in the Produce Exchange. THE NAFRA COMPANY The changed conditions of commercial Europe have opened up possibilities for American prod- ucts unthought of a decade ago. At that time Germany, which had for half a century mad;? almost unbelievable progress in the arts and manu- factures, almost dominated the markets of Europe and the Far East. To-day there are but few of the countries of Europe and Asia that have kindly feelings for Germany and in consequence there is an embargo on trade with that Empire. With all the industrial nations at war there was no place to turn but America, and up to the time of its entrance into the world-war this country had been greatly benefited by the increase of foreign trade. This will dorubtless continue as the United State? is too resourceful to be permanently crippled by the stand it has taken for the democracy of the world. Among those who were far-seeing enough to realize what America's part in the rehabilitation of the world's commerce would be was the coterie of gentlemen who in November, 1914. organized The Nafra Company, with E. P. Earle as Chair- man of the Board and J. Mercadante. who had been in the importing and exporting business for several years, as President. The company was formed to carry on an importing and exporting business, and to operate a steamship line between Baltimore and New York and Genoa, Italy. In pursuance of this policy the company recently purchased three steamers of 10,000 tons burden. These boats are all of American registry, it being a part of the company's plan to help rebuild the American merchant marine. Negotiations are pending for three ofther steamships of like tonnage and registry, and with this equipment the com- pany will be able to considerably increase its already large business, which now amounts to $5,000,000 per month. In its export business The Nafra Company makes large shipments ot metals and heavy chemicals and its imports consist mainly of dyestuffs. The main office is at 120 Broadway. New York City, with branches in Milan and a half dozen other commercial centers of Italy. The Nafra Company also manufactures the Nafra Warning Signal, a mechanical device for automobiles intended to prevent rear end col- lisions. The moment that you apply your brake, tc stop or slow down or turn, the Nafra waves a red disc by day, a red light by night, that warns the driver behind to get under control at once. The signal proper is a brilliant red disc carrying in its center a tiny electric lamp that shows red when lighted. The disc is on a flexible arm and the arm is mounted on a pivoted drum so that it can swing from horizontal to vertical. A steel cord inside a flexible steel tube runs from the drum to a bracket beneath the car. From this bracket a rod leads to the foot brake lever. With the brakes off, the signal disc lies down behind your license plate on a cushion that prevents rattling. When the brake is applied it pulls the cord leading to the drum and the arm and disc appear, the disc on the flexible arm keeping it waving back and forth above the license plate. It can be attached to the car in a short time at any convenient place on the rear of the car. Rear signals designed to perform a number of different functions require thought and effort on the part of the driver to make them operative. In the stress of excitement they may not be manipulated right or quickly enough. The Nafra needs no thought. It works automatically every time you apply the brake to slow down, turn or stop. 312 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW CHRISTOFFER HANNEVIG After a successful career in the maritime affairs of the Scandinavian countries, Christoffer Han- nevig, head of the firm of Christoffer Han- nevig, Inc., of Christiania, Norway, came to New York in 1915 to establish a business to work in conjunction with his Christiania office. He formed the firm of Hannevig & Johnsen, to conduct a ship- brokerage business, but this connection afforded little opportunity for his energies and he retired from the firm to organize Christoffer Hannevig, Inc., with offices at 1 39 Broadway, where the corporation occupies an entire bankmg edifice. Mr. Hannevig is President of this company, Finn Hannevig, Vice-President, with R. J. BuUowa as Treasurer and J. B. Simpson, Secretary. The corporation represents the Baltimore & South American Navigation Company and other steam- ship lines and contemplates the extension of its service from New York to the West Indies and New York to Liverpool. For this service two 4.000 ton steamships now building in the Pusey & Jones yards, Wilmington, Delaware, and two 3,500 tonners being built on the Great Lakes, will be used by the line to the West Indies. For the Liverpool service four steamships of from 7,500 to 12,500 tons are bemg built by the Pennsylvania Shipbuilding Company, Gloucester, N. J. Mr. Hannevig, although but thirty-four years of age, has, despite his short residence in this country and his previous inexperience with American methods, become an important figure not only in ocean transportation but in shipbuilding and fi- nancial affairs in various parts of the country. He is President of the Pusey & Jones Company, of Wilmington, Delaware, one of the oldest concerns engaged in shipbuilding in this country and is the controlling owner of the Pennsylvania Shipbuilding Company; the New Jersey Shipbuilding Com- pany, both located on the Delaware River at Gloucester, New Jersey, and the Newfoundland Shipbuilding Company, Ltd., located at Harbor Grace, N. F. He is also interested in the Thar Iron Works, Ltd., of Toronto, Ontario, Canada, Dominion Shipbuilding Co., also of Toronto, and several other enterprises of a like character. Mr. Hannevig still retains his interest in the house of Christoffer Hannevig, Inc., of Christiania, Nor- way, and divides his time between his American and Scandinavian interests. He also maintains offices in Philadelphia, Baltimore, London, Eng- land, and Petrograd, Russia. Mr. Hannevig, who recently returned from Norway, brought with him commissions for the placing of tonnage orders that will run into millions of dollars. HANNEVIG SHIPPING COMPANY The Hannevig Shipping Company, organized in 1916, acts as broker in the sale, purchase and chartering of steamships and sailing vessels and the present demand for bottoms for outgoing tonnage has made the business a success from the time of its establishment. Finn Hannevig, the Manager of the company, is a Norwegian and was born March 1 6, 1 889. He received his education in the country of his birth and after leaving school familiarized himself with the shipping business by association with maritime firms in London, Petro- grad and Christiania, Norway. He came to America in 1910 and since that time has been associated with the Hannevig interests of which his brother, Christoffer Hannevig, is the head, the other associate being Edward Hannevig. The offices of the company are at 1 39 Broadway. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 313 CAPT. J. W. McGRATH Long experience as master of vessels sailing from various American ports has given Capt. J. W. McGrath a knowledge that is invaluable to him as Secretary and General Manager of the Over- seas Shipping Corporation, of 27 William Street. This organization is engaged in stevedoring and has a branch in Baltimore. Capt. McGrath was born in Newfoundland and went to sea when sixteen years old. He rose to the position of master, but quit the sea to engage in his present line of busmess. In addition to his interest in the Overseas Shipping Company, Capt. J. W. McGrath is Superintendent of the American and Cuban Steam- ship Line and the United States and Brazil Steam- ship Line, which have many steamers in the service between New York and the Latin-American countries. 314 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW GEORGE W. F. GREEN Possessing the initiative and progressiveness ol the Texas bred man, George W. F. Green soon created a place for himself in the business hfe of New York, since his arrival here one year ago. He was born in Opelika, Alabama, December I 2, 1888, and, removing to Texas in early boyhood, was educated at the Baylor University, Waco, and the University of Texas. Determining to adopt law as a profession, he took up the study with such earnestness and close application that he passed the necessary examination and was awarded a license to practice in 1912. He immediately became associated with the law firm of Garden, Starling, Garden, Hemphill & Wallace, of Dallas, Texas, and for two years continued practice in that city. Becoming dissatisfied with law he en- gaged in the stock and bond business in Dallas and finally retired from this in 1916 to remove to New York City. Mr. Green is a member of the Dallas Country Club, the Masonic and Alpha Tau fraternities and is President of the Maritime 1 ransportation Company. This company was organized in 1916 after Mr. Green had become thoroughly conversant with shipping interests and had come to realize the possibilities in that business. Vessels were rapidly acquired to meet the demand of the new company's growing business until it chartered or owns and has charge of thirteen or fourteen ships, in which Mr. Green is personally interested. These are sent by the company to any port in the world and despite the fact that the submarine is a constant menace to the boats, three or four of which have been destroyed, the company has made money as in all instances the ships were insured, although the rates were very high. While the United States was neutr.al the Lyman N. Law, a large four- masted schooner of which Mr. Green was part owner and agent, was destroyed by an Austrian submarine. The cargo carried was box shooks, which under no stretch of imagination could be construed into contraband. In addition the boat was not equipped with wireless and had large American flags painted on the sides both fore and aft. Under Mr. Green's management the Maritime Transportation Company has in one year become a factor in shipping. Despite the loss of some of its boats it has been highly successful in shipping cargoes through the danger zones and in consequence has no trouble in making charters at paying rates. The offices of the company arc at 25 Beaver Street. NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 315 VIDKUNN JOHNSEN Vidkunn Johnsen, head of V. Johnsen Co., Inc., 25 Beaver Street, has been only nine years in this country, but in that brief time has become prominent in the shipping world and part owner in a large shipbuilding plant. Mr. Johnsen was born in Bergen, Norway, June 1 8, 1 883, and in 1898 graduated from one of the leading in- stitutes of learning in his native city. The same year he was given a clerkship in the office of one of the largest steamship owners and brokers in Bergen and began a business career that has been marked by eminent success. He came to America in February, 1909, and supplemented his foreign training in the shipping business by association with two of the most prominent brokers in New York City. In July, 1915, he associated with Chris- toffer Hannevig, in the formation of the firm of Hannevig & Johnsen, which opened offices in the Maritime Exchange Building, 80 Broad Street. The business grew to large proportions under the direction of these energetic young men and on June 1, 1916, it was incorporated and larger quarters secured at 25 Beaver Street. Mr. Han- nevig retired from the firm in April, 1917, and Mr. Johnsen continued the business at the same address under the name of V. Johnsen Co., Inc. The V. Johnsen Co., Inc., act as ship and steamship brokers and charter every variety of ves- sel to any point in the world. Mr. Johnsen was one of the pioneers in this country in placing or- ders for steamers with American shipbuilders for foreign account. He is endowed with wonderful en- ergy and to this characteristic much of his success is due. He is also possessed of a marked person- ality which quickly won the confidence of shipping men and this has been held by strictly honest business methods and an ability to render efficient service to shippers. The rapid growth of the business is shown by the unprecedented record es- tablished by the selling of sixty per cent, of the tonnage contracted for in this country and Canada to Norwegian ports. On June 30, 1916, a testi- monial dinner was tendered Mr. Johnsen at Rec- tor's and among the guests were some of the most prominent shipping men of New York, Philadel- phia, Savannah and Bergen, Norway. The speakers paid high tribute to Mr. Johnsen's busi- ness integrity. In addition to the Presidency of V. Johnsen Co., Inc., Mr. Johnsen is Treasurer, Secretary and half owner of the Delaware Shipbuilding Company, which is located at Seaford, Delaware. 316 NEIV YORK OLD AND NEW JULIO L. FORBEb Julio L. Forbes, Vice-iPresident, General Man- ager and Director of the Ocean Transportation Corporation, who is descended from one of the oldest and most distmguished families in Spain, was born in Gibraltar, July 2, 1885, and was edu- cated in England. He came to New York City in 1903 and his knowledge of the trans-Atlantic freight service was gained through his association with the Spanish Steamship Co. Mr. Forbes be- ing thoroughly familiar with Spain and Portugal and the needs of these two countries for a freight service that would be quick and direct, organized, in 1914, the Ocean Transportation Corporation. His primary object was to develop relations be- tween the United States and Spain, Portugal, the Canary Islands and Italy. The service to the last named country has been discontinued on ac- count of the European war. but that to the other points has increased steadily. The company's chartered freighters sail once a month, and oftener if the cargoes warrant increased serv- ice. The export freight includes general mer- chandise, electrical supplies, oil, munitions, etc., and the incoming cargoes are made up oi Spanish and Portuguese products as well as those from the Canary Islands. Since its organization the company has had an average clearance of more than one steamship each month and the business is steadily growing. One reason for this increase is the fact that the Ocean Transportation Corpo- ration gives a more direct service than the regular lines. The bulk of tha cargoes are consigned to Cadiz and Barcelona, which are the only ports touched but through bills of lading are issued to all Spanish ports. Mr. Forbes gives personal atten- tion to the corporation's business and his untiring energy and unceasing effort are two of the most important factors in the development of the trade between the three countries. Previous to establishing the Ocean Transporta- tion Corporation, Mr. Forbes organized the Ma- rine Importing Co. in 1913. This company handled grapes solely and built up a very large trade, the importations running as high as 50,000 barrels per year. Mr. Forbes was married June 24, 1916, to Amanda E. Rohde. He is a member of the Whitehall Club, the New York Athletic Club, and the Merchants Association. His offices are at 25 Beaver Street. C OMPANIA TRANSA I LANTICA The Compania Transatlantica, familiarly known to shippers and steamship men as the Spanish Line, is a Spanish corporation of which the Marques de Comillas is President. It has twenty-five steam- ships engaged in overseas trade and furnishes to travelers and shippers the best possible service in passenger and freight traffic between New York and Spam, Spain and South and Central America and the Philippines. The home offices of the com- pany are in Barcelona, Spain, while the New York business is looked after by J. Zaragoza. ai agent, with offices at Pier 8, East River. The Spanish Line steamships, with superbly appointed cabins and the best possible service, offer the only absolutely safe route for travelers destined to Eng- lish or French points, or in fact to any of the cities of Europe that are open to travel. The danger from destructive undersea boats is entirely eliminated by this route. The passenger saiii directly from New York to Barcelona, far re- moved from the dangerous war zone, and from thence travels overland to France, from which country he can reach England in perfect safety, or be transported by rail to any of the allied or neutral countries. The same safety is assured in reaching the Philippines as the German destroyers are not operating in the Pacific Ocean and the Japanese patrol prevents attacks by stray sea raiders. The company has about four sailings each month and the popularity of the route and its safety from the dangers of war is attested by the large passenger list. The freight service of the line is as complete in its way as the passenger, the company issuing through bills of lading to paints in the various countries to which its service extends. AMERICAN STAR LINE, INC. The American Star Line, Inc., which was organized in 1913, has made remarkable progress for a new concern and now reaches European and Mediterranean ports, with a fleet of fast freight steamers. Two of these are owned by the company and many others are chartered for the service. The company also owns four sailing vessels, three of which touch trans-Atlantic ports and the other is engaged in the coastwise trade. The President of the American Star Line, Inc., is Moses Ginsburg, who was a steamship agent up to the time of his entry into the ocean transporta- tion business. The Vice-President is A. Frankel. The offices of the line are at 25 Beaver Street, and the activity of officers and clerks is an indication that the amount of freight handled will soon require a much larger fleet. NEM^ YORK— OLD AND NEW 317 CAPTAIN PIERRE LE GOUGUEC Many overseas shipping and trading organiza- tions have been farmed since the outbreak of the European wa>-, several of which have been of great service in transporting foodstuffs and sup- plies to the Allied countries. Prominent among those who have rendered aid in this work is Cap- tain Pierre Le Gauguec who was born January 15, 1883, in Auray, Department of Morbihan. France. Upon the completion of his education, Captain Le Gouguec entered the merchant marine service and rose to the rank of master. After sev- eral years in this position he resigned in order to devote his time to commercial pursuits. The growth of trade relations between the United States and France was the inducement that brought Captain Le Gouguec lo New York, where he felt his maritime experience would be of great value in the development of commerce between the coun- try of his birth and that of his adoption. After looking the field over he organized the Alliance Shipping Company of New York and France and the American Exportation and Transportation Company, with offices at 42 Broadway, New- York City. He is the active head of these com- panies, which have under charter a number oi ships to ply between the two Republics. Captain Le Gauguec and his staff of assistants have a thorough knowledge of the requirements of the French people and of the conditions under which American goods should be shipped. This knowl- edge will be of inestimable value to American firms contemplating the extension of their overseas business and Captain Le Gouguec is in a position to give valuable advice relative to transatlantic traffic. Already Captain Le Gouguec's efforts have brought success to the two companies and he is sanguine of a large and constantly increasing business from now until peace is declared and a much larger trade after that period KOEHLER & KEMP The firm of Koehler & Kemp, cargo surveyors and appraisers, 1 6 and 1 8 Exchange Place, has since its organization in 1910 built up by strict business methods and honest service a very large clientele among the shipping men of the United States and abroad. The firm is composed of Frank F. Koehler and John S. Kemp, both of whom had years of experience in the business be- fore forming their present connection. They em- ploy a large force of capable men who are sent to any part of the world where their services are demanded. In addition to cargo surveying and appraising, Koehler & Kemp act as special agents. A large suite of offices is occupied by the firm and fitted up with the most modern devices to insure business efficiency. OVERSEAS TRANSPORTATION COMPANY, INC. A strong advocate of helping the Government in the present crisis, Hyman Eppstein. President of the Overseas Transportation Company, Inc., of 42 Broadway, said that "the resources of the government consist not only of the money but the ability of the citizens to help and each one in his respective capacity should give his experience and ability in aiding the movement for the world's democracy. Since in this wai the Atlantic must be crossed it is the shipping men that can render the most efficient assistance and it is the duty of every shipping office to help in a manner that would save not only money but time, which is most essential. It is readily known among ship- ping men that those not experienced in that line lose from 40 per cent, to 50 per cent, in time and profits, which is almost equal to twice the number of ships that may be required by the government for despatch, and if the shipping interests here will show wherein they can help, the power in handling shipments abroad will be increased at least 40 per cent. Every steamship office can take care of at least five steamers per week with- out interfering with its regular business and this service should be devoted to the government with- out remuneration of any kind." THE NATIONAL STEAM NAVIGATION CO., LTD., OF GREECE The National Steam Navigation Co., Ltd., of Greece, of which Nicholas A. Galonas is the New York representative, operates both a freight and passenger service between this country, Italy, and Greece. It has a fleet of sixteen vessels and makes weekly sailings to the countries named. Mr. Galonas, in addition to looking after the interests of the company here, is also an importer and ex- porter. He exports all goads of American manu- facture, for which he finds a market in the va- rious cities of Greece and Italy, which are reached either directly by his line or by trans-shipment from the ports touched. The imported goods handled in- clude anything produced in Italy or Greece that finds a market in this country. The offices of Mr. Galonas are at 20 Pearl Street. 318 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW CALDWELL & CO. In the days when sailing chpper ships were the rule rather than the exception, E. Caldwell started in business in New York City as a for- warding agent. This was as early as 185 7. and the founder of the huge business, now conducted under the firm name of Caldwell & Co., who died but recently, lived to see his modest venture develop into one of the largest houses of its character in the United States. He witnessed the passmg of the wooden craft from trans-Atlantic transportation and had the satisfaction of knowing that his firm had taken its place in the front rank of foreign freight contractors and forwarders to every port of call in the seven seas. After he had been in business for some years his son, Watson H. Caldwell, entered into partnership and the firm became E. & W. H. Caldwell. Later Otto Rademan and H. Fowler acquired interest in the business and the present title, Caldwell & Co., was assumed. In addition to freight contracting and forwarding, the firm acts as custom house brokers and marine insurance agents. The head office of Caldwell & Co. is at 50 Broad Street, New York City. It operates as Caldwell & Co., Inc., in Boston with offices at 1 1 State Street and as the Caldwell Shipping Co. in Detroit, at 304 Free Press Building; in Milwaukee at 735 Merchants' and Manufacturers' Building and in San Francisco at 244 California Street. In addition the firm has corresponding agents in all the principal ports of the world. They are agents for Osaka Shosen Kaisha (Osaka Mercantile Steamship Co., Ltd.); Nippon Yusen Kaisha (Japan Mail Steamship Co.) which sails weekly from Tacoma and Seattle to ports in China, Japan and the Philippine Islands in connection with the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad Co., and for the Yeoward Brothers line of steamers, which make weekly sail- ings from Liverpool to Lisbon and the Canary Islands, connecting at Lisbon for Cape Verde Islands and Portuguese West and East African ports, issuing through bills of lading from New York City. Freight rates are cjuoted and through bills of lading are issued to all parts of the world. The firm makes a specialty of a fast overland service via the Pacific Coast to the Orient and Australasia. In this service combined carloads of machinery and merchandise are assembled at Chicago and forwarded about six times a year to the Pacific Coast, making immediate clearance on mail steamers for China, Japan, Philippines, Indian Ocean ports and Australasia. Carload shipments are distributed, C. O. D. collections made and consular documents arranged for in all countries. Under this special overland service shippers and consignees are enabled to forward less than car- load lots at carload rates. CHAPTER EIGHTEEN Important Lines of Industry and Commerce "The Swamp" and the Leather Industries — The Coal Trade — New York Largest Anthracite Consumer — Tobacco, Fruits, Coffee, Sugar. IN Colonial times in New York there exisied be- low the Commons (later City Flail Park), on the east side of the city in the vicinity of Ferry Street, a tract of low land familiarly known as "The Swamp." It was covered with tangled briers and was not attractive to the eye, but Jacob- us Roosevelt bought it in I 734, laid it out in fifty lots and established several tanneries on it. It has continued true to the maxim, "There's nothing like leather," for though the tanneries have been removed, the tanners remained and the leather dealers, leather belt manufacturers, findings dealers and a genume leather community, still known as "The Swamp" m the trade and representmg one of the greatest leather regions ui the world, occupy- the old tract. The manufacturing census of 1914 gives the value of the output of the metropolitan district in products of "leather, tanned, curried and finished" at $26,051,000, and of "leather goods, not else- where specified" at $22,308,000 and of "boots and shoes, including cut stock and findings" at $31,559,000. The leather business of the city has always included in its membership men of much promi- nence in the city. The last of the appointed May- ors of New York before the law requiring them to be elected went into effect was Gideon Lee, who held the office in 1 833 and was afterward a mem- ber of Congress. He had a profitable leather business in "The Swamp." Another leader in the business, recently deceased, was Ch?rles A. Schieren, belting manufacturer of great prominence, who was the last Mayor of Brooklyn before its absorption by the Greater City. The tanneries of New York were an early in- dustry. They were first located in Broad Street along the canal which ran along in its center. Fhey had been declared a nuisance under the Dutch regime, but did not comply with the order to move until the English came in and Sir Edmund Andros was Governor, when the command was made imperative and the tan-vats were removed to the lower part of Maiden Lane. Four of the tanners, who were shoemakers by trade, then bought a tract of land bounded by Broadway, Ann, William and Gold Streets and began business there. The region was thence known as the "Shoemakers' Lane" until 1 696, when it was divided into town lots and the tanners were driven into "The Swamp." The tanning business has developed much dur- ing several decades past, and most of the tan- ning is now done in the regions where tanbark is most accessible, it being cheaper to carry the hides to the bark than the bark to the hides. Fin- ishing is done in various cities of the country, but the business of marketing and distributing is center- ed in the great cities. New York being one of the foremost wholesale and exporting markets for leather and its products, including, besides the goods manufactured in the metropolitan district, those of many other manufacturing districts, which maintain headquarters or sales offices in New York. Ninety per cent of the exports of leather from the United States during the fiscal year ended February 1, 1917, passed through New York har- bor, and the total exports of hides and leather for that period were valued at $331,922,175. The imports of hides free of duty into the port of New York during the single month of April, 1917, were of the value of $14,178,235. The number of hides imported during the year ended February 1. 1917, was 14.106,000 and they were valued at $99,000,142. The coal industry of New York is enormous. Because of an ordinance forbidding the use of soft coal within city limits, the use of anthracite is gen- eral in the city, which, having thus eliminated the smoke nuisance, has also become the world's larg- est consumer of anthracite coal. Because of its position as the greatest seaport of the world the 320 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW city also is the foremost bunkering point lor bitu- minous coal of steam grades, having rail ancJ canal systems connecting it with the mines which give it superior facilities for keeping up a complete and adequate supply for all purposes. The city and harbor therefore create a vast center of coal distri- bution which has centered in New York the exec- utive management of the largest coal companies. Tobacco enters very largely into the domestic and foreign commerce of New York. Americans are themselves very largely devotees of "My Lady Nicotine" and in addition the country is the largest producer of tobacco and exports it in vast quanti- ties to foreign countries. New York is a great center of distribution, export, sale and manufac- ture of domestic and imported tobacco and to- New York "Times" Building — 42nd Street and Broadway. bacco products. It is the home of establishments that have been engaged in tobacco manufacture for more than a century, and the metropolitan district manufactured in the year 1914 a total value of $103,564,000 in tobacco manufactures in large and small factories, one concern em- ploying over four thousand workers. Many large corporations formed for the handling and produc- tion of tobacco and its manufactures, with plants scattered far and wide, have their headquarters and chief offices in New York, which has thus become the tobacco metropolis of the world, and controls factories, warehouses and even retail stores in cities and towns throughout the country. One of the greatest of the busy activities of New York is its position as a market for fruits and produce which puts under contribution not only all the fruit regions of the United States but also those of the West Indies and the Caribbean. Cal- ifornia and the Pacific states keep a continuous line of fast freight trains mcrving over the various roads that lead to New York to supply the de- mand of the city not only for the citrus fruits, grapes and raisins which for a time were the prin- cipal articles of its commerce with New York, but also the apples of northern California, Oregon and Washington, pears, peaches and other fruits which grow so large and luscious under the golden sun of the Pacific. Florida fruits also find their chief market in New York, and Georgia, Mary- land, Delaware and south Jersey contribute their earliest and best. Steamers from the West In- dies and Central America bring pineapples, ban- anas, cocoanuts and various tropical fruits to this great city, which consumes more fruits itself than any other city on the planet, and distributes them also as wholesaler through a quite extensive terri- tory. Fruits and produce of field and garden make of West Street and its side streets for several blocks the busiest market of the kind in America. Many more products might be enumerated. New York imports and handles more coffee than any other city in the world, the imports for the year of that commodity being valued at approxi- mately $100,000,000, more than three-fourths of the total coffee entries of the United States coming through New York. This city handles also the bulk of the sugar supply of the country, the consumption of this staple by Americans amounting in 1915 to 8,626,793,238 pounds. The list might be greatly and tediously extended, but would only unnecessarily amplify the fact that New York, including its domestic and foreign busi- ness, is now the largest and most all-embracing commercial center in the world, whose transactions cover every domestic and foreign product needed by the American people or covered by overseas demand. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 321 THEODORE FRANCIS WHITMARSH Theodore Francis Whitmarsh, Vice-President and Treasurer of Francis H. Leggett & Co., wai born in New York City, November 6th, 1869, the son of H. C. and Caroline H. (Leggett) Whitmarsh. After a common school education he began his business career in 1 886 with hii uncle, the late Francis H. Leggett, and working his way through the various departments was ad- mitted to membership in the firm in 1 896, becom- ing its Vice-President and Treasurer when the firm was incorporated in 1902. On the death of Mr. Leggett he assumed the active management of the business. Besides this connection he is President and Treasurer of the Seacoast Canning Company and Treasurer of the American Can Company of Maine. He is a member of Blue Lodge, Chapter, Com- mandery and Shrine of Masonic Order; President of the National Wholesale Grocers' Association of the United States; Trustee and member of the Funding Committee of the Greenwich Savings Bank ; Director of the Irving National Bank and Director of the Broadway Trust Company. He is a member of the Metropolitan, Union League, Metropolitan Opera, Sleepy Hollow, New York Athletic, Mer- chants, Arkwright, Knollwood and Percy Summer Club, of the Chamber of Commerce of the United States; the Chamber of Commerce of N. Y. State; New York Genealogical Society, Museum of Art and American Museum of Natural History. Mr. Whitmarsh resides at 339 West 77th Street, New- York City, and has a summer camp at Percy, Coos County, New Hampshire. His business address is 27th Street & 13th Avenue, New York City. He married Lillian A. Smith of New York City and has three children: Francis H. L. Whitmarsh, Harvard, 16; Karl R. Whit- marsh, Harvard, '19, and Katharine Whitmarsh, Miss Spence's School, '16. CASTNER, CURRAN & BULLITT. INC. One of the largest companies engaged in the handling of coal for steaming purposes is Castner, Curran & Bullitt, Inc., who are sole agents for C.C.B. Pocahontas and C.C.B. New River, two American coals that are universally recog- nized as standards. C.C.B. Pocahontas has been the most popular and satisfying coal in use since the opening up of the Pocahontas coal fields in West Virginia thirty years ago. The sale of these brands, both of which are smokeless, to all parts of the world, was built up by this company. Due to its excellent steaming qualities and particularly to the care in preparation, inspection and shipping, this product found a ready market and was soon endorsed by the governments of the United States. Great Britain and other foreign countries, and the very high standard of excellence that was given C.C.B. Pocahontas in the earlier days of the de- velopment of the field is being today just as vig- orously maintained. C.C.B. New River, a coal of equal quality to Pocahontas, mined from the more recently developed New River field along the Virginia Railway, is given the same careful preparation that is given C.C.B. Pocahontas. These coals, also accepted by the United States Govern- ment as standard for admiralty and other purposes, are unsurpassed for the generation of steam, and their high carbon, low volatile and ash content make them an ideal fuel for export and bunker uses. Castner, Curran & Bullitt. Inc., is a cor- poration organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with executive offices at I Broadway, New York City. The business is directly under the supervision of Lemuel Burrows, Presi- dent, and P. A. Castner is Secretary and Treas- urer of the company. It has loading terminals at Lambert's Point, Sewall's Point, and Newport News, Hampton Roads, Virginia. The European agents are Hull, Blyth & Co., No. 1 Lloyds Avenue, London, E. C. 322 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 323 JOHN A. Successful as a developer of seaside realty, prominent in every movement lookmg to the prog- ress of Harlem and deeply interested in all civic matters, John A. Wilbur is now contributing his ripe experience to the affairs of the American Federation of Flying Yacht Clubs, of which he is Corresponding Secretary. This organization was started in 1916 and was fostered by the Harlem Board of Commerce and the Harlem Luncheon Association. Its object is the training of aviators for military service durmg the war and for the establishment of a club house with hangars for flying boats, water approaches and landing places on the west side of the Hudson River at Riverside Drive and 129th Street. This move- ment has been endorsed by prominent aviators and government officials who claim that the world's future peace can be maintained only by the su- premacy of the United States in the air. Mr. Wilbur, who is patriotically engaged in advancing the organization's interests, was born at Manor- ville. New York, March 16, 1866. He was educated m district schools and began his career in New York City as a district messenger boy and later became a telegraph operator. He after- wards became a partner in a hardware firm and in 1908 acquired acreage at Fire Island Beach and began his successful realty developments. He converted this spot into a family seashore resort known as Ocean Beach, with a large hotel, several miles of board walk and established a pas- senger boat service connecting the colony with the Long Island Railroad system at Bay Shore. Mr. Wilbur's success is the result of hard work and a close study of real estate conditions. He under- stands seaside realty thoroughly and has been a prolific writer on real estate development. One of the first things he did after the Ocean Beach Colony was started was to form a civic organi- zation and this helped wonderfully in maintain- ing a community pride and spirit. Life lines, a lung motor and other safety devices were provided for bathers while provisions were made to keep the beach free from litter, and a sanitation com- mittee was appointed. A fire department was also established and the summer can be spent at this resort with absolute safety and comfort. Mr. Wilbur has always taken a vital interest in all matters that will advance the city's interest WILBUR and was one of the most vigorous and active presidents the Harlem Board of Commerce ever had. He is still greatly interested in that organi- zation and is now its secretary. He has served as a member of the Board of Education of New York City. In politics Mr. Wilbur is an inde- pendent Democrat and is always prominent in the affairs of his district. Being deeply interested in labor problems, he is opposed to over-capitaliza- tion of trusts and is a strong advocate of the work- ing man's rights. While a member of the Board of Education he was persistent in his efforts to improve the sanitary condition of the schools and formulated a plan for reorganizing the Board, re- ducing it to seven members. He also started an investigation that disclosed the fact that second hand pianos had for years been bought for the schools as new instruments. The same careful watchfulness marks Mr. Wilbur's course in all matters with which he is affiliated. He is always looking for results and his efforts to advance the interest of Harlem, where he makes his home, have been highly successful. He has resided in this section of the city for thirty-seven years and the prosperity there is in a measure due to his unceasing work and that of the Harlem Board of Commerce, of which he is one of the dominant figures. Mr. Wilbur is President of the Ocean Beach- Fire Island Company, New York ; was President of the Harlem Board of Commerce, 1907-1908; President of the Harlem Democratic Club, 1904- 1905; member. Commercial Telegraphers' Union, A. F. L., New York State Hotel Association, Harlem Branch Y. M. C. A., Merchants' As- sociation, People's Institute. He is a Thirty- second Degree Mason, Past-Master of Bunting Lodge, F. and A. M., member of Sylvan Chapter. Constantine Commandery, Mystic Shrine, and all of the Scottish Rite bodies. He was married November 24, 1896, to Miss Julia A. Relay and has one son and two daughters, John A., Jr., Alma Phyllis and Charitv Evelyn Wilbur. His summer homes are at Bay Shore, Long Island, and at Ocean Beach-Fire Island. His town residence is 201 West 122nd Street, New- York, and his business address is 217 West 125th Street, New ^'ork 324 NEW YORK-~0!D AND NEW JOHN W. RAPP John W. Rapp, founder, owner and President of the Empire Art Metal Works, College Point, L. I.,' has gained national fame in the buildmg trades by his work in originating bronze and steel trim and metal doors that make an otherwise dan- gerous structure absolutely fireproof. The Col- lege Point plant now occupies two blocks square and in these immense buildmgs are manufactured building appliances upon which Mr. Rapp has taken out seventy patents. It is the largest con- cern of its character m the United States and the product includes the great artistic metal doors seen in the modern building that have every appearance of the finest polished wood with the power to with- stand fire and to shut out noise. Mr. Rapp was born in New York City, April 26, 1861, and learned the trade of sheet metal worker. He began business for himself in a small shop and later made crude metal dumb- waiter doors for the Harlem flats when the Build- ing Department laws were made more rigid. From this small beginning grew the John W. Rapp Company and subsequently the present concern. Among the structures fireproofed by Mr. Rapp's method are the buildings and tower of the Met- ropolitan Life Insurance Company, the Fifth Av- enue Building, the Woolworth Building, Adams Express Building, New Equitable Building, Ger- mania Life Building, City Investing Building, Municipal Building, the Widener Building, Phila- delphia, and many others in the larger cities of the country. Mr. Rapp is an ideal employer and takes great interest in improving the social condi- tion of his working force. He is a Director of the Colpo Realty Company and the R. & J. Building Company and is a member of the Build- ing Employers' Association and the College Point Club, a Trustee of the Flushing Hospital and of the Queens Board of Trade. WALDO HALL MARSHALL The possession of an executive ability that enabled him to successfully conduct the affairs of a large industrial plant brought Waldo H. Mar- shall into close touch with financial affairs and led to his resignation as President of the American Locomotive Company, to become a member of the firm of J. P. Morgan & Co., one of the world's leading financial institutions. Mr. Marshall was born in Boston, Massachusetts, June 7, I 864, and received a public school education in that city. After leaving school he took up the study of mechanics and by employment in various shops and manufacturing plants became an expert in the line and also acquired a practical knowledge of street railway operation. Thoroughly equipped along this line, he was in May, 1897, appointed Assist- ant Superintendent of Motive Power of the Chicago & Northwestern Railway, a position he held until June, 1897, when he was made Superintendent of Motive Power of the Lake Shore & Michigan Southern Railway, becoming General Superintend- ent of the same road in February, 1902, with jurisdiction over the Lake Erie & Western Rail- road and the Indiana, Illinois & Iowa Railroad. In 1 903 he was made General Manager of these three lines, resigning the position in I 906 to accept the Presidency of the American Locomotive Com- pany, which had been organized in 1901 to take over the plants of several companies engaged in the manufacture of locomotives. It later engaged in the construction of automobiles and Mr. Mar- shall's complete knowledge of mechanics was of inestimable value to the corporation and his signal ability to direct the affairs of a large industrial concern, insured the success of the company from the time he assumed the Presidency. In entering the financial field Mr. Marshall's equipment was such that he became a valuable addition to the body of able men who direct the various depart- ments of the Morgan firm. In addition to his handsome home in New York City, Mr. Marshall has a country place at Barnstable, Massachusetts. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 325 RALPH H. BEACH Electrical Engineer and Innentor of the Beach Self-Propelled Cars. The horse-propelled street cars that were to be seen an the streets of lower New York until re- cently, owe their discontinuance to the efforts of Ralph H. Beach, the inventor of the Beach self- propelled car. The company operating the lines that were the last to use horses had made many efforts to evolve a plan of propulsion as the low ground along the river front made electric conduits of no use as they filled up with every high tide. Finally Mr. Beach was called in and he adopted a stor- age and motor for use that met every requirement, and took the antiquated horse car from the streets. Mr. Beach, who is the head of the Electric Car and Locomotive Corporation, has been interested in electricity for many years. He was born at Linden, Michigan, in 1 860. After graduation from the Fenton (Michigan) High School his parents wanted him to study medicine, but being mechanically inclined he secured employment in an iron-working plant. After gaining a practical 326 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW training lu' turned hi? attention to the study ol electricity and in 1 888 became an employee of the Thomson-Houston Electrical Company at St. Paul, Minnesota. When this company was ab- sorbed by the General Electric Company, Mr. Beach had risen from a position of comparative obscurity to one of importance with that great cor- poration. He had given much study to electric trac- tion and was made Manager of the company's rail- way department, which expanded greatly under his direction. Mr. Beach was never satisfied with electri( work where the ideas of others were the basis ol roiistruction. He is an experinientalis! and it is owing to his constant research work that Beach car? have been successfully constructed and operated and are being adopted by many of the railroad companies of the country. For years engineers endeavored to construct a street car suf- ficiently light and economical in power consump- tion to permit the use of storage batteries for driv- lurnishes also a reliable added source oi energy for handling the car under all conditions where the engine itself would be incapable of doing it, such as starting heavy loads, or working over heavy grades. It also furnishes a complete and separate source of energy in case of failure of the engine to per- form its work. It also furnishes a load for the engine during the periods of time when the car is standing, and because of this makes simple the difficult problem of controlling the engine. The generator is so wound that its voltage will always follow the declining and rising voltage of the battery, thereby causing the current from the generator and battery to automatically operate in parallel. We have in this system a method of handling the storage battery which will give it an operating condition favorable to a long bittery life. The Beach Oil-Electric Car ing which retarded the adoption of self-propelled cars. It remained for Mr. Beach to overcome this difficulty. He then undertook the develop- ment of a system of propulsion of heavy cars for steam railroad work. These cars are designed with a view to em- bodying in the car itself a complete power plant with sufficient capacity to give abundant energy for starting the car under any and all conditions. This great initial starting capacity is a neces- sary thing in a self-driven car, for without it the car is helpless to move itself rapidly from a stand- ing position. This is accomplished by a combina- tion of a generating plant and a storage battery. The generating plant furnishes about one-third of the total available momentary energy and the <;torage battery about two-thirds. The battery furnishes a convenient source of energy supply for starting the engine, for lighting the cars and for driving the air compressor. It The battery is never overworked, neither is it allowed to stand idle. The electric drive is now regarded as vital to the success of any large self-propelled car. This fact is appreciated by those famihar with the ad- vantages secured by its use. The remarkable suc- cess and growth of the electric drive as applied to trolley and interurban high speed traction sys- tems and to locomotives and multiple unit trains is well known. Its wide and increasing use in in- dustrial plants for machine tools of every descrip- tion where it has replaced the more restricted and cumbersome mechanical transmissions with great advantage also attests its merits. One of the most important requirements in any system of power transmission between the engine and the car axles is reliability. The electric drive is not approached in this regard by any mechani cal transmission. The electric motors used on these cars are designed for high speed traction NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 327 work. Years of experience under a great variety of conditions have clearly indicated that there is no piece of apparatus more reliable than the trac- tion motor. The control is simple and substantial and is similar to the standard electric car control now in general use. The generator is a standard machine and simi- lar to those now in general use. The reliability oi this piece of apparatus needs no special comment. The battery is standard and similar to thou- sands now in use. No extended mention as to the reliability of this piece of apparatus is needed. The motors, control, generator and battery com- prise the electric control of the car which is far superior to that of any direct mechanical drive. With the electric drive the engine always turns in the same direction. The reversal of the direc- tion of the car is accomplished by the movement of a controller handle which changes the direction handle and a throttle lever. I he engine turning at its normal speed and delivering its maximum power irrespective of the speed of the car is a feature which will be found of no little advantage in case of snow storms oi other emergency con- ditions. The cost of maintaining electrical apparatus of this class has been demonstrated by long experi- ence to be very low. With an electric drive it IS possible to mount the engine in the car body which is a cushion support. Any vibration and shocks are thus absorbed and not transmitted to the engine parts, reducing the maintenance to a minimum. The engine is entirely enclosed and located above the floor of the car, thus eliminating all possible admission of dirt and dust. There is no mechanical connection between the engine and the motors. The engine may be, there- The Beach Oil-Electric Locomotive of the rotation of the motors in the usual manner without stopping the engine. This avoids the complication of a mechanical reversing gear. For switching, yard work, turning off Y's, coupling, emergency stops, etc., this ability to reverse the motors instantly without changing the direction of rotation of the engine oi stopping it, is important and adds to the safety and the convenience of operation. The electric drive permits of the engine being placed entirely above the floor line in the cab. The entire engine in under the immediate observa- tion of the operating engineer and ample space is provided for convenience of inspection and the re- moval of any part which may require renewal or repair. The electric drive has the very obvious advan- tage of ease and flexibility of control. The op- eration is governed entirely by a single controller fore, operated at its highest efficiency irrespective of the speed of the car, thus contributing to the best economy. The car is equipped with hand and air brakes and in addition to these, motors may be reversed instantly, thus furnishing a means independent of air or hand brakes for stopping the car in cases of emergency. The power plant consists of an oil gas producer into which fuel oil or kerosene is fed under pres- sure, generating a clean, dry gas, wViich is drawn into the engine by suction. This engine is a stand- ard four cycle machine made in the conventional form for heavy duty, direct connected to a dif- ferential compound wound generator with a stor- age battery working in parallel. Electric motors are mounted on the car axles and current is sup- plied to these motors through the controller by the generator or battery, or both. 328 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW J. R. MIGLIETTA J. R. Miglietta. Vice-President of the Texas Company and General Manager of its Export Department, has been connected with that giant corporation smce its organization. He is a native of Italy, was born March 19, 1884, and after receiving a European education came to this coun- try and secured employment in the Texas oil fields. He made rapid progress m this hne and, becoming perfectly familiar with local conditions, turned his attention to the foreign market which, to his mind, presented great opportunities for the new concern. In 1 905 he specialized in the ex- port trade and his rapidly acquired knowledge of conditions abroad led to his selection as General Manager of the company's Export Department and his elevation to a Vice-Presidency soon fol- lowed. The stupendous growth of the department of which Mr. Miglietta is the head, unquestion- ably owes much of its success and expansion to his efforts. Early in his career he realized that the export market for American petroleum prod- ucts was a most important one and he was cogni- zant of the fact that it was a difficult proposition to get an entry to the foreign markets. In spite of all obstacles, however, Mr. Miglietta evolved plans of procedure that brought success where others had failed and the Texas Company's prod- ucts were eventually to be found in every market of the world and the business is of a character that assures permanency by reason of the company distributing, either through their own stations or through agents under their full control, directly to the trade and consumers. "Texaco" products now cover the globe, reaching such remote points as the Transvaal, the Philippines, the treaty ports of China, Australia, South America and the West and East Coasts of Africa. The markets where the Texas Company's oil is not distributed, direct- ly or indirectly, are those where only low grade oil is salable, or where the competition is with oil imported from the Dutch East Indies or California. In his work of extending the Texas Company's foreign trade, Mr. Miglietta has necessarily made many trips abroad, in fact he lives part of the time in Europe. He is recognized as an authority along export lines and although only thirty-four years of age, has by the aid of his able staff built up a business in oil that is the third largest in the world. Some idea of the growth of the company's export business can be gleaned from the fact that reports prepared each year show in- creases of from 50 to I 90 per cent and these are becoming annually larger as the company's foreign ramifications are extended. The men who aid in the foreign distribution of the products, which include Texaco Lubricating Oils, Greases, Paraffine Wax and Roofing, have a thorough knowledge of the business and are able and alert. Their efforts will undoubtedly keep the Texas Company in the front rank as a distributor of petroleum products in foreign lands. To transport its oil the company has built a large fleet of tank steamers, equipped for petro- leum consumption, and many for the exportation of case goods. Stations have been erected at Amoy, China; Capetown and Durban, South Africa; Beira, Portuguese East Africa; Bombay, India; Manila, Philippine Islands; Antwerp, Bel- gium: La Plata, Argentina, and many other re- mote points. In addition to directing this vast business, Mr. Miglietta is President of the Con- tinental Petroleum Company of Belgium and the Texas Company of South America; Chairman of the Texas Company, Ltd., of South Africa and Director of the Texaco Petroleum Products Company, Ltd., of London, England, which is, to say the least, a successful business career that many men thirty years his senior might envy. Mr. Miglietta's New York address is 1 7 Battery Place. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 329 J. R. Miglietta Vice-President of the Texas Oil Company and General Manager of the Export Department. 330 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW EDWARD GU^ ER BURGESS Edward G. Burgess, President of the Interna- tional Elevating Company, has for years been one of the most prominent operators in grain at this port. He was born in Albany, N. Y., in 1844 and was educated in the public schools of Jersey City. After leaving school he entered the employ of Alexander McDougall, who was in the jewelry business in Cortlandt Street. After a short time in this connection he became an employee of Paul Grout, who was associated with Mr. Burgess' father in the grain business. Through successive connections he finally became connected with the International Elevating Company, rising to the presidency of that important corporation and still retaining the position. As directing head of this company, Mr. Burgess is a most important figure in the movement of grain at the port of New York He is one of the most popular and highly respected members of the Produce Exchange, of which body he was Vice-President for one year and President for two years. Mr. Burgess is a member of the Sons of the American Revolution, through an an- cestry which figured in the Revolutionary War and in the social and political events preceding that con- flict. He is a member of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the American Museum of Nat- ural History, the Nalioii.d Geogr.iphic and New York Botanical Societies, the New York Athletic Club, Montclair Arts Club, Montclair Club and the Essex County Country Club, of which he was one of the founders. Mr. Burgess' business ad- dress is Room 101, Produce Exchange Building. GEORGE A. ZABRISKIE George A. Zabriskie, who has been engaged in the distribution of the product of the Pillsbury Mills for thirty-five years, is one of the able men who have been pressed into service by the Gov- ernment in its effort to regulate and conserve foodstuffs. Mr. Zabriskie, who is serving under Commissioner Hoover, will look after the distri- bution of flour and the adjustment of equitable profits for the mills throughout the United States. Mr. Zabriskie, whose ancestors came to this country from Poland early in the Seventeenth Century, was born in New York City in 1868 and upon the completion of his education en- tered the employ of the representative of the Pillsbury Mills. He eventually succeeded to the business and now handles the output of these well-known mills, which is one of the largest mill- ing organizations in the United States. He has charge of the Metropolitan District, which takes in the States of New York and New Jersey, part of Connecticut and the export territory which em- braces the entire world. This long experience in the one field will make Mr. Zabriskie's services of inestimable value to the Government in the present crisis and insure to the consumer consistent prices. Mr. Zabriskie is one of the most popular men on the Produce Exchange and is a member of many social and trade organizations, among which are the New York Chamber of Commerce, United States Chamber of Commerce, Merchants Association, New York Produce Exchange, Ne^v York Board of Trade and Transportation, India House, Englewood Country Club, and Knicker- bocker Country Club. He is a life member of the New York Athletic Club, the Holland Society, Salamagunde Club, Horticultural Society, Ameri- can Geographical Society, American Red Cross Society, American Jersey Cattle Club, Sons of the American Revolution, Old Colony Club and the New York Press Club. Mr. Zabriskie's of- fices are in the Produce Exchange Building. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 331 332 ^'ElV YORK -OLD AND NEW DANIEL E. Daniel E. Storms, for many years a prominent figure in the legal and political circles of Indiana, relinquished law and official life for industrial pursuits and now aids in the management and di- rection of several large manufacturmg concerns from this city, where he makes his home. Mr. Storms was born in LaFayette, Indiana, fifty years ago and was educated at Purdue University and the University of Michigan, obtaining the LL. B. degree upon graduation from the latter in 1893. He was immediately admitted to the bar and began practice in his home city. His years of private practice were few as the prom- inence he obtained in his profession led to his be- ing called to public life and he held various offices of trust until he finally retired to devote .his time to manufacturing mterests. He was appointed Master Commissioner of the Tippecanoe Circuit Court and served as Corporation Counsel for six years, being later appomted by the Legislature of Indiana together with Judge Howard of the Supreme Court and Judge Chipman to codify the laws of the State. At different periods he was Deputy District Attorney of Tippecanoe County, a member of the State Tax Board and served one term as Secretary of State. His various positions brought him in close touch with many different business concerns and as a result he became inter- ested in industrial pursuits and eventually gave up legal and official work to devote his entire time to manufacturing. Among others to receive his at- tention was the Dauch Manufacturing Company, of Sandusky, Ohio, which manufactures the "San- dusky Tractor." Mr. Storms is a Director o! this corporation and its Export Manager. While abroad in 1916, in the interests of the company, he made several large contracts for the tractors. These centralized his business interests in New York City and he decided to remain here per- manently. In addition to his interest in the Dauch Manufacturing Company, Mr. Storms is Presi- dent of the Argentine Mercantile Corporation and STORMS the Majestic Machine and Tool Company; Vice- President of the Premier Special Machinery Cor- poration ; President of the Pahaquarry Mines Cor- poration; Secretary and a Director of the Meta- phase Code Corporation and a Director of the Briti.'h-.American Metallurgical Corporation. He is also a member of the firm of Pereistrous h Storms, which has charge of the manufac- turing of gauges, tools and dies for several of the largest manufacturing concerns in the United States. Mr. Storms' life has been a very busy one. While a resident of Indiana he was most active in politics and numbers among his closest friends ex- Vice-President Charles W. Fair- banks, of whom he is a great admirer. He was many times a delegate to the conventions of his party, frequently figured conspicuously in the coun- cils of its leaders, and as an orator rendered valiant service in its campaigns. Mr. Storms is a man of strong personality and is mentally and physically equipped for hard and arduous work. He comes from old Holland stock, his parents be- ing Abner and Philetta (Jackson) Storms. His paternal ancestors were among the early settlers of New Amsterdam, now New York City, while his mother was distantly related to ex-President Andrew Jackson, in which connection she took great pride. Mr. Storms is a member of the Masonic and Kappa Sigma Fraternities and is deeply interested in the work of the latter. Dur- ing the St. Louis Exposition the Kappa Sigma Fraternity met in conclave in that city. There were representatives of about fifty universities present who were welcomed by Hon. David R. Francis, then President of the Exposition and now Minister to Russia. Out of this large representa- tion Mr. Storms had the honor of being selected to respond to Mr. Francis' speech. Mr. Storms married Hattie M. Kerr, of Sugar Grove, Indiana, the union bringing a son and a daughter. He resides at 370 Cential Park West, and his offices are at 42 Broadway. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 333 Daniel E. Storms Prominent in the Management and Direction of Several Large Manufacturing Concerns. A Recent Acquisition From the State of Indiana. 334 NEW YORK-OLD AND NEW EGLKS I ON BROS. & C O. 1 he present firm of Egleston Bros. & Co., Iron merchants, dates from 1829, when it was founded by Egleston & Battell. Upon the admis- sion to partnership of Mr. Egleston's son, the firm became Egleston, Battell & Co. and, following the death of the senior Egleston, the present firm name was adopted. Albert H. Bragg, now senior member of the firm, became clerk for Egleston Bros. & Co. in 1871. He was admitted to part- nership with a Mr. Proctor in 1 889 and these two became sole j^roprietors of the business in 1898, following the death of David Egleston, Mr. Battell having died previously. Upon the death of Mr. Proctor in 1914, Mr. Bragg assumed control of the business January I, 1915, and on January 1 , 1 9 1 7, he admitted his sons, Albert J., and Edward H. Bragg, to partnership, continuing the eld firm name. Egleston Bros. & Co. are located at 1 66 South Street, handy to water and freight transportation. Bar iron, steel, black, and galvanized sheets, shapes and structural material are handled and a specialty is made of high grade irons, particularly Burden's Best Bar Iron and Burden's H. B. & S. Bar Iron. The trade is principally local although considerable material is shipped to out-of-town points. Since Mr. Bragg's control of the business the trade has increased considerably and this is not entirely the result of improved conditions but is in part due to Mr. Bragg's long experience and knowledge, and the persistent attention he gives to every detail of purchase and sale. .\LBER 1 JOSl-Pl 1 SELIGMAN /Mbert J. Sehgman, of the stock brokerage firm of Seligman & Myers, who relinquished many of his Montana interests to give his children the benefit of New York's educational institutions, is a Civil and Mining Engineer by profession, who for years figured in the development of Western copper, and various commercial enterprises. Mr. Seligman was born in New York City, February 24. 1859, the son of Jesse and Henrietta (Hellman) Seligman. He was educated in private schools and at the Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N. Y., and afterwards took courses at the Royal School of Mines, Freiberg, Saxony, and the Royal School of Mines, Liege, Belgium, which he attended from 1878 until 1880. In the latter year he returned to this country and went at once to Helena, Mon- tana, where he acquired interests in several mines. During his residence in the Western city, Mr. Seligman was very prominent in political, commer cial and social circles. He was a member of the Territorial Legislature of Montana in 1884-85; Chairman of the Republican State Committee, 1889-90, and was Chairman of the Montana delegation to the National Republican Convention held at Minneapolis in 1892. He was formerly President of Bach, Coy & Co. and Vice-Presi- dent of the American National Bank of Helena; was Grand Chancellor of the Knights of Pythias of Montana in 1888-90 and Exalted Ruler of Helena Lodge, B. P. O. E.. in 1897-98. He is at the present time President of the Butte Copper and Zinc Co. and a Director of the Gold- field Daisy Mining Syndicate and many other western enterprises. December 22, 1 886, he married Lillian Glazier. They have two children, Jesse and Renee C. Seligman. When these arrived at an educational age, Mr. Seligman decided to remove to New York City, where they could have the advantages of the best scholastic institutions. He thereupon closed out his most exacting business connections in Helena and settled in the metropolis. His Western life had been one of the greatest ac- tivity and, finding existence intolerable without something to employ his mind and energy, he organized the firm of Seligman & Meyer. This firm is engaged in the general brokerage business, with offices at 61 Broadway, and has been one of the most successful financial houses in the city. It has a large clientele, connections in various large cities, and enjoys a high reputation for business integrity and expedition in its various transactions. NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW 335 THE HOUSE OF A. SILZ "The House of A. Silz," which is the largest in the world handling poultry, game and meat specialties, was founded in 1 898 by August Silz in a modest store on Washington Street and in the score of years that has mtervened its growth has been phenomenal. As the business grew new- quarters were found necessary and these have been added to until the floor acreage now includes the buildings 414, 416 and 418 West 14th Street and that at 419 West 13th Street. The enormous increase in output can be seen by the growth of the telephone calls, by which the major portion of the business is conducted. In 1 905 these numbered 103,400 and in 1915 over 382,000 "The House of A. Silz" Main Warehouses and Executive Offices were required. Hotels, restaurants, clubs, steam- ships, dining cars and retail butchers are numbered among the vast army of satisfied customers and the trade territory covers the entire United States. The order department is open all night and a special delivery service is maintained until 9 P. M., the regular delivery being resumed at 5 A. M. The firm has 1 60 employees and a perfect organization conducted along scientific business efficiency lines. This insures prompt and satisfactory service and the entire absence of those tedious delays and un- satisfactory methods that are often most detrimental to an otherwise good business. The President of "The House of A. Silz" is August Silz, Vice- Presidents E. Flauraud and O. H. Steinberg, Andre Silz and Secretary, A. Godchaud. WILLIAM H. S riLES The immense growth of the rubber business and the important part it plays in the increased imports, can be surmised from the many firms now handhng the product. Among the first to enter this field xsas William H. Stiles, of 79 Wall Street, whose long experience in the importing business has brought an expert knowledge of crude rubber that enables him to secure the best the producing mar- kets afford. Mr. Stiles was born in Brooklyn in March, 1878, and upon the completion of his schooling entered the employ of an importing house, where he familiarized himself with every detail of the business. He later became a mem- ber of the firm of Robinson & Tallman, which subsequently became Robinson & Stiles. Since June 1 , 1 908. Mr. Stiles has operated alone, assisted by his brother, Lynn D. Stiles, and dur- ing the intervening time has materially increased his business, removed his offices to his present com- modious quarters and played an important part in the development of the trade. He imports crude rubber, principally plantation grades, and sells to manufacturers direct and through brokers, his trade territory covering the entire United States and Canada. Mr. Stiles is a member of the Crescent Athletic Club and the North Fork Coun- try Club of Cutchogue, L. I. 336 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW WILLIAM C. FORTH States, Mr. Porlh has opened another packing plant at Sayville, Long Island, where he is pack- ing Blue Point Oysters in individual packages and has just started marketing these in New York City. He has great faith that the people of this city will appreciate the superior qualities of the oysters packed in these packages and the fact that the package^ are filled and sealed at the beds and not opened until they reach the consumer's home. The New York City office for the indi- vidual package is in the Marbridge Building — 34th Street and Broadway. Mr. Forth owns extensive oyster beds in se- lected waters, which produce the finest quality of oysters grown and with the addition of the two new plants is in a position to give his customers any quantity of oysters and a wide choice of va- rieties and sizes of the choicest stock. Few people realize the care required in pre- paring the oyster for market. In the first place the selection of seed is of great importance, and these seeds Mr. Forth gets from the finest stock produced in Connecticut and Long Island where William C. Forth, the largest handler of opened oysters in the city, has made a close and exhaust- ive study of the planting, growing and marketing of the bivalves. The knowledge derived from his seventeen years active experience enables him to give the finest grade goods and best information obtamable to his cus- tomers, who are located throughout the United States, Canada, Mexico, Panama, England and Denmark. Mr. Porth's New York City packing plant is located at the foot of Pike Street on Pier 32, East River, where a large force of openers and packers is employed preparing the oysters for ship- ment. Due to the steady growth of his business this plant was found madequate to handle the ever increasing trade and this year he has taken over an opening and packing plant at Perth Amboy. New Jersey. Always having great faith in the package busi- ness which has now firmly established itself in all lines of commercial endeavor throughout the United NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 337 the oysters spawn. In a series of articles prepared by Mr. Forth and mailed to his trade in weekly installments he has explamed how defenseless the spawn is and how fish will consume, or a current of cold water destroy and how the "cultch" or empty shell is necessary to the growth of the young bivalve. When the seed is a year old it is trans- ferred to the maturing grounds and out of mil- lions of spawn only a negligible percentage sur- vive. It takes three years for an oyster to mature and the percentage of loss is added to by the depredations of the "borer" or snail, the mussel, the drum fish, and the periwinkle. In dredging, the good oysters are separated from all foreign substances, are loaded on the decks of power boat= and quickly transferred to different packing houses. The utmost care is used to have them go out to the jobber and retailer in an absolutely clean and fresh condition. Fresh oysters never harmed anyone. The only danger lies in the stock be- coming spoiled and the same risk is applicable to any perishable article. You are protected if you deal with a reliable retailer and doubly protected if you buy the individual package backed by Mi. Forth's sjuarr.niee of quality and freshness. He shows how the theory that oysters transmit typhoid germs is wrong and explodes the "green gill" hoax by medical authority; and proves that his oysters are grown in the pure ocean waters and packed as carefully as a druggist fills a prescrip- tion. He also shows that New York is the un- disputed leader in quality — producing the fines! oysters in the world, with the largest percentage of solids. In any city in the United States you will find New York oysters on the menu of all the best hotels and restaurants. The New York oyster is of high food value and Mr. Forth contends that the bivalve is the natural food of the country. Baseball and poker, he states, may vie with each other as the national game, but the oyster has no competitor as the national food. The succulent bivalve has become a staple and the demand for it will greatly increase when the public is educated to the great nutritive value and safety of the food, for the oyster is a pure food and should never be classed as a luxury. It is particularly rich in those elements that are required to repair overworked brains of debilitated nervous systems, and there is more food value in oysters, for less money, than in any other food. The various monographs on the oyster which Mr. Forth has prepared show that he has made a scientific study of the subject. He traces the in- dustry in America back to I 620, when Capt. John Smith, of Focahontas fame, who traded in Hamp- ton Roads, Va., handled the oyster commercially, and shows the growth of the business from that time until now, when the annual output in the United States is over 5,000,000,000. This increase has made improvements in the dredging necessary. Originally this was done by rakes or tongs operated by hand from flat boats. Fower dredges are now used that bring up from fifteen to ihirfy bushels of oysters at one time. The boats used are steam or gasoline propelled and have an average capacity of 1 ,000 bushels, which, on a good bed, can be secured in a couple of hours. Mr. Forth is Chairman of the Executive Com- mittee of New York Wholesale Oyster Dealers' Association, an organization that labors assiduously to secure absolute sanitation. It works constantly ro improve methods of planting, handling and ?hip]->ine: oysters; keeps a keen eye on legislation and adjusts all disputes. It works in harmony with other associations for the benefit of the in- dustry and the men engaged therein and they claim that no other food is so thoroughly inspected. Mr. Forth was born in New York City in 1881 and educated there. After leaving school he was associated with his father, John Forth, a former hotel owner who, after retiring from busi- ness, started again as a planter and packer of oysters. The son began business for himself in I 900, and has increased the annual output to over 20.000.000 oysters. He is a member of The Oyster Growers' and Dealers' Association of North America and one of the first members of The Guarantee Shippers' League, a new organi- zation of sea food shippers whose slogan is "A square deal to the dealer". Mr. Forth was married in 1907 to Miss -Amelia M. Heineman and has one son and two daughters. Rational :iood ofJmer>^^A' 338 NEIV YORK^OLD AND NEW 1 IL Gl I J. CHISHOLM (Deceased) Hugh J. Chisholm. one of the leading paper manufacturers of the United States, was born at Niagara Falls, Canada, May 2. 1847. He be- gan his business career at the age of twelve years as a train boy selling candies and newspapers, finally purchasing the business from his employer? out of his savings. He sold out to his brothers in 1 880 and removed to Portland, Maine, where he became interested in the manufacture of pulp. In 1887 he organized the Otis Falls Paper Co., which began the manufacture of paper at Liver- more Falls. In 1 898 Mr. Chisholm participated in the organization of the International Paper Co., of which he was President for ten years. Subse- quently he organized the Oxford Paper Co., at Rumford Falls, Maine, and developed that wil- derness into a thriving city, with broad streets, parks and model homes of substantial brick construction where people of small means could enjoy the com- forts of life at a low rental. He also developed the transportation facilities and before his death, July 8, 1912, had the satisfaction of seeing various manufacturing industries and other business enter- prises located in the city of his creation which is at once the pride of its citizens and of the .State. Mr. Chisholm was a Director in many corpora- tions and was President of the Oxford Paper Com- pany up to the time of his death. He left a widow and a son, Hugh J. Chisholm, who succeeded his father as the head of various industries. ADOLPH HIRSCH & CO. Adolph Hirsch & Co., among the city's largest firms handling South American and Tropical produce, are located In the World Building, 53- 63 Park Row. Since its organization the firm has been engaged in importing and distributing rubber of various descriptions, such as Manicoba Scrap, Mangabeira Sheet, both crude and washed. Paras and Plantations; also Flint Dry, Dry and Wet Salted Cow and Ox Hides from South America; Calf, Goat and Sheep Skins in the hair, as well as Pickled Sheep and Lamb Skins from New Zealand, Australia and South America. They specialize in Brazilian Waxes, Gums and Ipecac. One department of their business is en- tirely devoted to the Brazilian Rough Diamond and Carbon (Black Diamond) trade. The sales territory of Adolph Hirsch & Co. embraces the entire United States and Canada and every com- mercial center where such produce is in demand is reached by the firm's representatives. Cable address "Adhirschco". The offices in the World Building are especially equipped for the prompt dispatch of the firm's large business. EDWARD G. BROENNIMAN Edward G. Broenniman, President of the Broenniman Company. Inc., wholesale flour and grain merchants and exporters, is one of the most conspicuous figures operating on the New York Produce Exchange, having gained an international reputation by reason of his activity in relieving tho people of the various nations impoverished by the European war. Mr. Broenniman was born at Watertown, Wisconsin, where his family, of Swiss origin, made their home for several generations. He came to New York City twenty years ago and since that time has been an active and prom- inent member of the New York Produce Exchange. He was elected to its Board of Managers in 1910. re-elected for a second term two years later and in June. 1914. was unanimously chosen to the Vice-P residency. In December, 1914, he was drafted for duty with the then forming Com- mission for Relief in Belgium, organized its pur- chasing department and has been in continuous active charge of it since. Because of the magni- tude of this task he was obliged to refuse higher honors from the New York Produce Exchange and retired as Vice-President in June, 1915. Ai head of the purchasing department of the Commis- sion for Relief in Belgium he has spent up to the present time over $200,000,000. Since August first of this year he has also un- dertaken to act as purchasing agent for the Ameri- can Red Cross in the matter of its extensive and rapidly growing foodstuffs requirements in Europe. When Mr. Herbert Hoover in April last, re- turned to this country in connection with the in- ternational food problem and accepted the difficult post as Food Administrator at Washington, he promptly called Mr. Broenniman into conference because of his peculiar qualifications and the ex- ceptional experience accumulated through his vast purchases of foodstuffs for the I 0.000,000 people of Belgium and Northern France. He has since spent a portion of each week in Washington, when his other duties would permit, and has rendered invaluable aid in various important phases of the preliminary organization and subsequent activities of the United States Food Administration. Mr. Broenniman is a member and former Gov- ernor of the New York Athletic Club, member of the Union League Club. Republican Club and Press Club of New York City, the Seabright, New Jersey Beach Club, Clove Valley Rod and Gun Club, of Dutchess County. New York Metropolitan Museum of Art, the New York Chamber of Commerce and the Chamber of Com- merce, U. S. A. NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 339 340 NEW YORK—OID AND NEW STANDARD COMMERCIAL TOBACCO COMPANY Ery Kehaya, President There are few organizations in the United States that maintain such an extensive European jervice as the Standard Commercial Tobacco Com- pany, whose offices are at 120 Broadway. New York City, of which Ery Eurpidies Kehaya ii President. Branch offices and warehouses in Japan, Russia, Greece and Macedonia have been the means of giving the company steady volume of tobacco shipments that could have been obtained in no other way. Under the direction of the of- ficials of the company, who are all expert tobacco men, the buyers go into the various markets, pick- ing and chotising the best grades of leaf, which find ready sale in the United States. Recently the company received 5,000,000 pounds of leaf to- bacco. This is the high-water mark in tobacco con- NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 341 signments. Some of the steamers that brought this immense cargo to the Standard Commercial Tobac- co Company were tied up at Algiers for several months, pending negotiations between the State De- partment and the French Government. The com- pany is seven years old but has already taken its place among the leading importers of the finer grade tobacco in the United States, frequently purchasing several million pounds at one time. It has in operation several tobacco plants in Greece, where it is proposed to manufacture the Eastern product for this market. These plants will at the outstart employ upwards of 1 0- 000 persons. Pendmg the opening of these factories the company is steadily receiving foreign tobacco in quantities that are far in excess of pre- vious importations. Last year the company's total imports amounted to 8.000,000 pounds and it is now arranging for its own steamers to handle the enormous tonnage. The President of the Standard Commercial Tobacco Company is Ery E. Kehaya, who came to New York City from Greece seven years ago and engaged in business as a broker in Turkish tobacco. He was only twenty-eight years old at that time and his operations were con- ducted on a small scale. As he began to realize the possibilities in foreign tobaccos he determined to become an important factor in the trade and with this end in view organized the present com- pany with a capital of $1 ,500,000. He is looked upon as a genius in the tobacco trade, his wonder- ful achievement in a few years compelling even his competitors to pay him this tribute. The other officers of the company are: Vice-Presidents George O. Jones, J. Valensi, R. S. Amado and Sava Kehaya; Treasurer, William B. Whitakcr; Secretary, M. S. Amado; Traffic Manager, Harry D. Meyer, P. J. Bidding, Assistant, and Comptroller, Ira B. Robbins. The Russian branch of the company is looked after by George Mills, Vice-President and Man- aging Director of the Standard Commercial Trad- ing Company, who is assisted by Forrest E. Stan- cliff. These officials have been unusually busy in developing the efficiency of the Russian branch and were recently aided in the work by Vice- President George O. Jones and Traffic Manager Harry D. Meyer, who went to Russia to look the field over. Vice-Presidents J. Valensi and R. S. Amado make frequent trips to Greece and Macedonia to look after the company's interests in those countries. They have been through the war zone several times within the last year, encountering many dangers. On account of the company having difficulty in bringing tobacco from its own warehouses in Greece, the Standard Commercial Steamship Corporation was recently organized and is operating between Greece and New York for the Standard Commer- cial Tobacco Company's own use. The company controls large parcels of land in Greece, where it raises, manipulates, packs and ships its own to- baccos to New York. After the war the company expects to branch out in all the main cities of Europe. In addition to the Presidency of the Standard Commercial Tobacco Company, Inc., Mr. Kehaya is President of the Standard Commercial Steam- ship Corporation, Director of the Standard Com- mercial Trading Corporation, President of the Greek Orthodox Community, President of the Greek American National Union, Director of the Greek Merchants' Association and a member of the Democratic Club. He was married on June 30, 1917, to Miss Grace Buxton Whitaker of Winston-Salem, North Carolina, a daughter of William B. Whitaker, deceased, who was one of the oldest tobacco producers and manufacturers in this country and a very successful business man. He died five years ago leaving a widow, Mrs. William B. Whitaker, four sons and one daughter. The eldest son, W. B. Whitaker, is Professor of Chemistry in the University of Kansas, and Treasurer of the Standard Commercial Tobacco Company. The daughter, now Mrs. Kehaya, comes from one of the oldest southern families and is related to many of the prominent society people of Winston-Salem. She is a niece of Wil- liam B. Reynolds of the R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company and is a member of many societies and charitable organizations in the South and an active member of the Red Cross. Mr. Kehaya, who bears a high reputation in business circles and who is considered an expert in the tobacco trade, be- lieves in hard work. He is at his desk at 8:30 every morning, from which he directs, with the assistance of his business lieutenants, all branches of the company, by cable. He is now planning to organize the Standard Commercial Export & Finance Corporation, to engage in the exporting of merchandise from here to various countries and for the erection of a building to be used as a warehouse and executive offices for the various enterprises in which he is interested. 342 NEW YORK OLD AND NEW I£RNES1 KLLIN'GER & CO. Ernest Eilinger & Co., packers and importers of Havana tobacco, are among the large handlers of high grade leaf in the city. The firm was or- ganized in 1905, by Mr. Eilinger, who brought to the business a complete knowledge of tobacco by reason of eighteen years' experience as a cigar manufacturer, with factories in Tampa and New York, during which period he selected the leaf for his product and became expert in every grade of tobacco used in the finer cigars. His judgment along this line and the care he exercises in pack- ing have brought a large trade to the firm, which numbers among its customers many of the larger manufacturers of high grade cigars. The annual turnover of Ernest Eilinger & Co. runs from 10,000 to 15,000 bales of tobacco. The firm specializes in the Cuban-grown product, but at times handles tobaccos from the West Indies and South America. The offices are at 133-137 Front Street and a branch is operated at Salud No. 15, Havana, Cuba, where the tobacco is carefully selected and prepared for shipment to this country. RICKETTS & COMPANY. INC. Ricketts & Company, Inc., who are engaged in the business of examining mines, investigating pro- cesses, analyzing and assaying ores and all chem- ical and metallurgical products and giving expert advice on the operation of mines and processes, have fully equipped laboratories and maintain a corps of competent engineers for the investigation of properties and processes. The head of the or- ganization is Pierre de Peyster Ricketts, who was born in Brooklyn in 1 849 and graduated from the Columbia University School of Mines in 1871, with the E. M. degree, being awarded the Ph. D. degree by the same institution in 1876. He began the practice of his profession at once and in 1878 became associated with Ledoux & Co., which subsequently became Ledoux & Rick- etts. His firm became Ricketts & Banks after separation from Mr. Ledoux, and continued as such until its dissolution in March, 1915, when Dr. Ricketts organized the present company with offices at 80 Maiden Lane. Dr. Ricketts was assistant in mineralogy at Columbia University. 1871-2, and assaying. 1872-7. He was in- structor 1877-83; professor, 1885-93, when he was made professor of analytical chemistry and assaying, a position he retained until 1900. Dr. Ricketts is a Fellow of the A. A. A. S., and a member of the N. Y. Academy of Sciences, American Institute of Mining Engineers and the Chemical Society. His clubs are the Century, Union League, Chemical and Columbia University. JLA.\' 1. HL K.XS -- Juan f. Burns, Mexican Consul General in New York, has been a very picturesque figure, both in the Mexican Revolution and the Interna- tional Mexican-American questions that have arisen during the past four or five years. He was born in the well known mining camp of Batopilas, State of Chihuahua. His father was a Scotchman and his mother a Mexican. An orphan at his 1 6th year, he was raised in the most aristocratic families in Mexico, and from there he left the State Capitol of Chihuahua and the home of Enrique Creel, Mexican Ambassador to the United States, to join the Revolution with the humble people. At that time Mr. Burns met the well known bandit Francisco Villa, and as he was about the only leader at that time he joined him. Ameri- cans from Chihuahua who were once in a train assaulted by Villa and who were anticipating death or captivity to follow the attack, took cour- age again when to their astonishment they recog- nized Juan T. B urns, who was very well known in Chihuahua as private secretary to Governor Creel, cooly ordering Villa's men to respect all passengers on the train except a few Federal soldiers. Mr. Burns came to New York from Galveston, Texas, where he represented his Government early in the Revolution, and has been for over two years a prominent figure in the public eyes of New York. He is a tireless worker, a firm believer in the future of his country and a radical Mexican Na- tionalist. His impulsiveness during fighting time has been as successful as his smile and personality in peaceful environments. During the last unique Mexican reception held at the Hotel Astor, on the night of September 15, 1917, in celebration of the 107th anniversary of Mexico's Independence, Mr. Burns, by his per- suasiveness and good fellowship, united the diverg- ing political elements that had gathered to com- memorate the independence of Mexico, and turned \vhat had promised to be an occasion of turmoil and bickering into one in which the best fraternal feeling prevailed and the spirit of national pride evoked through Mr. Burn's efforts was a credit to all the Mexican elements in the city. Mr. Burns has all the stubbornness of the Scotch, all the perspicacity of the Indian and all the dreams of the Spaniard. wi-ilte.i. it is 'reported. jiikI lias r.liiiiir.l tci liis nativo ImivI. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 343 344 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW CHARLES No one could possibly talk with Charles B. Towns for the briefest period without being im- pressed with the sincerity of purpose that has made him a benefactor to humanity, or without noticing the combativeness that has led him, single handed, to wage relentless warfare against alcohol, tobacco and all habit-forming drugs. Mr. Towns is not a physician. He is just a business man; not an ordmary busmess man, however, because the extraordmary aggressiveness of his nature, so necessary in the sociological fight he is conducting, would be wasted energy in a commercial line. Knowing very little of drugs and less of their pernicious effects, he became interested in the sufferings of those addicted to their use, and after much experiment and research he perfected a formula for the treatment of these diseases. At the outstart Mr. Towns encountered opposition from physicians who refused to accept the treat- ment. Finally, Dr. Alexander Lambert, professor of clinical medicine at Cornell University Medical College, who is conceded to be the best advised man in New York on drug habits and alcoholism, consented to record the results of Mr. Towns' treatment of patients under his observation. As a result he gave Mr. Towns unqualified endorsement of the treatment, and a hospital was eventually opened at 293 Central Park West, to which many of the physicians who had previously ig- nored the treatment sent their drug and alcohol patients. Later, Dr. Richard C. Cabot, the dis- tinguished Boston physician, visited Mr. Towns' hospital and, being strongly impressed, sent several B. TOWNS patients, "who easily and quickly were rid of their morphia addiction, and have now remained well for a number of years." Dr. Cabot's let- ter, from which this is an excerpt, also stated "I do not hesitate to say that he knows more about the alleviation and cure of drug addictions than any doctor I have ever seen" — which is a mighty good endorsement for a layman to receive from one of the leading physicians of the country. Mr. Towns has travelled all over Europe and the Orient, studying the drug evil and formulating plans for its abatement. While in China he treated several thousand opium cases with success but the government would not allow him to open hospitals there as many of the officials, high in power, were manufacturing and selling "cures" which contained morphine or some other derivative of opium. They had commercialized bogus remedies, did not want the traffi: stapped, and did not intend that the American zealot should rob them of income from that source. Before leaving China, Mr. Towns made his formuia and details of the treatment public at the International Opium Congress, held at Shanghai. One month later the formula was given free to the entire world, Mr. Towns .generously refusing to com- mercialize it. Think of a man without a medical education, placing a boon like this within the reach of millions of suffering and miserable men and women! All the millions of money devoted to various institutions within the last twenty years will not accomplish the good resulting from Mr. Towns' efforts for the amelioration of mankind. Mr. 1 owns has successfully treated thousands of cases in New York City, but this does not satisfy him. He wants to permanently and effectually remove the cause of the evil and he is working energet- ically to that end. He is the author of the so-called "Boylan law" passed several years ago by the New York Legislature which greatly restricts the method of handling habit-forming drugs. He is now fighting for Government aid in wiping out the quacks and charlatans who vend all common ad- vertised fake medicine cures. He is firm in the belief that alcoholism and drug addiction should be treated by the legal authorities where the patient, deprived of his drink or drug, cannot himself af- ford to pay for private treatment and that such provision should be a part of all prohibition enact- ments. Mr. Towns' views and method of treat- ment have been given free to the world and he is now largely devoting his time to legislative work from which he derives no benefit whatever. This is a part of the life story of Charles B. Towns, a record of events that makes him one of the progressive men of the age. Mr. Towns has been a frequent contributor to magazines and recently published a volume entitled "Habits that Handicap," in which every form of addiction is exhaustively treated. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 345 Looking Up Riverside Drive Along the Hudson River From 72nd Street. One of the Most Beautiful and Famous Boulevards of the World. GEORGE L. RICKARD George L. Rickard, familiarly known as "Tex," who, when not cattle-raising in the West or mining in Alaska turned his attention to fight promoting, is one of the most prominent figures in sporting circles although his activities are devoted to commercial life — his mterest in the ring being merely an inci- dent m his busy career. He was born in Kansas City in 1 870 and was taken by his father to Texas when but two years old. The elder Rick- ard was a successful ranchman and when the son grew up he naturally entered the same line. Be- coming tired of the range he tried mining in Alaska in 1 896 and then tried prospecting in Nevada. He was fairly successful and when the Gans- Nelson fight was talked of he completed the ar- rangements for the contest to take place in Gold- field. The gate receipts were $69,000, a record figure at that time. He then promoted the Jef- freys-Johnson fight at Reno, which drew $270,- 000. His last contest was the Willard-Moran set-to at Madison Square Garden, when the gate receipts were $152,000. Mr. Rickard now de- votes his entire time to the Presidency of the South American Land and Cattle Company, Inc. He had purchased, previous to the formation of this company, 325,000 acres of land in Paraguay. This land is considered the finest for grazing and is accessible to slaughter houses and shipping points. It is splendidly watered and drained by streams which transverse the property, and is the most fertile in the world. The offices of the com- pany are at I 328 Broadway. RALPH DE PALMA Ralph De Palma, one of the most daring and successful automobile drivers in the country, was born in Fogia, Italy, December 19, 1883, and was educated in the schools of his native town and in the High School of Brooklyn, to which city he was brought by his parents when nine years old. While still a student he took up bicycling as a sport and, becoming proficient, devoted two years to that branch of sport. Following this he became expert in motor cycling and later turned hi,s at- tention to automobile racing, in which he has at- tained an international reputation. For a period 346 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW ol ten years lie has been engaged in lacniL' and during that time drove Allen, Kingston, Fiat, Sim- plex, Mercer. Mercedes and Packard cars in the big events in which the various manufacturers com- peted, making records that placed him among the leading automobile drivers of the world. Mr. De Palma married Miss Clara Wenger of Dele- mount, Switzerland. He makes his home at 684 East Jefferson Avenue, Detroit. A Type of the Buildings Which Lined Lower Broadway a Generation Ago. This View Il- lustrated the Corner of Broadway and Rector Streets, Which Site Is Now Occupied by the Empire Building. JULIUS MARQUSEE Julius Marqusee, tobacco dealer and packer, was born in Russian Poland, in I 864. He came to America in 1883 and began his mercantile life as a peddler of small wares. After a few months he bought a store at Richland, Oswego County. New York, which he sold in less than a year and then started handling leaf tobacco at Syracuse. He removed to New York in 1895, and since coming here he has expanded his business so as to cover all kinds of domestic leaf tobacco. In addition to his main establishment in New York City he has warehouses at New Milford, Connecticut; Lancaster, Pennsylvania; Dayton and Covington, Ohio; and Jamesville, Wisconsin. C. STEENDAL President, Northern Underwriting Agency. By relinquishing a seafaring career for financial pursuits, C. Steendal upset the traditions of his family and, coming to America, a country whose methods were new and strange to him, he soon overcame his foreign birth and arose to a position of influence in business affairs. Mr. Steendal is a native of Norway and was born June 5, 1883, on his father's estate near Lillesand. The family has been a seafaring one for genera- tions. The father traversed the five seas in sail- ing vessels, became a skipper when only twenty years old and retired in 1890. After grad- uating from High School, Mr. Steendal, in accordance with his father's wishes, went to sea in 1 908, preparatory to entering the Naval Col- lege. He boarded the bark "Ellen" of Grimstad at Liverpool, bound for Santos and thence to New York, arriving here in 1 909, at the time when Admiral Dewey was being triumphantly received after the battle of Manila. This was Mr. Steen- dal's first visit here and he was greatly impressed with the country and it» people — so much so, in fact, that he formed a desire to locate here per- manently. After eight months at sea he returned home fully resolved to give up the Naval Col- lege training. Instead he took a course in a bus- iness college in Christiania and then entered the service of the Ostlandske Lloyd Steamship Com- pany, which was running lines to Newcastle, Mid- dlebro and Antwerp. Early in 1903 he obtained the consent of his father to go to the United States and sailed at once for New York. He arrived here in April of that year and secured a position with the firm of Walker & Hughes, insurance brokers and average adjusters. In 1 906 this concern and two others were consoli- dated under the title of Wilcox, Peck & Hughes and Mr. Steendal continued with the new firm until 1916, since which time he has been identified with the Hannevig interests. Having spent his entire life in a maritime country and being al- ways associated with maritime matters, Mr. Steen- dal soon realized that the United States was a fertile field for marine insurance and while still associated with Wilcox, Peck & Hughes, opened a new market for that firm with underwriters in Scandinavia, some of which finally decided to enter and participate direct in the American business, which was then more or less dominated by British and German companies. Mr. Steendal felt, how- ever, that the foreign commerce of the United States did not only require the much advocated merchant marine, but also in conjunction with same American companies to take care of the marine insurance. This became more apparent after the NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW 347 Christian Steendal outbreak of the European War. In association with Christoffer Hannevig, the young Norwegian shipowner who has, through his abihty and fore- sight, made a fortune in shipping, Mr. Steendal, in the spring of 1917 took over and reorganized the Jefferson Insurance Company, of Philadelphia, one of the oldest and most conservative companies in the State of Pennsylvania, Mr. Hannevig be- coming President and Mr. Steendal Vice-President and Secretary. In August of the same year the North Atlantic Insurance Company, the Liberty Marine Insurance Company and the Universal Marine Insurance Company were also organized. These companies are operated by the Northern Underwriting Agency, Inc., as general agent. Mr. Steendal is a member of the Average Adjusters' Association of the United States, the Marine Insurance Club, the Maritime Exchange and the Norwegian American Chamber of Com- merce. The offices of the Northern Underwriting Agency, Inc., are in the Merchants Marine House, 56 Beaver Street. 348 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW UNITED ZINC SMELTING CORPORATION The United Zinc Smelting Corporation, one of the largest producers of spelter in the United States and also a large producer of lead and sul- phuric acid, owns and operates zinc smelters at Clarksburg, W. Va., and at Moundsville, W. Va. It IS at the latter place that the sulphuric acid plant is located. The corporation also controls zinc and lead mines in the Joplin, Mo., district. The mines are known as the Electrical, Media, Coyote, Airedale, Coronet and Manhattan. The mines produce very high grade zinc concentrates which, when refined, become what is known to the trade as spelter (zinc). This metal combined with copper pro- of its kind in the country. The site for this plant was selected after months of careful study and investigation as being an ideal center for the dis- tribution of spelter and sulphuric acid. The President of the corporation is Arthur Day; Vice-President, Otto Proelss; Treasurer, Thomas C. Davidson; Secretary, Gustave Ross. The directorate includes Russel A. Cowles, Ar- nold L. Davis, George M. Pynchon, B. Lissberg- er, William E. Reiss, Harry Raymond, M. M. Pearlman, Arthur Day and Otto Proelss. The executive offices are located at 99 John Street, New York City. The corporation's Clarksburg plant consists of Moundsville (W. Va.) Smelter and Sulphuric Acid Plant. duces brass. Spelter is also used in the manufac- ture of galvanized products as well as in the manufacture of paints. The plants of the corporation are fully and modernly equipped and are supervised by the Vice- President of the company who is proven to be a most efficient and capable manager. A com- parison of costs with those of other first class smelters shows that the United Zinc Smelting Cor- poration IS operating as economically as any other organization in the United States. The smelter and sulphuric acid plant at Mooindsville, W. Va., has just been completed and is considered to be the most modern plant five hand roast kilns, capacity of from 45 to 50 tons of raw ore per day; four retort blocks, 912 retorts to each block, capacity 75 tons of ore per day; six furnaces for re-distillation purposes for making high grade spelter. The power house has four tubular boilers, 150 H. P. each, total 600 H. P., three 150 H. P. steam engines. Pottery capable of producing 500 retorts per day, storage capacity 10,000; mixer, latest type batch mixer, with skip arrangement capable of mixing ten tons per hour. Block buildings are made of steel and brick: pottery all brick and tile; power house, wood and steel; high grade department, wood construction; roasting, wood construction; all nee- NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 349 essary concrete bins for storage of raw ore and roasted ore. The machine shop is fully equipped with all necessary machinery for turning out work about the plant. The water system consists of a filtering plant capable of filtering 10,000 gallons of water per hour and the laboratory is fitted up with all latest improvements. The Moundsville plant, just erected, consists of one 50-ton Hegeler roast kiln; two chamber sets; an acid plant ca- pable of producing 50 tons of 60 degree sulphuric acid per day ; a concentrating plant to produce I tons of high grade acid per day ; a nitric plant for the production of nitric acid; two furnaces of 864 retorts per block; Pottery, capable of pro- ducing 500 retorts per day; storage capacity. tion since December, 1913. The ore from this mine is oi uniform grade and richness and the ex- tent of the ore body has been demonstrated by cuttings of seventeeen acres. The mill is the larg- est in the Joplin district. It has a capacity of 1,500 tons per day and is in full operation. The Electrical mine has been in constant op- eration 5ince 1 904. The ore body which ad- joins the Media mine has been of such uniform grade that the recovery of zinc concentrates from the ore has not varied more than one quarter of one per cent during the period of operation. The mill has a capacity of 600 tons per day and is in full operation. The Coyote mine, in the Joplin district, is an- 10,000 retorts. The latest improved pottery construction. The power house has two Babcock & Wil- cox boilers, 300 H. P. each, total 600 H. P. Machine shop and storage, brick and steel build- ings; laboratory, brick building, latest improve- ment. Kiln building, acid buildings and furnace buildings are all of heavy steel construction ; power house, brick and steel ; pottery brick, tile and steel. The water is supplied by the city and for its storage a steel tank, with a capacity of 25,- 000 gallons, has been erected. There are four gas producers constructed of steel and in steel buildings. The plant has excellent railroad ship- ping facilities. The Media mine owned and operated by the corporation is located in the sheet ground district of Webb City, Missouri, and has been in opera- other producer of high grade ore. It has been operated since February, 1916, and is still in full operation with a capacity of 800 tons per day. The ore body is of exceptional richness, the vein being 1 8 feet in thickness. The Airedale mine adjoins the Coyote mine. It has been operated since March, 1916, and with an electrically driven mill is still capable of pro- ducing 700 tons per day. The ore vein is 18 feet thick and its extent has been demonstrated by eight acres of workings. The underground workings of the various mines owned by the cor- poration are as safe as human ingenuity can make them. There are no workings in any of the group below a depth of 220 feet and in consequence the mines are dry and free from gases. This makes operations nearly 100 per cent safe and accidents of a serious nature rare. 350 NEW YORK OLD AND NEW STANDARD ROLLER BEARING COMPANY Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A. The S. R. B. Company is now owned by the Marlin-Rockuell Corporation (with executive headquarters in New York City) formerly the Marhn Arms Corporation of New Haven, Conn., who manufactured machine guns and rifles; they have now branched out into other fields by the acquisition of several established industries, notably in automobile accessories. This has been accomplished by acquiring the as- sets of the Standard Roller Bearing Company of Philadelphia, Pa., well known manufacturers of S. R. B. maximum type annular ball bearings, S. R. B. improved type taper roller bearings, Rudge-Whitworth detachable wire wheels and "Standard Alloy" steel balls, of the Rockwell- Drake Corporation of Plainville, Conn., manufac- turers ol maximum type double row annular ball bearings and of the Mayo Radiator Company of New Haven, Conn., manufacturers of "High- Grade" honeycomb radiators, which with the Mar- lin Arms Corporation of New Haven constitute the subsidiary companies at this time. In securing the assets of the Standard Roller Company, the Marlin-Rockwell Corporation has come into possession of a property and equipment which bids fair to make this the most important unit in the group of establishments which make up the Marlin-Rockwell Corporation. Although the plant came into possession of the Corporation less than a year ago, the vigor and rejuvenation result- ing therefrom have been so marked that several buildings have been leased and added to the plant to meet the requirements of a production that is increasing by leaps and bounds. As pioneers in the manufacture of bearings and steel balls, with the extensive experience gained from overcoming the difficulties arising in their de- velopment, the S. R. B. Company has succeeded in achieving a product of distinction, in which quality is fulfilled to the minutest detail. S. R. B. Annular Ball Bearings It is a fact and has been proven by conclusive tests for strength and endurance that S. R. B. Annular Ball Bearings are superior to any bear- ings made in America. There are three fundamental principles upon which this claim of superiority is based, namely: 1 St. Accuracy of chemical composition of the steel used in their manufacture. 2nd. Accuracy of heat treatment which produces the correct physi- cal structure in the steel. 3rd. Accuracy of me- chanical execution in the grinding and fitting of all the component parts. In order to place S. R. B. Bearings in the forefront of the world's market their Engineering and Research Departments made exhaustive experi- ments and tests, regardless of cost. These experi- ments resulted in some new developments, and, through the co-operation of tlie largest and best American steel mills, their Metallurgical Depart- ment succeeded in developing a steel especially adapted to their requirements — a Chrome Alloy Steel of special analysis — a steel which, when properly heat-treated, combines the pre-eminent qualities of hardness and toughness to an extraor- dinary degree, and now acknowledged to be the best steel for the manufacture of bearings. S. R. B. Maximum Silent Type Annular Ball Bearings are so called because no other name is so appropriately descriptive; maximum, because they contain the greatest number of balls possible to put into a bearing of this type; silent, because they are positively noiseless. They are capable of sustaining greater thrust loads than other annular ball bearings because ol four specific points of merit in their design and workmanship : 1st. Deep ball groove in races. 2nd. Large diameter balls. 3rd. Maximum number of balls. 4th. Accurate and snug fitting assembly. Another type of annular ball bearing is also manufactured that combines the double function of a radial and thrust bearing; this is the S. R. B. Double Row Annular Bearing, which includes all the points of merit above mentioned and presents Factories of Standard Roller Bearing Company, Philadelphia, Pa. NEJV YORK— OLD AND NEW 351 distinctive features, such as the one-piece cone and one-piece race, giving it a sturdiness not found in the usual type of double row annular bearing. Its use IS often highly desirable because of econ- omy of space and greater efficiency; it will take radial loads at least 50 per cent, greater than the capacity of a single row bearing of the same bore and diameter and at the same time sustain con- siderable thrust; it obviates the necessity of using two single row bearings and offers stability in shaft alignment not obtainable with a single bearing. S. R. B. Impron ed Type Taper Roller Bearings In the manufacture of Taper Roller Bearings, this company maintains an equally high standard, as their S. R. B. Improved Type Taper Roller Bearing as now constructed presents a radical de- parture as regards shape of rollers and cone, from the design of any bearing of this type heretofore produced. It possesses these advantages: 1 . The parts are simpler to manufacture, so that they can be gauged very accurately and all the component parts aie interchangeable with the established design of other roller bearing manufac- turers. 2. When constructed of the same quality of steel as the same size bearing of a competitor's manufacture, this improved design will display four times the endurance and life which other designs can yield. But when constructed of the superior analysis and correctly heat-treated steels used by this company, the load sustaining capacity is still further improved. 3. The primary elements of this improved type bearing are of such liberal design and the rollers and cone being contained as one unit, thus attaining simplicity of adjustment, that it commends Itself to all who desire to avoid common bearing troubles, resulting in putting a bearing out of com- mission long before wear or abuse would have brought total incapacity. "Standard Alloy" Steel Balls The Steel Ball plant of the Standard Roller Bearing Company is a highly specialized manu- facturing organization, in many departments equip- ped with special automatic machines designed and built expressly for the work of this Company, which by years of experimentation in its Engineer- ing and Research Department has attained the highest degree of quality and uniformity ever reached in steel balls. Rudge-Whitworth Wire Wheels The S. R. B. Company are the sole licensees for the United States for the Rudge-Whitworth Detachable Wire Wheels for automobiles. Wire wheels for automobiles began under the inspiration of wire wheels for bicycles. The earlier types erred in closely copying bicycle wheel models, which proved so unsatisfactory that there was a reversion to wooden wheels. But the in- troduction of the Rudge-Whitworth Wire Wheels turned the tide, and this was made permanent by the introduction of the positive-locking feature. The use of Rudge-Whitworth Wire Wheels gives greatly increased strength and safety. Ex- periments made in England have shown that as compared with wooden wheels these wheels show an increase of 50 per cent, in the tire mileage. With these wheels also it is possible to make a tire change quicker than with any wooden wheel. Rudge-Whitworth stands for supremacy in the wire wheel field. The best racing drivers know it and will use no other make. 352 NEW )'ORK OLD AND NEW M. B. BROWN PRINTING & BINDING CO. Printers and Binders (MM Front View of M. B. Brown Co. Building. The M. B. Brawn Printing & Binding Co., 37-41 Chambers Street, New York, has for more than fifty years been one of the leading and most progressive printing houses in the country. The plant operated by this concern comprises the most up-to-date machinery of all kinds in its many departments, whiih includes one and two- color cylinder presses and job presses, a large bat- tery of linotype and monotype machines, most complete pamphlet, cloth and leather binderies, a large ruling department, and in addition to this the company has recently acquired the entire Typographical, Ticket and Map Divisions of the American Bank Note Company. In the Ticket and Coupon Department, which covers 25,000 square feet of floor space in another building, there are printed millions of coupons and tickets from presses and machinery that have been specially constructed. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 353 NEW CASTLE LEATHER COMPANY New Castle Kid, the product of the New Castle Leather Co., is internationally famous. It is manu- factured in black, white and fancy colors and makes up into some of the daintiest, most striking combina- tions of ladies' footwear. The company's plant is located at Wilmington, Del., with a New York office at Cliff and Ferry Streets and branches in Boston, Chicago, Montreal, Copenhagen, Buenos Aires, Melbourne and all the lead- ing leather centers of the world. 354 ^EW YORK—OLD AND NEW Otto Kafka For the Past Ten Years a Prominent Agent in Finding Foreign Markets for American Made Goods. NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 355 OTTO Among New York's exporters, Otto Kafka has labored most zealously to establish the supremacy of American made goods in foreign markets. Al- though of foreign birth, Mr. Kafka is very en- thusiastic over the products of this country's manu- facturers which he claims should secure and main- tain by reason of their excellence, leadership in every commercial centre of the world. Mr. Kafka was born in Kolin, Bohemia, September 14, 1879, and after a thorough schooling began his com- mercial career in the country of his birth. In 1897 he transferred his energies to Paris, France, but later returned to Bohemia to enter his father's firm. Finding his efforts in this line limited, he went to Buenos Aires, Argentine, which promised excellent opportunities for energetic young men. KAFKA He established an export business in the South American city where he was very successful and gained wide experience in a line which, up to that time, had been unfamiliar to him. Thoroughly equipped for the conduct of a large foreign trade, Mr. Kafka came to the United States in 1907 and, locating in New York City, established an export business which handled the product of va- rious manufacturers. In September, 1916, he established the Vulcan Steel Products Company, of which he became President and General Manager, which dual positions he retained until January, 1918, when he resigned to devote his time and energies to other interests. Mr. Kafka is a mem- ber of the Machinery Club and several business organizations. Columbia Grafonola COLUMBIA GRAPHOPHONE CO. Woolworth Building (■f^\ New York City A. B. SEE ELECTRIC ELEVATOR COMPANY 220 Broadway New York Makers of Elevators for Finest Buildings Boston Hartford Baltimore Philadelphia Washington Cleveland Montreal 356 NEW YORK—OLD AND NEW Congratulations ttt the NEW YORK COMMERCIAL From an Old Friend and Acquaintance of Fifty Years REDERICK K. mill \ Cillesi.i Mew York Established 1869 Hagedorn & Co. General Insurance Brokers MARINE, FIRE, LIABILITY, ACCIDENT, AUTOMOBILE, and GENERAL INSURANCE Cable Address "HAGEDORN" 66 Beaver Street New York City NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 357 lEtttpir^ (Fruat Qlnmpang MAIN OFFICE: ligUITABLE BUILDING 120 BROADWAY, NEW YORK IIITH AVENUE OFFICE: 580 FIFTH AVENUE, Corner 17th Street LONDON office: 41 THREADNEEDLE STREET, E. C. This Company is the Fiscal Agent of the State of New York for the sale of Stock Transfer Tax Stamps 358 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 0. G. Orr & Co.^ Inc. Underwriters 37-43 Wall Street, New York City Telephone 2840 HANOVER NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 359 \ Winter Son & Co. IMPORTERS AND EXPORTERS 64 Wall Street, New York 360 NEW YORK—CI.D AND NEW NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 361 Atlantic Basin Iron WorKs Engineers, Boiler Makers and Manufacturers Steamship Repairs in All Branches Heavy Forgings — Iron and Brass Castings — Copper Specialties — Diesel Motor Repairs — Cold Storage In- stallation — Oil Fuel Installation — Carpenter and Joiner Work 18-20 Summit St. 1 1-27 Imlay St. Near [laniilton Ferry BROOKLYN, N. Y. Agents for "Kinghorn" Multiplex Valve 362 NEW YORK—Ol.n AND NEW The American Metal Company Limited I Incorporated 1887 i 61 Broadway, New York 1625 Boatmen's Bank Bldg., St. Louis, Mo. 825 A. C. Foster Bldg., Denver, Colo. The American Zinc & Chemical Company, LaimrlMtl,. I'a, SpclKr, Snli.lnnu; Arid, .Muriatic .\ci(l. Zinc l)ii-t. .^ulplndc ..I Zinc, C'cal. Pittsburgh Office: 421 Oliver lUd.^r. Bartlesville Zinc Co., I'.art'esvillc, I'.lack cll and Collin- villc. Okla. Lanyon-Starr Smelting Company, rriiiK' W r-lcni Spclu-r, lira--. 1 ii UTUu-diat r (';radc^ and lli-li tirade Sindtrr, 7.mc Oxide. Zinc Dust. Ohio & Colorado Smelting & Refining Company, Compania de Minerales y Metales, S A., Mnii.rrny, Mex. Compania Minera de Penoles. S. A., MainiiM. Dura!,;,,,. .\lrx. Compania Minera Paloma y Cabrillas, S. A , li.'-;iu'r.,-. r.Mluiil;,. M,x Compania Metalurgica de Torreon, S. A.. 'i'..rrr,.„, O^.alinila. ^lex Buyers of Copper, Lead and Zinc Ores Matte and Furnace Products Refiners of Blister Copper & Lead Bullion Sellers of Copper, Spelter, Lead, Acids, Tin, Silver and rare Metals NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 363 AMERICAN ZINC & CHEMICAL COMPANY LANGELOTH - PENN. Manufacturers of Spelter, Sulphuric Acid, Muriatic Acid, Zinc Dust, Sulphate of Zinc, Zinc Oxide Coal Buyers of Zinc Ores Pittsburgh (Jftice : Oliver Building, Pittsburgh, Pa. Owned and ( )i)erated ])y The American Metal Co., Ltd., 61 Broadway, N. Y. 364 NEW YORK^OLI) AND NEW Benham & Boyesen, Inc. Ship and Steamship Brokers and Commission Agents B - 1 15 K I D G E S T K !• E T , N E W YORK GENKRAL AGENTS FOR The Norwegian America Line Coniignmenu Solicileil Cable Address; "HENIIWI. \.« \ ork NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 365 Fmicli, Edye & Co. INCORPORATED STEAMSHIP AGENTS and SHIP BROKERS Maritime Building, New York '^'^'fVnxh" FREIGHT AGENTS FOR SCANDINAV1A.N-AMERICAN L^E, for Chrisiiania, Copezi- hagen and Baltic ports. ROYAL DUTCH WI'ST INDIA MAIL, for all Haytiau ports, Curacao, Venezuela, Trinidad. Denierara and Paramaribo. FUNCH, EDYE & CO. LINE, Regular service from New York, for Rio de Janeiro, Santos, and South Brazilian ports. COMMONWEALTH & DOMINION LINE, for Australia and New Zealand. INDRA LINE. Ltd., for China, Japan and the Philippines. AMERICAN & INDIAN LINE, for Port Said. Red Sea Ports. India. Ceylon and Burmah. AFRICAN SERVICE, for Cape Town, Algoa Bay. East London, Port Natal. Delagoa Bay and Beira. STEAMSHIP CO., NEDERLAND, ROTTERDAM LLOYD AND HOLLAND-AMERICA, joint Service to Java. 366 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW Russian- America Line (RUSSIAN EAST ASIATIC S.S. CO.) Direct Service Between iVEIF YORK and RUSSIAN PORTS For particulars regarding freight, please apply RUSSIAN. AMERICAN LINE I HI-KJilT OH- ICE 12 BROADWAY Telephone Broad 661 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 367 INDEX Acheson, Dr. Edward G 116-117 Alaska Standard C'jpi>er Aiming; Co l')4-l'^5 Allen, Frederick 11 144 Aluminum Cn of America 197-198 Amorv, I'.rownc .K- Co 230-231 American -Metal Co. Ltd 362 American Znic and Clieniical Co 363 American Molml ( o., Inc 286 American Mu^cnni. i H.l 35 Amcrn-an Star Line 316 \nder-in, 1'. E. & Co., Inc 280 \n.lerM. n. A. O. & Co . . 301 AntMlnn. Dante 2o5 .Xrkel! \' Douglas, Inc 2.50 Arn.dd .K: Zeiss 204 .\tlaiitic r.asin Iron Works 3()1 Atlantic AUitnal Insurance lUdg 87 Alwal. r, Uidiard M., [r 165 Austin, J, i;., Jr 307 Baker Castor Oil Co 285 Banks, Theodore H 102 Barnes, Davis 97 Barr, tiarry K.. 126-127 Bartholomew, George P 105 Battery Place, 1909 and Old 67 Battle, George Gordon 147 Barstow, W. S 165 Barber, Donn 1()6 Barber & Co 296 Beckers, W. Aniline & Clieniical Works 273 Beckers, Dr. William 272 Be'mont Hotel 61 Bernheimer, Jacob S. Bro 244 Bengol Trading Co., Inc 258-259 Benham & Boyesen, Inc 364 Benas, Tohn M 305 Beach, Ralph H ^ZS-Mb Bidtel Chemical AN'orks, Inc 284 Bi-elow- Hartford Carpet Co 239 I'.iu Led-e C-i)per Co 191 lUiss, l-ahvan & Co 234 Bor-. John 104 Bradley, Charles S 120 Brightman, Frank E 99 Brick Meeting House . 27 Brokaw, George T 139 Brooklyn Bridge Opening 63 Brunn, Ewart Al 202 r.rMwn, Andrew IT 206 r.r..enniman, Edward G 338-339 ItrMwn. M, B., Printing & Binding Co 352 Bnftalo Mines Ltd 182 r.unis- Coffee llou-e 25 Burr, Aaron 22 Burr, William 138 Burgess, Edward G 3,30 Burns, Juan T 342-343 PA(ii-:s Caldwell & Co 318 Caldwell. Gec.rL;,' 11 123 Ca-tle (.ar.leii. 1^^12 39 Carm.Mly, -j-li mi.,s 135 Carr, llerl)crt I 217-218 Cat lilt Co 243 Castner, Curran ."v iUdlitt. Inc 321 Chamber of I'omiiierce 290 Chambers Street Water \V,,rks 35 Chenev Bn.. 246 Childs ."v [oseph 257 Ihislndm. Hugh 1 338 CUy 1 I all i'ark. Old 23 Clartin's Incorporated 226 C'mtnn, DeWitt 26 (/lift & Goodricli 242 ColumI)ia ( iraidn'plione Co 355 Columb C:>leniai oile^L hi ■st,- ( 1 Ci Criminal Custom 11 oil Custom H or "Curb" Marl -srI A.. 1 lilter-S lius W. . ■derick [|. .TransatkT Patrick E. I oiirt- ding. ( )ld. Ml Depew, Chauncey M Deniarest. Charles 11 De Palnia. Ralph Dilliii-ham, Frank A Draft kiMts Drew. !•; F. & Co . Inc. . . Duell, Holland S Dutch Church, Old Dumoiit, Louis W Durcn, George B. & Sons. FQleston P.r Flkn~. \bra' iMni>ire Erli, \i Estabr, & Co. Inc. . . ,184-185 . . 226 .. 257 .. 316 . . 163 . . 43 . . 152 .. 77 .. 47 . 177 114 266 345 142 51 255 138 37 205 244 Eaton. Clark D 162 Ebert. Alfred H 106-107 334 148 342 235 357 113 139 368 NEW YORK^OLD AND NEW INDEX— Continued 1 ;,n-cliiUl. luiiail U ''^ I'arrcll. J. I'lclcl.cr 216 I-'caroii, r.rowii Co., Iiic 251 Forbes, Ju'.io 1 316 Fou-cra. E, & Co., Iiic 277 Frew. Walter E 97 Fnieauff, Charles A 140 Fulton, John II 103 l"iuK-h, Edyc & Co 365 l-urne->, W ilhy & Co.. Ltd 2'A^ Calhitin, i-ranci- 1) 1-1« (;:,rri>nn, i.indley .M 134 i i;nri~-n. ( Mrnelius M ISS-IS',' W illiams & Wigniore S. S. Corp. . . M7 ^ !'nI'ortin^r Co 24U W 136 lav Ill Irk U 356 258-259 Le i'cvre 98 ■ , , ,,i - 261 I .raliaiii ( liarK - I 173-174 ,,rre!rx, \\..Va.:v.'. 49 (,reeii.'C.-..r^r W . F 314 Ciiess, II. A 1''6 llacu^n. \, R C, 276 I i aL'r'iir-, .1- \ r.nmn 20i I jail. .\ ■ < •.dM-> 56 Hall. Clnil-n .\ I Ill ll:ir,li,>.-, V,lt>M, \- C. 242 lla^l.Hl, (harl,. \ 212 !|. --'.,>■',,,-. lao,;. 275 : v.nla, \ C.nMlnian 284 i;arr,~^, Ma-,11 ^ C,>.. Inc 301 I ia~'u- ilr.alKi--, Inc 308 lla^Kr. iMTdM-ick E 308 ila^l.r, Tlwan;;- 11 309 M,~l,.r K'.-.-' I 310 ii inuM- ■ 312 i„Mn.M. ~ ' 312 i ir1,ir~. I r, . : I; 260 I l. iuU i sMi:. 1 k \- Cn 200 ll.rnan.l./, M, \ 252-253 ! i.-r.rli. Mliert W 263 lUx.lrn (luminal Works 281 llrnnaii. .\ M. C.ri) 245 Ilir~>-1> Cm 338 II. .11.,- ,,i Rrfuur. Old 39 Hunt, r Mlu. and Co 236 Innis. Speiflen & Co.. Ino 274 NcnMein. Otto 263 lacol.^, Lawrence M 96 Uickson. William S 150 (enni,,. R..lM r: l; 89 ']nhv. - . ' i M M,-, ^ 18 ']„■ u ■ - I I \ ( M 204 F.lM.-.n .\ k:Mlai. Inc 252-253 I .i-:i,,n, W illi.ini IC. Inc 286 k,;n.,r,i, \„lkunn 315 Jnhri.i\. John C 115 Kafka. ^)tto 354-355 Karlin, William 147 K;,l/.nhacli and fUillock Co.. Tnc 278 Kchava. Erv 340 I'Alil.S Kcll\, Wiliiani J 204 Keystone Cons(didated Oil Corp 224-225 Kerr Steamship Co 294-295 Kitile, Charles A 115 Kirchen. lohn C 180-181 .atayelte Keception -a ^lon^e. Geor.i4e M.. ..auU-rliacli. Fdw urd . . . . .anc, J. 11. ( o,. Inc. Products Co. d)ert R & Co nd,L;c, l.S(,7 Fdu'ard E .\ladisnn Malli.Mii .\lacv. \" -MariM->d' .\lar\ 1 Man,,i,M- .M.Hir, ! M.ir-lial MarnuM' Cotta!>e, Old. II. R. I't Co. I'.nil.lm- I , .Id Mininji Co. I I ( o.. Inc. . . W al. lulr .Met/, Hern- M.H-Mp,. M- vr,-, < 111. M.d.'ir SI.,, M,ll.a , W ill Mit.lirll, M,ll-. >v < .il. .MlL^llrtla. I. Mo-.. I-r.anI .Mntlur laid MrC, M. 1 ) 1,1,1. r \1, I ,l,-l,,,lr, McCrc. W ,1 McCi-.ath, C; \l.-k,,lual-.. 317 30 101 146 243 317 191 141 131 172 129 201 245 306 158 55 152 159 )per Mines Co. of Al; am E .. 351 . . 24() .. 91 .. 79 186-1.87 . . 265 . . 207 .. 207 . . 324 . . 346 . . 284 .. 105 . . 206 .. 212 .. 143 .. 93 . . 237 .328-32" 142 l')0 137 . 298-299 . . 310 . . 88 .. 313 08 Xafra C..mi)any 311_ .V.ition.al .Steam Xaviuation Co 317 Veal !•. \"iryil Cl,,.mic,il Works 282-2.^3 \cw (-.•(slU- l,,all,,a- 353 X,w.,.a|..r U..'^. 1S72 55 "W w ^^irk C.,i,niu r.i.il" 18 Xcw ^■..^k S u-ictv Lihrarv, Old 39 ' 146 141 xic.di. n.d.- X,.rton. I'.Ii ( )il ■NICO ( )iT I l).ii - A Orr. (). C. & ('., Ostrom, .Mexander V Overseas Transportation C< Tnc. 226 143 110 358 100 317 NEW YORK— OLD AND NEW 369 INDEX— Continued PAGES Pacific Coast Borax Co 286 Pacinc Ul\ clopnient Corporation 256 Page, \Vi liam 11 US Park Row, 1825 33 Parker, W.ider & Co 243 Pauisoii, Linkroum & Co 245 Peabody, Henry W. & Co 254 Peil, Ceorge H 2(j5 Percival, Jolin A 184-l;)5 Peters, Ralph 157 Phoenix Siik Manufacturing Co 244 Place, Ira A 162 Portn, W illiam C 336-337 Poor, I llariKT 230-231 Post X>.,v Produce l;..\c;I;ln,^e, (Jld Pulit/.er Building Pupin, Dr. Michael I Publi " X e w , 155 55 69 114 Library 248 Rand; Rapp, Rep M William H. & Co. ihn W ■ J. Leonard id. Siacv C i-Macher Chemical Co., I, L. Ru.xana Petroleum Co 220-221 Rush, Thomas L ^,0 Russian-American Lir.e 3o6 .. 300 .. 3^4 166-10/ .W- 95 . . 3- 2 . . 3a. 5 . . 3^5 . . 2/5 . . 119 Salt's Textile Manufacturing Co 2-1 icaiidinax ian Tru^t Co 100 SchonL^al.a. W i.liam 276 Scholz, w il, am II 303 See, .A. IL, LLclr.c Cexaiirr 355 Segal, George H. & Co., inc 2^7 Seiigman, A bert J 354 Siems, Chester Peter 121 Singer linil l iv-; 61 S.nciair, liarry !• 214-215 Simps. in, Sptnce & Young 2t7 Si.z, A., House of 355 Siee, J. Noan H 128 Snow, Elbridge Gerry Soltau, Robert and Co., Inc 2C7 SpooTier, Tohn C 144 ■■Stadt Huvs". First City Hall 20 Steinway & Sons 124-125 Steindler, David M 122 Stake, William & Co., Inc 1C8 Stock l-xdiange S3 Stanchl'i. Id. I..! n 1! 145 Standard Oil Building 2C9 Stevens, W, Tyrie 262 Standard Roller Bearing Co 350,360 PAGES Stevens. J. P & Co 247 Stone, Isaac Frank 2/1 Step^.anidi^, Benas & Co 31)4-305 Storms, JJaniel L 332-3j13 Stiles, William H 335 Standard Commercial Tobacco Co 340-341 Steendal, Christian 340-347 Sullivan, brancis de C 149 Sweeney, Edward L., Jr 203 Talbert, Joseph T 101 Tammany Society 14 Taylor, Clapp & Bead 242 Thorburn. Grant 14 Thompson, .Arthur W 160 Thurston & Braidich 279 Titus, Arthur Hale Ill Tontine Coffee House, Old 296 Towns, Charles B 344 Trinity Place, Old 42 Truda, Dominick A 299 Turner-Halsey Co 236 Turner, J. Spencer & Co 245 Tweed, Wi.iiam M 56 Union Square, Old 40 United States Worsted ('i. 240 United Zinc Smelting Corjc iralion 3-18-349 U. S. Industrial Alcohol Co 269-270 Utica Mines, Ltd 192-193 Van Ommeren, Ph, Cor]., .ration 302-303 Varick. Col. Riciiand 24 Veit, Richard C 219 Vidal, Claudio 265 Vogel, Martin 139 XA^aring. Lewis E Watts, Stebbins & Co. Welch, Cr.arles T Wells, lames L West Street Buildiim. 96 243 118 118 131 Weeks. Bartow S 152 Wellington. Sears & Co 239 "Whitehall" Go\ernment House 11 White, Patrick J 222-223 Whitman. Wi'liam Co., Inc 232-233 Whitmarsh, Theodore F 321 Wilbur, lohn A 322-323 Wiimot, T. F., 8i Co 266 Wilson, Char'es T., Co 202 Winter Son & Co 359 Woodward, Baldwin & Co. 238 Woolworth Building 109 Yeatman, Pope 169 Yeager, Walter M 224-225 Zahriskie. George A 330-331 Zucca, Antonio 264